Cascadia SE PDF

Contents
https://manualesdigitalesjc.jimdofree.com/
https://www.facebook.com/groups/ManualesDigitalesJC/
e-mail: manualesdigitalesjc@gmail.com
Tlfs ( Whatsapp ): (+58) 424 858 47 28

Electrical and Electronic System Guide
Daimler Trucks North America

Daimler Trucks North America LLC.
Information in this document is accurate at the time of publication, but is subject to change without notice.
Daimler Trucks North America LLC

Mechatronics Engineering (C3D-MEC)
PO Box 3849
Portland, Oregon 97208-3849
ME-CEESG Rev. 01-2009

Contents
List of Tables vii
List of Figures ix
Section 1 Introduction
Coverage 1-1
Function Paths 1-1
Aftermarket Components 1-1
Diagnostics 1-1
Section 2 Multiplexing System

What It Does and How It Works 2-1
Multiplexing Architecture 2-1
Parameters 2-1
Components of the Multiplexing System 2-5
Central Gateway 2-5
SAM Cab and SAM Chassis 2-6
SAM Cab 2-6
SAM Chassis 2-6
Modular Switch Field 2-7
Master Control Module 2-7
Slave Module 2-8
Subbus Switches 2-8
Subbus Switch Diagnostics 2-9
Star Point Junction Block 2-9
Diagnostic Features 2-9
ServiceLink 2-10
Training Resources 2-11
Section 3 Wires, Connectors, and Wiring Harnesses

Wires 3-1
Connectors 3-2
Wiring Harnesses 3-2
Subsystem Wiring Diagrams 3-2
Section 4 Power Distribution

MEGA Fuse Junction Block 4-1
Main Ground Junction Block 4-3
Alternator Cable Routing 4-3
Powertrain Distribution 4-3
Common Powertrain Controller 4-3
Powertrain Power Distribution Module 4-3
Wire Ground Return System 4-5
Section 5 Exterior Lighting Parameters

Daytime Running Lights 5-1
DRL Override Switch 5-1
Conditions for DRL Activation 5-1
Fog Lights and Auxiliary High-Beam Lights 5-5
Fog Lights 5-5
Auxiliary High-Beam Lights 5-6
Follow Me Home 5-8
Hazard Lights 5-8
Headlights 5-10
Daimler Trucks North America LLC, Mechatronics Engineering, January 2009 iii
Contents
Flash to Pass 5-11
Marker Lights 5-12
Stop Lights, Turn Signal Lights, and Backup Lights 5-15
Combination Stop and Turn Signal Lights 5-15
Separate Stop and Turn Signal Lights 5-15
Backup Lights 5-15
Turn Signal Lights 5-20
Turn Tip 5-21
Utility Lights 5-22
Fault Detection for Exterior Lights 5-24
Section 6 Interior Lighting Parameters

Interior Lights 6-1
Lighting Options 6-1
Premium Theater Lighting 6-1
Premium Dimmable Lighting 6-1
Lighting Controls 6-1
Dash Panel Backlighting 6-7
Daytime Mode 6-8
Nighttime Mode 6-8
Accessory Mode 6-8
Marker Interrupt Mode 6-8
Entrance Lighting 6-8
Footwell Lighting 6-9
Front Cab Dome Lighting 6-10
Sleeper Lighting 6-11
Baggage Compartment Lights 6-11
Sleeper Dome Lights 6-12
Rear Footwell Lights 6-12
Lower-Left and Lower-Right Reading Lights 6-13
Work Surface Light 6-14
Section 7 Cab Features With Parameters

Air Filter Restriction Input 7-1
Air Horn 7-1
Alternator Charging 7-2
Auxiliary Heater 7-3
Diesel-Fired Air Heater 7-3
Diesel-Fired Coolant Heater 7-3
Parked HVAC System 7-4
Park Brake Interlock Feature 7-4
Body Builder Connector 7-5
Cab HVAC Power 7-8
Sleeper Climate Control Panel Override 7-10
Park Brake Interlock Feature 7-10
HVAC Pressure Transducer 7-11
Manual Calibration Procedure 7-11
Cruise Control Disengage 7-12
DC Power Receptacles 7-14
Door Module 7-17
Fleet Management and CB Radio 7-18
Heated Mirrors 7-18
Interior Temperature Sensor 7-20
Optimized Idle 7-20
iv Daimler Trucks North America LLC, Mechatronics Engineering, January 2009

Contents
Power Takeoff 7-21
Service Brake Switch 7-22
Spare Function Pins 7-22
Starter Relay 7-23
Antigrinding Protection Rules 7-24
Thermal Protection Rules 7-24
Supplemental Restraint System 7-26
Section 8 Chassis Features with Parameter

Air Dryer/Heater 8-1
Differential Lock 8-2
Engine Brake 8-2
Basic Information 8-3
General Engine Brake Operation 8-4
Parameters 8-5
Electronic Codes 8-5
Specific Engine Brake Operation 8-6
Mercedes-Benz and Jacobs Engine Brakes 8-6
Available Engine Brake Options 8-6
Cat Compression Brake 8-8
Cummins Intebrake 8-9
Fuel Level Sender 8-10
Fuel Water Separator Sensing 8-10
Low Air Pressure Warning System 8-11
Neutral Switch 8-14
Trailer Receptacles 8-15
Primary Receptacle 8-15
Supplemental Receptacle 8-18
Section 9 Powernet Management

Powernet Management 9-1
Section 10 Emergency Power Supply

Emergency Power Supply 10-1
Load Disconnect Switch 10-1
Output Responses to a SAM Failure 10-2
Section 11 Features Without Parameters

Collision Warning Systems and Adaptive Cruise Control 11-1
Eaton VORAD VS-400 and SmartCruise 11-1
Autoresume Feature 11-1
Eaton Side Object Detection System 11-2
Iteris Lane Departure Warning System 11-2
Fuel Water Separator Heater 11-2
Ignition Power and Accessory Power 11-3
Mirror Adjust 11-5
Park Brake Switch 11-6
Power Windows 11-7
Shore Power 11-8
Windshield Wiper and Washer 11-10
Momentary Wiping 11-10
After Wiping 11-11
Daimler Trucks North America LLC, Mechatronics Engineering, January 2009 v

Contents
Windshield Washer 11-11
Washer Fluid Level 11-11
Parked and Unparked Wiper Positions 11-11
Section 12 Non-Cabin CAN ECUs

Cab and Sleeper HVAC Systems 12-1
Collision Warning Systems 12-1
Common Powertrain Controller 12-1
Engine Control Module 12-1
Instrumentation Control Unit 12-1
Pneumatic ABS Module 12-2
Supplemental Restraint System 12-2
Transmission Control Unit 12-2
Section 13 Diagnostics
Diagnostics 13-1
Modular Switch Field 13-1
Central Gateway 13-1
SAM Cab and SAM Chassis 13-2
Section 14 Adding Aftermarket Components

Power Sources 14-1
Splice Packs 14-1
Power Feed Spare Outputs 14-3
MEGA Fuse Junction Block 14-4
Positive Cables 14-5
Auxiliary PDM 14-6
Additional Connections 14-8
Frontwall Connectors 14-8
Body Builder Connector 14-9
Spare Function Pins 14-9
Ignition Switch 14-9
Grounding Locations 14-9
Section 15 Glossary
Glossary 15-1
Index
vi Daimler Trucks North America LLC, Mechatronics Engineering, January 2009

Contents
List of Tables
Table Caption Page

2-1 Legend for the Cascadia Multiplexing Architecture Schematic 2-3
2-2 Freightliner Primary Modules Associated with Parameter Part Numbers 2-4
3-1 Color-Coded Wires Used on Cascadia Vehicles 3-1
3-2 Primary Module Numbers and Subsystem Descriptions 3-2
4-1 MFJB Fuse Positions and Amperage Values 4-2
5-1 Feature and Parameter Specifications for DRL on a Vehicle with Software Version 5.1 5-4
or 5.4
5-2 Feature and Parameter Specifications for DRL on a Vehicle with Software Version 5.2 5-5
5-3 Feature and Parameter Specifications for Fog Lights and Auxiliary High-Beam Lights 5-7
5-4 Feature and Parameter Specifications for Follow Me Home 5-9
5-5 Feature and Parameter Specifications for the Marker Interrupt Feature 5-14
5-6 Feature and Parameter Specifications for Stop Lights and Backup Lights 5-18
5-7 Feature and Parameter Specifications for Turn Tip 5-22
5-8 Feature and Parameter Specifications for Utility Lights 5-24
5-9 Feature and Parameter Specifications for Fault Detection for Exterior Lights 5-25
6-1 Feature and Parameter Specifications for Forward Interior Lights 6-14
6-2 Feature and Parameter Specifications for Entry, Access, and Step Interior Lights 6-15
6-3 Feature and Parameter Specifications for Footwell Lights 6-15
6-4 Feature and Parameter Specifications for Dash Panel Lights 6-16
6-5 Feature and Parameter Specifications for Sleeper and Baggage Lights 6-16
7-1 Feature and Parameter Specifications for Air Filter Restriction Input 7-1
7-2 Feature and Parameter Specifications for the Air Horn 7-2
7-3 Feature and Parameter Specifications for Alternator Charging 7-3
7-4 Feature and Parameter Specifications for Auxiliary Heater 7-5
7-5 Body Builder Connector Specifications 7-7
7-6 Feature and Parameter Specifications for the Body Builder Connector 7-7
7-7 Feature and Parameter Specifications for Cab HVAC Power 7-12
7-8 Feature and Parameter Specifications for Cruise Control Disengage 7-13
7-9 Feature and Parameter Specifications for DC Power Receptacles 7-17
7-10 Feature and Parameter Specifications for the Door Module 7-18
7-11 Feature and Parameter Specifications for Fleet Management and CB Radio 7-18
7-12 Feature and Parameter Specifications for Heated Mirrors 7-20
7-13 Feature and Parameter Specifications for the Interior Temperature Sensor 7-20
7-14 Feature and Parameter Specifications for Optimized Idle 7-21
7-15 Feature and Parameter Specifications for Power Takeoff 7-21
7-16 Feature and Parameter Specifications for the Service Brake Switch 7-22
7-17 Spare Function Pin Specifications 7-22
7-18 Feature and Parameter Specifications for Spare Function Pins 7-23
7-19 Feature and Parameter Specifications for the Starter Relay 7-26
7-20 Feature and Parameter Specifications for the Supplemental Restraint System 7-27
8-1 Feature and Parameter Specifications for the Air Dryer/Heater 8-2
8-2 Feature and Parameter Specifications for the Differential Lock 8-2
8-3 Feature and Parameter Specifications for the Engine Brake 8-6
Daimler Trucks North America LLC, Mechatronics Engineering, January 2009 vii
Contents
Table Caption Page
8-4 Feature and Parameter Specifications for the Fuel Level Sender 8-10
8-5 Feature and Parameter Specifications for the Fuel Water Separator Sensing 8-11
8-6 Feature and Parameter Specifications for the Low Air Pressure Warning System 8-14
8-7 Feature and Parameter Specifications for the Neutral Switch 8-15
8-8 Wiring for a Typical Primary Trailer Receptacle 8-17
8-9 Feature and Parameter Specifications for the Primary Receptacle 8-18
9-1 Type of Loads Turned Off Under Specific Conditions 9-2
9-2 Designated Comfort Loads 9-2
9-3 Designated House Loads 9-3
9-4 Designated Basic Loads 9-4
9-5 Feature and Parameter Specifications for Progressive Low-Voltage Disconnect 9-4
10-1 SAM Output Responses to a SAM Cab Failure 10-3
10-2 SAM Output Responses to a SAM Chassis Failure 10-3
10-3 Cabin CAN Datalink Failure 10-4
10-4 SAM Output Responses When the Load Disconnect Switch is Open 10-4
10-5 SAM Output Responses When the Ignition Switch is in the Off Position 10-5
11-1 Ignition Power and Accessory Power 11-4
11-2 Function and Designated Virtual Bus Activation 11-4
11-3 Momentary Wiping and After Wiping Features 11-11
13-1 Modular Switch Field Diagnostics, SA=49 13-8
13-2 Central Gateway Diagnostics, SA=37 13-11
13-3 SAM Cab Diagnostics, SA=33 13-12
13-4 SAM Chassis Diagnostics, SA=71 13-30
14-1 Splice Pack Specifications 14-3
14-2 Power Feed Spare Output Specifications 14-4
14-3 Positive Cable Connections 14-6
viii Daimler Trucks North America LLC, Mechatronics Engineering, January 2009
Contents
List of Figures
Figure Caption Page

2-1 Multiplexing Architecture Schematic 2-2
2-2 Central Gateway Location 2-5
2-3 SAM Cab Location 2-6
2-4 SAM Chassis Location 2-7
2-5 Master Control Module 2-8
2-6 Slave Module 2-8
4-1 Junction Block Locations 4-1
4-2 MFJB Fuse Positions 4-2
4-3 Common Powertrain Controller Location 4-4
4-4 Powertrain PDM Location 4-4
4-5 Wire Ground Return System 4-5
5-1 Exterior Lights 5-2
5-2 Function Path of the Daytime Running Lights 5-3
5-3 DRL Override Switch 5-3
5-4 Function Path of the DRL Override Switch 5-4
5-5 Headlight Switch Positions and Icons on a Vehicle with Fog Lights 5-6
5-6 Function Path of the Fog Lights and Auxiliary High-Beam Lights 5-6
5-7 Auxiliary High-Beam Light Switch 5-7
5-8 Function Path of the Follow-Me-Home Feature 5-8
5-9 Hazard Lights Switch in the Master Control Module 5-10
5-10 Function Path of the Hazard Lights 5-10
5-11 Headlight Switch Positions on a Vehicle without Fog Lights 5-11
5-12 Function Path of the Headlights, Marker Lights, and High-Beam Headlights 5-12
5-13 Marker Interrupt Switch 5-13
5-14 Combination Stop and Turn Signal Lights (left side of vehicle) 5-16
5-15 Separate Stop and Turn Signal Lights (left side of vehicle) 5-17
5-16 Function Path of the Stop Lights 5-19
5-17 Function Path of the Turn Signal Lights 5-19
5-18 Function Path of the Backup Lights with Manual Transmission 5-20
5-19 Function Path of the Backup Lights with Automatic Transmission 5-20
5-20 Turn Signal Switch Positions for a Left Turn 5-21
5-21 Utility Lights 5-23
5-22 Utility Light Switch 5-23
5-23 Function Path of the Utility Lights 5-24
6-1 Interior Lights in a Raised Roof Sleeper Cab 6-3
6-2 Interior Lights in a Midroof Sleeper Cab 6-4
6-3 Interior Lights in a Day Cab 6-5
6-4 Dash Panel Light Switches 6-6
6-5 Lower Control Panel Switches 6-6
6-6 Increment/Decrement Switch 6-7
6-7 Function Path of the Dash Panel Backlighting 6-8
6-8 Function Path of the Entrance Lighting 6-9
6-9 Function Path of the Footwell Lighting 6-10
Daimler Trucks North America LLC, Mechatronics Engineering, January 2009 ix

Contents
Figure Caption Page
6-10 Overhead Console Dome and Reading Lights (driver side shown) 6-11
6-11 Function Path of the Overhead Console Dome Lights and Rear Dome Light in a Day 6-11
Cab
6-12 Function Path of the Baggage Compartment Lights 6-12
6-13 Rear Dome Light/Upper Bunk Reading Light Switch on the Upper Control Panel 6-13
6-14 Function Path of the Sleeper Lighting 6-13
7-1 Function Path of the Air Filter Restriction 7-1
7-2 Function Path of the Alternator Charging 7-2
7-3 Function Path of the Auxiliary Heater 7-4
7-4 Body Builder Connector at Back of Cab 7-6
7-5 Body Builder Power Distribution Module 7-6
7-6 Cab Climate Control Panel in a Day Cab 7-9
7-7 Cab Climate Control Panel in a SleeperCab 7-9
7-8 Sleeper Climate Control Panel 7-10
7-9 Function Path of the HVAC Pressure Transducer 7-12
7-10 Function Path of the Cruise Control Disengage 7-13
7-11 Dash Power Receptacles 7-14
7-12 Left-Side Cabinet Power Receptacles 7-15
7-13 Left-Corner Power Receptacle 7-15
7-14 Right-Side Cabinet Power Receptacles 7-16
7-15 Forward Bunk Partition Power Receptacles 7-17
7-16 Mirror Heat Switch 7-19
7-17 Function Path of the Heated Mirrors 7-19
7-18 Function Path of the Starter Relay with Manual Transmission 7-25
7-19 Function Path of the Starter Relay with Automatic Transmission 7-25
8-1 Function Path of Powernet Management, Air Dryer, and Fuel Water Separator Heater 8-1
8-2 Function Path of the Engine Brake 8-3
8-3 Engine Brake Switch 8-4
8-4 Engine Brake Level Selection Switch 8-5
8-5 Engine Brake Activation and Deactivation Stages and Corresponding Ecodes for 8-8
Cruise Control and Road Speed Limit
8-6 Water-in-Fuel Indicator 8-10
8-7 Function Path of the Fuel Water Separator Sensor 8-11
8-8 Low Air Pressure Indicator 8-12
8-9 Function Path of the Low Air Pressure System 8-12
8-10 Air Supply Circuit 8-13
8-11 Trailer Auxiliary Switch 8-16
10-1 Location of the Load Disconnect Switch Inside the Cab 10-2
10-2 Exterior Lights 10-6
11-2 Function Path of Mirror Adjust and Power Windows 11-6
11-3 Park Brake Indicator 11-6
11-4 Function Path of the Park Brake 11-7
11-5 Power Window Switches on Driver’s Door 11-8
x Daimler Trucks North America LLC, Mechatronics Engineering, January 2009

Contents
Figure Caption Page
11-6 Power Inlet Under the Left-Side Door 11-9
11-7 Power Inlet Aft of the Left-Side Door 11-9
11-8 120 V Indicator 11-10
11-9 Windshield Wiper and Windshield Washer Switches 11-10
11-10 Function Path of the Windshield Wiper and Washer 11-12
12-1 Pneumatic ABS Module Location 12-2
12-2 Transmission Control Unit on a Vehicle with an Allison Transmission 12-3
13-1 Master Control Module Connectors 13-2
13-2 Central Gateway Connector 13-3
13-3 Topside of SAM Cab 13-4
13-4 Underside of SAM Cab 13-5
13-5 Engine Side of SAM Chassis 13-6
13-6 Cab Side of SAM Chassis 13-7
14-1 Cascadia Dash Panels 14-1
14-2 Location of Splice Packs on the Main Dash Harness 14-2
14-3 Main Dash Harness Splice Packs 14-2
14-4 Optional Switches 14-4
14-5 Cascadia Starting and Charging System Schematic 14-5
14-6 Auxiliary PDM Mounted on the Engine Tunnel Bracket 14-7
14-7 Auxiliary PDM Mounted on an HVAC Duct 14-7
14-8 Frontwall Connectors 14-8
Daimler Trucks North America LLC, Mechatronics Engineering, January 2009 xi

Introduction 1
Section 1:
• Coverage
Introduction 1
Coverage
This guide provides information on the Cascadia™ electrical and electronic system to
a variety of audiences. The information will give the reader a general understanding of
how this system works, and how it differs from traditional, vehicular electrical systems.
The Cascadia electrical and electronic system is a multiplexing system. This type of
system transmits multiple electronic messages through the same wire, and uses elec-
tronic control units to operate the system.
One provision of the multiplexing system is the use of Freightliner proprietary parame-
ters. Parameters allow customers to choose how a particular feature or function will
work on their vehicle. Features that have parameters are described in this guide.
Two features, Powernet Management and Emergency Power Supply, provide the
driver with a measure of convenience and safety in the event of a loss of power, or dur-
ing certain failure modes. These safety features are explained in detail in this guide.
Also covered are the processes used in labeling the wires and in consistently using
specific connector cavities, as well as designing wiring harnesses for maximum com-
plexity.
Function Paths
Function paths of features, such as the headlights and the windshield wiper and
washer, provide the reader with a concise depiction of the electrical path between the
initial input and the output load. The function paths can be used to determine what
components are involved during potential failure modes; however, the function paths
do not reflect the parameters that may be associated with the features.
Aftermarket Components
There are several power sources available to customers when they want to add after-
market components. The locations and specifications of these power sources are pro-
vided in Section 14, Adding Aftermarket Components.
Diagnostics
Diagnostic features for the Cascadia are available through ServiceLink®. These fea-
tures include enhanced ECU identification, I/O control, values, and flash reprogram-
ming. The diagnostic features are covered in Section 2, Multiplexing System.
Basic diagnostic information for the modular switch field, the central gateway, the SAM
Cab, and the SAM Chassis is provided in Section 13, Diagnostics. This information
provides the reader with the potential fault codes associated with the components or
systems in the vehicle.
Daimler Trucks North America LLC, Mechatronics Engineering, January 2009 1-1
Multiplexing System 2
Section 2:
• What It Does and How It Works
• Multiplexing Architecture
• Parameters
• Components of the Multiplexing System
• Diagnostic Features
What It Does and How It Works
The Cascadia electrical and electronic system is a multiplexing system that replaces
traditional power distribution devices with electronic control units (ECU) that communi-
cate over the vehicle datalinks. The ECUs control power distribution to the vehicle’s
electrical loads by monitoring inputs—such as sensors and switches—and supplying
power to outputs such as lighting, displays, gauges, and indicators.
The multiplexing system reduces the number of interconnected wires and allows more
precise control of the electrical system by allowing multiple control or diagnostic com-
mands on a two-wire datalink.
The multiplexing system serves three main functions:

• Transmits multiple electronic messages through the same wire;
• Performs tasks and monitors components simultaneously;
• Uses ECUs to operate the system, such as interpreting different messages being
transmitted on the same wire.
The multiplexing system continuously monitors the status of all input devices and
transmits messages over the diagnostics CAN (controller area network), the cabin
CAN, and SAE J1939 and SAE J1708/J1587 datalinks to control outputs. The diag-
nostics CAN facilitates communication between the service tool and the CAN ECUs.
The cabin CAN is a proprietary datalink that facilitates communication between the
ECUs that are connected to it.
Multiplexing Architecture
Figure 2-1 is a schematic of the Cascadia multiplexing architecture that shows the
relationship between the components of the electrical system. See Table 2-1 for a leg-
end of the schematic.
Parameters
One provision of the multiplexing system is the use of Freightliner proprietary parame-
ters. A parameter is a specific value that is assigned to a feature or function of the
vehicle, and allows the customer to choose how that particular feature or function will
work on the vehicle.
Each parameter is assigned a part number. The parameter part number is pro-
grammed to the SAM Cab, SAM Chassis, or other electronic component. The parame-
ter part numbers can be found in designated primary modules within the bills of
material on a vehicle specification, but not all primary modules have parameter part
numbers. See Table 2-2 for the primary modules that are associated with parameter
part numbers.
One example of a feature that has parameters is the type of lighting used for the over-
head console dome and reading lights, which are located inside the cab. Step-up and
step-down lighting is standard for the overhead console dome and reading lights, but a
customer has the option of ordering theater (premium) lighting for these lights. Step-up
and step-down lighting has no noticeable ramp time when the lights are switched on or
off. Theater lighting provides a gradual illumination of the lights when they are turned
2 Multiplexing System
on and a gradual loss of illumination when they are turned off. Separate parameter part
numbers exist for the step-up/step-down lighting features and the theater lighting fea-
tures. For more information on this feature, see Section 6, Interior Lighting Parame-
ters.
Driver Information
ICU 4M only
Instrument Cluster Gauges
Diagnostics
1708 Backbone
1939 J1939
UDS
Diagnostics J1587/J1708
CAN CGW
Cabin CAN
MSF SAM Cab
Eaton VORAD VS-400

Common Powertrain Controller
ABS Module
Telematics Module
SAM
Switches
Chassis
CD Radio
HVAC
Sleeper PLC4Trucks
Lane Guidance
SAE J2294
ABS Module
HVAC Cab
TCU
Supplemental Restraint
System MCM
Telematic Trailer Driver
Entertainment Brake
Cabin 3rd Parties Powertrain Body Assistance
Figure 2-1: Multiplexing Architecture Schematic
2-2 Daimler Trucks North America LLC, Mechatronics Engineering, January 2009
Legend
Standard ECU inside of cab
Standard ECU outside of cab
Optional ECU inside of cab
Optional ECU outside of cab
Connector
Star point junction block
Motor CAN (proprietary)
CAN 125 kBits/s
CAN 250 kBits/s, SAE J1939
CAN 500 kBits/s, UDS (ISO15765)
Marquardt (proprietary)
AMETEK® (proprietary) for ICU4/ICU4M or Siemens VDO (propri-

etary) for ICU3
9.6 kBits/s, PLC4Trucks SAE J2294
Optional datalink connections
ABS Antilock brake system

CGW Central gateway
ECM Engine control module
MSF Modular switch field
SAM Signal detect and actuation module
TCU Transmission control unit
Table 2-1: Legend for the Cascadia Multiplexing Architecture Schematic
Freightliner Primary Modules Associated with Parameter Part

Numbers
Module Number Description
12C Wiring-Alternator Accessories
127 Wiring-Fuel Water Separator
129 Wiring-Retarder Controls
149 Cruise Control-Vehicle Speed
156 Starter Control-Manual, Driver
158 Starter Control-Automated
199 Wiring-Air Intake/Cleaner
264 Controls/Wiring-Horn/Audible Warning
284 Power Outlet/Wiring, Sleeper/Cab, Interior
296 Wiring-Primary Receptacle
30A Wiring-Marker Light
301 Wiring-Turn/Stop/Taillights
306 Battery Isolator/Control
31J Wiring Light, Utility
311 DRL/Headlight-Controls/Wiring
313 Wiring-Road/Fog Light
32B Wiring-Light, Internal, Forward
32C Wiring-Light, Internal, Sleeper/Baggage
34B Wiring-Transmission
35H Switch/Wiring, Backup/Reverse
353 Wiring-Vehicle, Body Builder
48A Wiring-Air Dryer
67E Wiring-Entry/Access/Step
70B Wiring-HVAC, Main
70C Wiring-HVAC, Auxiliary
725 Restraint System-Supplemental
74E Wiring-Mirror
81B Wiring-Dash Panel Light
87B Wiring-Driver Control Traction Device
847 Sender/Wiring-Fuel Level
877 Wiring-Service/Park Brake
885 Wiring/SW-Pump/PTO Controls
Table 2-2: Freightliner Primary Modules Associated with Parameter Part

Numbers
Components of the Multiplexing System
The multiplexing system has eight electronic control units, or modules, and a junction
block:
• central gateway (CGW)
• SAM Cab (signal detect and actuation module)
• SAM Chassis
• modular switch field (MSF)
• engine control module
• pneumatic ABS module
• instrumentation control unit
• cab climate control panel
• star point junction block
See Section 12 for information on the following non-cabin CAN ECUs:

• common powertrain controller
• cab and sleeper HVAC systems
• collision warning systems
• engine control module
• instrumentation control unit
• pneumatic ABS module
• supplemental restraint system
• transmission control unit
Central Gateway
The central gateway serves as the focal point for all diagnostic communications with
the cabin CAN ECUs. It routes messages among multiple datalinks with different pro-
tocol or message sets. The CGW is located in the cab behind the lower cover dash
panel. See Figure 2-2.
See Table 13-2 for central gateway diagnostics.
Star Point
Junction Block
Central Gateway
Datalink Junction
Block
Pneumatic ABS Module
Figure 2-2: Central Gateway Location
SAM Cab and SAM Chassis
The signal detect and actuation module (SAM) provides power and circuit protection to
other modules and components in the multiplexing system. The SAM reads inputs
from the sensors and switches, and drives outputs by means of field effect transistors
(FET) or switched relay loads.
SAM Cab
The SAM Cab controls all switching and detecting functions for cab controls and the
front of the vehicle. The SAM Cab is located behind the glove box. See Figure 2-3.
See Table 13-3 for SAM Cab diagnostics.
SAM Cab
Figure 2-3: SAM Cab Location
SAM Chassis
The SAM Chassis controls the chassis electrical devices and all trailer devices. The
SAM Chassis is located on the engine side of the frontwall in the lower left (driver side)
corner, with access to five of the connectors from inside the cab. See Figure 2-4.
See Table 13-4 for SAM Chassis diagnostics.
SAM Chassis
Figure 2-4: SAM Chassis Location
Modular Switch Field

The modular switch field (MSF) is a system of multiplexed switches. The MSF consists
of a master control module and one or more slave modules.
Master Control Module
The master control module monitors all the switches connected to the multiplexing
system. This module consists of the hazard lights switch and two additional switches.
The two additional switches are subbus switches. See Figure 2-5.
The master control module has a cabin CAN connection. The cabin CAN is a propri-
etary datalink that connects the central gateway, the modular switch field, the SAM
Cab, and the SAM Chassis, and facilitates communication between these ECUs.
The switches on the steering wheel, stalk switch, and headlight switch are hard-wired
to the master control module.
Figure 2-5: Master Control Module
Slave Module
The switches in the slave module communicate with, and connect to, the master con-
trol module using a proprietary subbus. The slave module is a passive device that can
house up to four individual subbus switches. See Figure 2-6.
FOOT MIRR ENG

WELL HEAT FAN
05/02/2007 f610915
Figure 2-6: Slave Module
Subbus Switches
There are two types of subbus switches that plug into the master control module or
slave module:
• multiplexed or signal
• hard-wired or load interrupting
A multiplexed switch’s position—such as up, down, or not pressed—is read by the

master control module and communicated to the other cabin CAN ECUs. The multi-
plexed switch’s position can also be read by a service tool. A hard-wired switch’s posi-
tion can be detected only by looking at it or the component it controls.
Each subbus switch in the MSF system, whether multiplexed or hard-wired, has a
parameter part number associated with it. The parameter part number follows the
switch part number in a bill of material. The P3 Modular Switch Field Parameter Cross-
over List provides switch part numbers and the associated parameter part numbers.
Daimler Trucks North America employees can access this list by following these steps:
1. Open Internet Explorer and login to the Daimler Employee Portal.

2. Click on the Work tab at the top of the screen.
3. On the left side of the screen, click on Mechatronics Navigator under the Engi-
neering Info Navigator heading.
4. Scroll down to the 07 Design Reference Information heading and click on
Design–P3 Modular Switch Field Parameter Crossover List.
Subbus Switch Diagnostics
Subbus switches have a unique identification recognized by the master control mod-
ule. This identification is monitored and compared to the parameter configuration by
the master control module. The result of this comparison determines the absence or
presence of a switch, and reports a “missing” and/or “extra” switch fault.
See Table 13-1 for modular switch field diagnostics.
Star Point Junction Block

The star point junction block is a device that provides an electrical termination point to
the cabin CAN. See Figure 2-1 and Figure 2-2.
Diagnostic Features
Diagnostics for the Cascadia has five additional ECU features that are utilized by Ser-
viceLink® and the Datalink Monitor templates within ServiceLink.
NOTE: All mention of ECUs in this section refers only to the SAM Cab, SAM Chassis,
modular switch field, and central gateway, which are connected to the cabin CAN
datalink.
The following information regards only the additional features available on Service-
Link for troubleshooting Cascadia vehicles.
1. Enhanced ECU identification includes:

• the software version—with an xx.xx.xxx format—being used by the ECU
• hardware and software part numbers
• ECU serial number
2. I/O control: Datalink Monitor templates, available in ServiceLink, allow the techni-
cian to control the input or output of an electronic component without activating the
switch or other activation device. This feature is used to turn a pin on or off, which
helps the technician determine whether the path between the ECU output pin and
the output load (such as a bulb) is working, or if the ECU hardware needs to be
replaced.
For example: When the utility light switch is off and an I/O control is applied to the
utility light output pin, the utility light should activate. If it does not activate and the
wiring harness between the ECU and the light bulb has been checked and found
to be good, the technician can be confident that the problem is with the ECU. With
this outcome it is not likely that the problem is with the wiring harness, the utility
light inputs, parameters, or software.
A technician can also use I/O control, via Datalink Monitor templates, to check the
vehicle for failure conditions.
NOTE: As a safety feature, Daimler Trucks North America has implemented an I/O
control interlock feature. This feature prevents the I/O control from being used
under certain conditions. The I/O control feature can only be used when the park
brake is set or the vehicle speed is less than 5 mph (8 km/h).
3. Values: Datalink Monitor templates, available in ServiceLink, allow the user to

determine the current value, or status, of certain pins on an ECU. When used with
I/O control, the technician requests a specific output and reads the value to verify
that the output turned on. This feature can also be used to monitor a particular
datalink message—such as system voltage—or sensor input, such as outside air
temperature.
4. ECU reprogramming: Flash reprogramming the software and configuring the

parameters both affect the functionality of the ECU, and are therefore important
elements in diagnosing the ECU. Flash reprogramming allows the ECUs to be pro-
grammed with a specific version of software using ServiceLink. During the repro-
gramming process, the latest parameters that are specified for that particular
vehicle are applied to the ECU. Flash reprogramming allows the ECU to be kept
up-to-date with additional features and improvements throughout its service life.
The SAM Cab, SAM Chassis, modular switch field, and central gateway can all be
reprogrammed. With the exception of the central gateway, the ECUs have param-
eters that can be configured.
Determining if the correct parameters have been applied to the ECU is an impor-
tant part of the diagnostic process. A perceived problem—such as the vehicle not
responding the way it is expected to respond—may occur because an incorrect
parameter was applied to the vehicle. A technician can solve such an issue by
using ServiceLink to apply the correct parameter, independent of flash reprogram-
ming.
5. Fault memory: The ECUs are capable of detecting and storing fault conditions
such as short to ground, short to battery, or open load. Fault codes can be read by
the technician using ServiceLink, which will also display detailed fault information,
such as fault occurrences and detailed error descriptions. Fault codes are also dis-
played on the LCD display on the instrumentation control unit (ICU), but each ECU
can display only one fault on the ICU at a time.
ServiceLink
ServiceLink is accessed through www.AccessFreightliner.com. To request a Service-
Link account or to get information on ServiceLink, contact the dealer help desk at:
• DealerHelpDesk@Freightliner.com
• 503-745-8220 for Freightliner dealers, fleets, and customers
There are several ways to obtain training on how to use ServiceLink. Web-Based
Training and the ServiceLink User Guide are available through the Help menu in Ser-
viceLink.
Training Resources
On-line training that covers service, warranty, and parts topics is available on
www.AccessFreightliner.com by clicking on The Learning Center or Freightliner Acad-
emy under the Tools & Services heading.
On-line training specifically for Cascadia vehicles is available through Freightliner

Academy, which can be accessed directly on www.fllcacademy.com. The Cascadia
classes are:
• Cascadia: New Systems and Serviceability
• Cascadia: New Electronics Systems
• Cascadia: ServiceLink Diagnostics
Wires, Connectors, and Wiring Harnesses 3
Section 3:
• Wires
• Connectors
• Wiring Harnesses
• Subsystem Wiring Diagrams
Wires
Freightliner uses color-coded wires on the Cascadia for ease of identification. See
Table 3-1 for the color-coding used on Cascadia vehicles.
The wires are also identified with both Freightliner and SAE J2191 circuit numbers. For
example, a wire stamped with 295A # 2001 indicates a 295A Freightliner circuit num-
ber and a 2001 SAE circuit number.
Color-Coded Wires Used on Cascadia Vehicles

Color Abbreviation Usage
Black BK Ground
Black-white BK-W Clean or isolated ground
Brown BR Marker lights, taillights, panel lights
Dark blue DKBL Backup, windshield wiper, trailer auxiliary
Dark green DKG Turn signal-RH, driver’s display, data record, 1587+, 1939–
Dark green-white DKG-W Starting aids, fuel heaters, material dump controls, winch, liftgate
Gray GY Electronic engine
Gray-white GY-W Generator, auxiliary
Light blue LTBL HVAC, circulation fans, 1922+
Light blue-white LTBL-W Water/oil gauge and indicator (engine and transmission)
Light green LTG Headlight, fog light, DRL
Light green-white LTG-W Axle controls and indicators, suspension, fifth wheel
Orange O ABS, EBS, 1587–
Pink PK Start control, ignition, charging, volt and ammeter, 1922–
Pink-white PK-W Fuel control and indicators, shutdown, sped limiter
Purple PRP Engine fan, PTO, auto lube and oil
Purple-white PRP-W Utility light, spot light, ad light, interior light, emergency lights
Red R Power distribution, battery power
Red-white R-W Brake, pneumatic, hydraulic, retarder, stop
Tan T mph/rpm signals, horn, flasher, pyro, turbo
Audio, video, security, window, computer, seat, mirror, cab tilt, tire
Tan-white T-W
inflation and pressure
White W Transmission
Yellow Y Turn signal-LH, 1939+
Yellow-white Y-W Air bag and SPACE
Table 3-1: Color-Coded Wires Used on Cascadia Vehicles
3 Wires, Connectors, and Wiring Harnesses
Connectors
Each bulkhead and inline connector in a Cascadia vehicle has a specific cavity for
every circuit. Each individual circuit of a specific component resides in the same loca-
tion regardless of the type of cab or options on the vehicle. For example, if technicians
want to diagnose the fuel gauge, they would locate pin 7 of connector B on any Casca-
dia vehicle.
NOTE: The connectors for the instrumentation control unit telltales have floating pins.
The bulkhead and interface connectors have wires that belong to multiple modules.
Refer to Freightliner LLC module number 280 for the engineering drawing that identi-
fies the cavity numbers, circuit numbers, circuit descriptions, and module numbers
associated with those connectors.
Wiring Harnesses
The Cascadia wiring harnesses were developed for maximum complexity. Maximum
complexity is the greatest number of options used on a vehicle. By designing for maxi-
mum complexity, space for additional wires is already provisioned within the wiring har-
ness regardless of the number of options chosen by the customer. This design
provides a cleaner main harness and is meant to eliminate the need for wiring over-
lays.
Wiring harnesses and air lines are routed along the left frame rail between the front
axle and the center of the rear tandem axle.
Subsystem Wiring Diagrams

The subsystem wiring diagrams contain the circuit information for all wiring harnesses.
More than one wiring diagram may be needed to represent a single subsystem. The
drawing number for a subsystem wiring diagram begins with G06; these drawings are
sometimes referred to as G-O-sixes.
Each subsystem has a primary module number associated with it. All G-O-sixes can
be found in a primary module. See Table 3-2 for the primary module numbers, sub-
systems descriptions, and subsystem abbreviations.
Primary Module Numbers and Subsystem Descriptions

Primary Subsystem
Subsystem Description
Module Abbreviation
337 A/C power and power inverter PWR_AC
28F Aftertreatment device ATD
48A Air dryer AIR_DRY
199 Air intake and cleaner indicators ENG_INTK
Table 3-2: Primary Module Numbers and Subsystem Descriptions

Primary Subsystem
Module Abbreviation
12C Alternator volt, amp, and charging ALT_CHG
330 Antilock brake system, elec brake ABS
74D Audio and sound system AUDIO
71W Auxiliary circulation fan AFAN
865 Axle instrumentation and wiring AXLE_IND
87F Axle lift, pusher, and tag controls AXLE_LIFT
87B Axle lock, DCDL, left to right AXLE_LKD
87A Axle lock, interaxle, forward to rear AXLE_LKI
87C Axle shift, two-speed axle, AWD AXLE_SHF
306 Battery, battery cables, and isolators BAT
593 Body dump/tilt/material controls MATL_CTRL
670 Cab/hood lift TILT
748 CB radio CB
738 Clock, cab and sleeper CLOCK
736 Collision avoidance and warning system CAWS
79A Computer, truck PC CMPTR
160 Datalink and diagnostic DL
813 Data recording and logging DRCDG
81B Driver’s information module and panel lamps DIM
158 Engine, automatic, start/stop system ENG_AUTO
140 Engine block and oil heater ENG_BLK_HTR
129 Engine brake, retarder ENG_BK
283 Engine controls, electronic engine ENG_CTRL
149 Engine cruise control, vehicle speed ENG_CC
154 Engine ether starting aid ENG_AID
276 Engine fan ENG_FAN
152 Engine instrumentation, shutdown and warning ENG_IND
132 Engine intake and grid heater ENG_HTR
148 Engine rpm control, hand or remote ENG_RPM
156 Engine start and stop ST_SP
87E Fifth wheel control and indicators FIFTH_WHL
127 Fuel heater and water in fuel FUEL_HTR
847 Fuel instrumentation and warning FUEL_IND
280 Ground GND
70C Heater and air conditioning auxiliary HVAC_AUX
3 Wires, Connectors, and Wiring Harnesses

Primary Subsystem
Module Abbreviation
70B Heater, ventilation, and air conditioning HVAC
264 Horn, audible warning HORN
33A Lighting and visual emergency devices LT_EMER
319 Lighting exterior, advertising, top of cab LT_AD
35H Lighting exterior, backup lamp and alarm LT_BKUP
311 Lighting exterior, head lamp, tail lamp, and DRL LT_HDLP
30A Lighting exterior, marker LT_MKR
313 Lighting exterior, road and fog lamp LT_RDLP
30G Lighting exterior spot LT_SPOT
301 Lighting exterior, turn lamp and alarm LT_TRN
31J Lighting exterior, utility and work LT_UTIL
32B Lighting interior, dome, reading, forward LT_DOME
32C Lighting interior, sleeper dome reading and baggage LT_SLPR
74E Mirror heat and power control MIR
860 Multiplex controls and module wiring MUX_CTRL
594 Oil and lubrication automation LUBE
87G Optional air, controls, and wiring OPT_AIR
329 Optional switch and wiring OPT_WRG
789 Phone PHONE
285 Power distribution system PWR
284 Power outlet and receptacle PWR_RCPT
885 Power takeoff controls PTO
74F Seat power SEAT
877 Service and park brake system and lighting BK_SVCE
725 Supplemental restraint system SRS
153 Starter-disable controls ST_DISABL
54C Steering control STRG
87D Suspension SPNSN
49D Tire inflation TIRE
296 Trailer TRLR
34B Transmission TRANS_CTRL
34C Transmission, auxiliary controls TRANS_AUX
863 Transmission instrumentation and warning TRANS_IND
737 TV and video VIDEO
67E Vehicle entry, access ENTRY

Primary Subsystem
Module Abbreviation
353 Vehicle interface wiring VEH_INTFC
786 Vehicle tracking and guidance system TGS
66A Window power WDO
66B Windshield wiper WIPE
Power Distribution 4
Section 4:
• MEGA Fuse Junction Block
• Main Ground Junction Block
• Alternator Cable Routing
• Powertrain Distribution
MEGA Fuse Junction Block
The MEGA® Fuse junction block (MFJB) provides fused power to the powertrain
power distribution module (PDM), the SAM Cab, and the SAM Chassis. It is located on
the left frame rail. A five-position MEGA Fuse junction block is standard on all vehicles.
See Figure 4-1.
Each position on the MFJB has a designated use and fuse amperage. See Figure 4-2
for the fuse positions, and Table 4-1 for the designated usage, associated module
numbers, and fuse amperage for each MFJB assembly.
Fuses are available from Cooper Bussmann and Littelfuse. Daimler Trucks North
America recommends that the fuse rating not exceed 200 A.
Open MEGA Fuse positions (spare 1 and spare 2) can be used for body and chassis
equipment—such as a trailer PDM or shore power inverter—installed at the truck plant
or by a body builder.
Main Ground
Junction Block
MEGA Fuse
Junction Block
Front of Vehicle
Figure 4-1: Junction Block Locations
4 Power Distribution
5 4 3 2 1
Figure 4-2: MFJB Fuse Positions
MFJB Fuse Positions and Amperage Values
Module Designated Amperage Value per A06-65844

Position
Number Use -000 -001 -002 -003
1 286 Engine 175 A 175 A 175 A 175 A
2 29A SAM Cab 175 A 175 A 175 A 175 A
3 29A SAM Chassis 125 A 125 A 125 A 125 A
41 297 Trailer Cable Open 125 A 125 A Open
51 33C Inverter Open 200 A Open 200 A
Table 4-1: MFJB Fuse Positions and Amperage Values

1. This position may not be used as designated because of the options chosen for the vehicle.
Main Ground Junction Block
The main ground junction block, located near the MEGA Fuse junction block, is a plate
where the following circuits are grounded:
• SAM Cab
• SAM Chassis
• engine and transmission (powertrain PDM)
• battery negative
• alternator negative
• antilock brake system
• cab ground
• spare 1
• spare 2
See Figure 4-1 for the location of the main ground junction block.
Alternator Cable Routing

The alternator cables are routed across the engine to the left frame rail. The positive
alternator cable is routed to the MEGA Fuse junction block; the negative alternator
cable is routed to the main ground junction block. This routing provides the best power
distribution to the vehicle.
Powertrain Distribution

The common powertrain controller (CPC) is provided on Detroit Diesel and Mercedes-
Benz engines only. It is located in the cab behind the auxiliary instrument dash panel.
See Figure 4-3.
Powertrain Power Distribution Module

The powertrain power distribution module (PDM) is used to house the large number of
circuit protection devices for powertrain components. It is located on the left inner
fender. See Figure 4-4.
The powertrain PDM provides:

• battery power to the engine control module (ECM) and transmission control unit (if
equipped)
• ignition power to the ECM, transmission control unit (if equipped), and related
devices
• a fused battery sense circuit for a progressive low-voltage disconnect (PLVD) sys-
tem and/or a remote sense for the alternator
NOTE: The powertrain PDM should not be used or modified when installing a body on
a vehicle. For information on the body builder connector, see Section 7.
4 Power Distribution
Common
Powertrain
Controller
Figure 4-3: Common Powertrain Controller Location
Powertrain PDM
Front of Vehicle
Figure 4-4: Powertrain PDM Location
Wire Ground Return System
The wire ground return system is a standard feature on the Cascadia. In this system
there is a dedicated ground cable between the starter and the battery box. In addition
there is a ground between the frame rail and the battery box, as well as a ground cable
from frame rail to frame rail. See Figure 4-5.
When circuits are added to the vehicle after production, a ground return should be
installed. Circuits external to the cab should utilize the SAM Chassis, SAM Cab, or
main ground junction block for the ground return. Circuits internal to the cab should uti-
lize the SAM Chassis, SAM Cab, or dash ground splice pack for the ground return.
Figure 4-5: Wire Ground Return System
Exterior Lighting Parameters 5
Section 5:
• Daytime Running Lights
• Fog Lights and Auxiliary High-Beam Lights
• Follow Me Home
• Hazard Lights
• Headlights
• Marker Lights
• Stop Lights, Turn Signal Lights, and Backup Lights
• Turn Signal Lights
• Turn Tip
• Utility Lights
• Fault Detection for Exterior Lights
Daytime Running Lights
Daytime running lights (DRL) are external lights that automatically illuminate when the
vehicle meets certain conditions. Parameters are used to specify which lights are used
for DRL, and which conditions activate the DRL feature. The DRL feature is controlled
by the SAM Cab.
Daytime running lights are required for vehicles domiciled in Canada, and are standard
for vehicles domiciled anywhere other than Canada.
The exterior lights that can be used for DRL are:

• front turn signal lights (standard)
• front turn signal lights, marker lights, taillights, and the license plate light
NOTE: Only the front turn signal lights are used for DRL, not the side or rear turn sig-
nal lights. See Figure 5-1.
When daytime running lights are on and the right or left turn signal is activated, the cor-
responding front turn signal light flashes in response to the turn signal request. The
opposite front turn signal light continues to be controlled by DRL.
When the hazard light switch is activated, both front turn signal lights flash in response
to the hazard light request, taking precedence over the DRL feature.
An option to have the daytime running lights shut off when the vehicle speed is less
than 10 mph (16 km/h) is available. This is a courtesy feature that is useful when the
vehicle is approaching a weigh station.
See Figure 5-2 for the function path of the daytime running lights.
DRL Override Switch

An optional DRL override (DRL OVRD) switch is available on vehicles domiciled any-
where other than Canada. The DRL override switch is a momentary switch that
enables the driver to deactivate the DRL. When the DRL override switch is activated,
the indicator on the switch illuminates. See Figure 5-3.
See Figure 5-4 for the function path of the DRL override switch.
Conditions for DRL Activation

To activate the DRL, the following conditions must be met:
• ignition switch is in the ON position
• headlight switch is off
• park brake is disengaged
• engine is operating at greater than 400 rpm
• vehicle is moving at 10 mph (16 km/h) or greater when cutout speed is present
• DRL override switch, if present, is not activated
NOTE: See Follow Me Home in this section for more information on this new feature,
which is related to the DRL feature.
5 Exterior Lighting Parameters
1. High Beam Headlight

2. Fog Light or Auxiliary High-Beam Light
3. Low-Beam Headlight
4. Front Turn Signal Light and Marker Light
5. Side Turn Signal Light and Marker Light
6. Clearance Light
7. Stop Light, Taillight, and Turn Signal Light
8. License Plate Light
9. Backup Light
10. Identification Light
Figure 5-1: Exterior Lights
Figure 5-2: Function Path of the Daytime Running Lights
Figure 5-3: DRL Override Switch
Figure 5-4: Function Path of the DRL Override Switch
Feature and Parameter Specifications for DRL on a Vehicle with Software Version 5.1 or 5.4
Parameter Part Number
001 447 86 581
001 447 88 581
001 447 89 581
001 447 90 581
001 447 91 581
001 447 92 581
001 447 93 581

001 447 87 58
Parameter Module
Module
Description Number
DRL X X X X X X X X
Turn signals X X X X X X X X
Follow Me Home — X — X — X — X
Marker lights — — X X — — X X
311 SAM Cab
Taillights — — X X — — X X
License plate light — — X X — — X X
10 mph (16 km/h)
— — — — X X X X
cutoff
Type of Feature
S: Standard O S O O O O O O — —
O: Optional
Table 5-1: Feature and Parameter Specifications for DRL on a Vehicle with Software Version
5.1 or 5.4
1. This parameter is unavailable at the time of publication.
Feature and Parameter Specifications for DRL on a Vehicle with Software Version 5.2
003 447 10 581
003 447 12 581
003 447 13 581
003 447 14 581
003 447 15 581
003 447 16 581
003 447 17 581

003 447 11 58
Parameter Module
Module
Description Number
DRL X X X X X X X X
Turn signals X X X X X X X X
Follow Me Home — X — X — X — X
Marker lights — — X X — — X X
Taillights — — X X — — X X 311 SAM Cab
License plate light — — X X — — X X
10 mph (16 km/h)
— — — — X X X X
cutoff
Fault detection dis-
X X X X X X X X
abled
Type of Feature
S: Standard O S O O O O O O — —
O: Optional
Table 5-2: Feature and Parameter Specifications for DRL on a Vehicle with Software Version
5.2
Fog Lights and Auxiliary High-Beam Lights

Fog lights and auxiliary high-beam lights are optional features. A customer can choose
to have either fog lights or auxiliary high-beam lights, but not both.
Fog Lights
When the vehicle is equipped with fog lights, they are mounted in the bumper. See
Figure 5-1.
To activate the fog lights, the headlight switch must be in the marker lights or head-
lights position and the switch must be pulled out. See Figure 5-5. The fog lights are
deactivated when the high-beam headlights are activated.
See Figure 5-6 for the function path of the fog lights.
Auxiliary High-Beam Lights
When the vehicle is equipped with auxiliary high-beam lights, they are mounted in the
bumper. See Figure 5-1. The auxiliary high-beam lights can be activated only when
the high-beam headlights are activated. Press the auxiliary high-beam (AUX HIGH)
switch to activate the auxiliary high-beam lights. See Figure 5-7.
See Figure 5-6 for the function path of the auxiliary high-beam lights.
A. Headlight switch pulled out to activate the fog lights.
1. Off
2. Marker Lights
3. Headlights
4. Fog Lights Icon
Figure 5-5: Headlight Switch Positions and Icons on a Vehicle with Fog Lights
Figure 5-6: Function Path of the Fog Lights and Auxiliary High-Beam Lights
Figure 5-7: Auxiliary High-Beam Light Switch
Feature and Parameter Specifications for Fog Lights and Auxiliary High-Beam Lights
Parameter Part
Number
002 447 35 58
002 447 37 58
002 447 41 58
003 447 20 58
Module
Parameter Description Module
Number
Fog lights not present X X — —

Fog lights disabled when high-beam headlights are
— — X X
activated
Auxiliary high-beam lights not present X — X X
Auxiliary high-beam lights present — X — — 313 SAM Cab
Fault detection enabled X X X —
Fault detection disabled — — — X
Software version 5.1 or 5.4 X X X —
Software version 5.2 — — — X
Type of Feature
S: Standard S O O O — —
O: Optional
Table 5-3: Feature and Parameter Specifications for Fog Lights and Auxiliary High-Beam
Lights
Follow Me Home
The follow-me-home feature temporarily activates the low-beam headlights after the
engine is turned off. This feature provides temporary lighting in the path of the head-
lights while walking away from the vehicle.
The condition for activation of this feature is that the headlight switch has been turned
from the on position to the off position, and the ignition switch is turned off within 30
seconds of turning the headlight switch off.
Once the follow-me-home feature is activated and there is no change to the position of
the door—it remains closed or open—the headlights stay on for 10 seconds. When a
change is made to the position of the door within the 10-second period, the 10-second
timer stops and the headlights stay on for an additional 15 seconds.
The follow-me-home feature can be temporarily disabled by turning the ignition switch
on, or by cycling the headlight switch from the off position to one of the other two posi-
tions.
See Figure 5-8 for the function path of the follow-me-home feature.
Figure 5-8: Function Path of the Follow-Me-Home Feature
Hazard Lights
All the turn signal lights on the vehicle and trailer, as well as the turn signal indicators in
the instrumentation control unit (ICU), flash simultaneously when the hazard lights are
activated. The hazard lights are activated when the hazard lights switch is pressed,
resulting in a request by the modular switch field (MSF).
The hazard lights can be activated regardless of the ignition switch position. When the
ignition switch is in the off position and the hazard lights switch has been pressed, the
amount of time the hazard lights flash on is shorter than when the ignition switch is in
any other position. This decreased amount of time helps to reduce the drain on the
battery.
Figure 5-9 shows the hazard lights switch in the master control module.
See Figure 5-10 for the function path of the hazard lights.
Feature and Parameter Specifications for Follow Me Home

001 447 84 581
003 447 08 581
001 447 89 581
001 447 91 581
001 447 93 581

001 447 85 58
003 447 09 58
001 447 87 58
003 447 11 58
Parameter Module
Module
Description Number
Follow Me Home not

X X — — — — — — —
present
Follow Me Home
— — X X X X X X X
present
DRL — — — — X X X X X
Turn signals — — — — X X X X X
Marker lights — — — — — — X — X
Taillights — — — — — — X — X SAM
311
License plate light — — — — — — X — X Cab
Disabled below 10 mph
— — — — — — — X X
(16 km/h)
Fault detection enabled X — X — X — X X X
Fault detection disabled — X — X — X — — —
Software version 5.1 or
X — X — X — X X X
5.4
Software version 5.2 — X — X — X — — —
Type of Feature
S: Standard O O O O S S O O O — —
O: Optional
Table 5-4: Feature and Parameter Specifications for Follow Me Home
Figure 5-9: Hazard Lights Switch in the Master Control Module
Figure 5-10: Function Path of the Hazard Lights
Headlights
The low-beam headlights have a soft-start feature. When the low-beam headlights are
turned on, it takes 2.5 seconds for the headlights to reach full illumination.
The headlights can be illuminated regardless of the ignition switch position.
The headlight switch has three positions: off, marker lights, and headlights. On a vehi-
cle equipped with fog lights, the switch must be pulled out to activate the fog lights.
See Figure 5-5 and Figure 5-11.
When the headlight switch is turned to the marker lights position, the following lights
illuminate:
• clearance
• identification
• front marker
• side marker
• taillights
• trailer taillights
• trailer marker
• license plate
When the headlight switch is turned to the headlights position, the low-beam or low-
beam and high-beam headlights illuminate depending on the position of the stalk
switch, which is located on the steering column.
• When the stalk switch is in the neutral position, the low-beam headlights illumi-
nate.
• When the stalk switch has been pushed away from the driver, the low-beam and
high-beam headlights illuminate. The high-beam indicator in the ICU illuminates
when the high-beam headlights are on.
When the headlight switch is in the headlights position, the ignition switch is in the off
position, and the driver door is open, a warning buzzer sounds.
See Figure 5-12 for the function path of the headlights.
1. Off
2. Marker Lights
3. Headlights
Figure 5-11: Headlight Switch Positions on a Vehicle without Fog Lights
Flash to Pass
The flash-to-pass feature momentarily illuminates the high-beam headlights. Pulling
the stalk switch toward the driver illuminates the high-beam headlights regardless of
what position the headlight switch is in. However, if the fog lights are on when the
flash-to-pass feature is activated, the fog lights will momentarily turn off.
Figure 5-12: Function Path of the Headlights, Marker Lights, and High-Beam Headlights
Marker Lights
The marker interrupt switch temporarily turns the marker lights on or off. When the
headlights are on and the marker interrupt (MRKR INT) switch is pressed, the marker
lights momentarily turn off. When the headlights are off and the marker interrupt switch
is pressed, the marker lights momentarily turn on. See Figure 5-13.
The lights affected by the marker interrupt feature include:

• clearance
• identification
• front marker
• side marker
• taillights
• trailer taillights
• trailer marker
• dash panel
• license plate
The marker interrupt feature can currently be ordered with one momentary interrupt or
two momentary interrupts. In the future an option for three momentary interrupts will be
available. The feature with one momentary interrupt works differently from the features
with two or three momentary interrupts.
When the marker interrupt feature has one momentary interrupt and the marker inter-
rupt switch is pressed and continues to be pressed, the lights will remain in the on or
off state as long as the switch remains pressed. When the marker interrupt feature has
two or three momentary interrupts, the lights will be interrupted two or three times
regardless of how long the switch is pressed.
See Figure 5-12 for the function path of the marker lights.
Figure 5-13: Marker Interrupt Switch
Feature and Parameter Specifications for the Marker Interrupt Feature

002 447 63 581
003 447 04 581
002 447 65 581
003 447 07 581
003 447 06 581

002 447 64 58
003 447 05 58
002 447 86 58
000 447 34 61
Module
Parameter Description
Number
Marker interrupt feature not

X X — — — — — — —
present
Marker interrupt feature present
— — X X — — — — —
with one interrupt
— — — — X X — — —
with three interrupts
30A
— — — — — — X X —
with two interrupts
Marker light fault detection
X — X — X — X — —
present
Marker light fault detection not
— X — X — X — X X
present
Software version 5.2 — X — X — X — X X
Software version 5.4 X — X — X — X — —
Type of Feature
S: Standard O O S S O O O O S —
O: Optional
Module
SC: SAM Cab SC SC SC SC SC SC SC SC SCH —
SCH: SAM Chassis
Table 5-5: Feature and Parameter Specifications for the Marker Interrupt Feature
Stop Lights, Turn Signal Lights, and Backup Lights
The Cascadia can have either combination stop and turn signal lights, or separate stop
and turn signal lights.
See Section 8 under the heading Trailer Receptacles for the wiring of a typical trailer
receptacle.
Combination Stop and Turn Signal Lights

One combination stop light and turn signal light assembly on each side of the vehicle is
a standard feature for the rear lighting. With this feature the stop light also acts as a
turn signal light.
If the stop and turn signal lights are activated at the same time, the turn signal light
takes priority. In this situation the combined stop and turn signal light will be flashing
rather than steady on. When the brake pedal is depressed and the turn signal is not
being used, the combined stop and turn signal light will be steady on. See Figure 5-14
for the lighting states of the combined stop and turn signal lights under brake, turn, and
brake and turn conditions.
When the hazard lights switch is pressed, the hazard lights take priority over the stop
light function on the combination stop and turn signal light assembly. However, the
hazard lights and turn signal lights will activate according to the last request received.
The combination stop and turn signal assembly has two lighting circuits. One lighting
circuit is used for the stop and turn signal light; the second lighting circuit is used for
the taillight.
Separate Stop and Turn Signal Lights

Separate stop and turn signal lights require at least two assemblies for each side of the
vehicle. One light assembly is used for the stop light and taillight; the other light
assembly is used for the turn signal light. See Figure 5-15 for the lighting states of the
separate stop and turn signal lights under brake, turn, and brake and turn conditions.
See Figure 5-16 for the function path of the stop lights, and Figure 5-17 for the func-
tion path of the turn signal lights.
Backup Lights
The backup lights provide a visual indication that the transmission is in reverse gear.
A vehicle with a manual transmission or automated transmission is equipped with a

backup switch. When the transmission is put in reverse, the hard-wired backup switch
provides the input that is read by the SAM Chassis.
A vehicle with an automatic transmission does not have a backup switch. When the
transmission is put in reverse, the datalink signal from the transmission control unit
provides the input that is read by the SAM Chassis.
Figure 5-14: Combination Stop and Turn Signal Lights (left side of vehicle)
Figure 5-15: Separate Stop and Turn Signal Lights (left side of vehicle)
Feature and Parameter Specifications for Stop Lights and Backup Lights
Module Number
000 447 35 61
000 447 38 61
000 447 36 61
000 447 39 61
000 447 13 61
000 447 14 61
000 447 13 61
000 447 14 61
000 447 46 61
000 447 47 61
Module
Parameter
Description
Combination stop and

X X — — — — — — X —
turn signal lights
Separate stop and
— — X X — — — — — X
turn signal lights
Fault detection
X — X — X X X X X X
enabled 301
Fault detection dis-
— X — X — — — — — —
abled
Software version 5.1 X — X — X X X X — —
Software version 5.2 — X — X X X X X — —
Software version 5.4 X — X — X X X X X X
Manual transmission — — — — X — — — — —
Backup switch present — — — — X — X — — —
SAM
Backup switch not
— — — — — X — X — — Chassis
present
Automatic transmis-
sion with J1939 elec-
— — — — — X — — — —
tronic transmission
controller 2 (ETC2)
Automated manual 35H
transmission without
J1939 electronic — — — — — — X — — —
transmission control-
ler 2 (ETC2)
Automated manual
transmission with
J1939 electronic — — — — — — — X — —
transmission control-
ler 2 (ETC2)
Type of Feature
S: Standard S S O O S O O O S O — —
O: Optional
Table 5-6: Feature and Parameter Specifications for Stop Lights and Backup Lights
Figure 5-16: Function Path of the Stop Lights
Figure 5-17: Function Path of the Turn Signal Lights
See Figure 5-18 for the function path of the backup lights with a manual transmission,
and Figure 5-19 for the function path of the backup lights with an automatic transmis-
sion.
Figure 5-18: Function Path of the Backup Lights with Manual Transmission
Figure 5-19: Function Path of the Backup Lights with Automatic Transmission
Turn Signal Lights

Moving the stalk switch up or down activates the right or left turn signal lights respec-
tively, as well as the right or left turn signal indicators on the ICU. There are three sets
of turn signal lights on the tractor: one in the integral headlight unit, one on the sides of
the vehicle, and one at the end of frame. See Figure 5-1.
When the vehicle is equipped with daytime running lights (DRL), the front turn signal
lights are always used for DRL. Other lights in combination with the turn signal lights
may be used for DRL. See Daytime Running Lights in this section for more informa-
tion.
See Turn Tip in this section for more information on the function of the turn signal
lights.
See Figure 5-17 for the function path of the turn signal lights.
Turn Tip
The turn-tip feature allows the driver to activate the turn signal lights by momentarily
pressing the stalk switch up or down. See Figure 5-20. When the turn-tip feature is
used, the turn signal lights flash a predetermined number of times. The number of
times the turn signal lights flash is determined by a parameter.
The turn-tip feature is advantageous in lane change situations when the steering
wheel does not travel far enough to cancel a conventional turn signal request. After
flashing for a number of times, the turn signal lights stop flashing; the driver does not
have to manually cancel the turn signal switch.
Activation of the turn-tip feature is immediately canceled when a request for the turn
signal in the opposite direction is made. In this situation the turn signal lights in the
opposite direction flash.
A. Off Position
B. Turn Tip Position
C. On Position
Figure 5-20: Turn Signal Switch Positions for a Left Turn
Feature and Parameter Specifications for Turn Tip

Parameter
Part Number
002 447 02 581
002 447 03 581
002 447 85 58
Module
Number
Turn tip not present X — —

Turn tip present with 5 flashes — X — 301 SAM Cab
Turn tip present with 3 flashes — — X
Type of Feature
S: Standard O O S — —
O: Optional
Table 5-7: Feature and Parameter Specifications for Turn Tip

Utility Lights
Two flush-mounted back-of-cab or back-of-sleeper utility lights are standard. See Fig-
ure 5-21. Two additional swivel utility lights mounted on the back of cab or on the
inside of the side extenders are an option. The utility light switch (UTLY LAMP) is used
to illuminate the utility lights. See Figure 5-22.
A new feature turns off the utility lights when the vehicle is moving faster than 10 mph
(16 km/h). The 10-mph cutoff speed feature only applies when the transmission is in a
forward gear, not when it is in reverse or neutral. The utility lights can be turned on
again when the vehicle is moving faster than 10 mph by turning the switch off, then
back on.
The utility lights can be illuminated by pressing the utility light switch when the ignition
switch is in the off, accessory, or ON position. However, if the utility light switch is left
on, and the vehicle is not moving, and the utility lights are not on (due to either a pro-
gressive low-voltage disconnect situation or because the vehicle had been moving
faster than 10 mph), the utility lights will turn on when the ignition switch is moved back
to the ON position.
The utility lights are designated as house loads in the powernet management feature.
See Section 9 for more information on powernet management.
See Figure 5-23 for the function path of the utility lights.
Flush-
Mounted
Utility Light
Figure 5-21: Utility Lights
Figure 5-22: Utility Light Switch
Utility Lights
UTLY
LAMP
Cabin CAN SAM Cab

Subbus
Feature Output
05/22/2008 f545293
Figure 5-23: Function Path of the Utility Lights
Feature and Parameter Specifications for Utility Lights

Parameter
Part Number
002 447 62 581

002 447 60 58
002 447 61 58
Module
Number
Utility light not present X — —

Utility light present with 10 mph
— X —
(16 km/h) cutoff 31J SAM Cab
Utility light present without 10
— — X
mph (16 km/h) cutoff
Type of Feature
S: Standard O S O — —
O: Optional
Table 5-8: Feature and Parameter Specifications for Utility Lights

Fault Detection for Exterior Lights

The fault detection for exterior lights is a feature that communicates to the driver that
the stop, utility, or turn signal light is out.
A vehicle without the fault detection for exterior lights feature is required to have a
parameter part number with no content in the bill of material to disable diagnostics and
functionality for the unspec’d feature.
Feature and Parameter Specifications for Fault Detection for Exterior Lights
Module Number
003 447 35 581
000 447 33 61
000 447 40 61
002 447 66 58
003 447 24 58
003 447 34 58
000 447 48 61
000 447 49 61
Fault detection disabled X X — — — — — —

Utility lights present — — X X — X — —
Utility lights not present X — X — X — — —
SAM Cab
Software version 5.2 — X — X — — — —
Software version 5.4 — — — — X X X X
Fault detection, no content — — X X — — — —
Fault detection, no content X X — — — — — — 81B
Fault detection enabled X — X — X X X X
Combination stop and turn sig-
X — X — — — X —
nal lights
SAM Chassis
Separate stop and turn signal
— X — X — — — X
lights
Software version 5.1 X — X — — — — —
Software version 5.4 — — — — X X X X
Type of Feature
S: Standard S S S S S S S S — —
O: Optional
Table 5-9: Feature and Parameter Specifications for Fault Detection for Exterior Lights
Interior Lighting Parameters 6
Section 6:
• Interior Lights
• Lighting Options
• Lighting Controls
• Dash Panel Backlighting
• Entrance Lighting
• Footwell Lighting
• Front Cab Dome Lighting
• Sleeper Lighting
Interior Lights
See Figure 6-1 for the interior lights in a raised roof sleeper cab.
See Figure 6-2 for the interior lights in a midroof sleeper cab.
See Figure 6-3 for the interior lights in a day cab.
Lighting Options
Freightliner offers the following lighting options:
• standard cab lighting
• standard sleeper lighting
• premium theater cab and sleeper lighting
• premium dimmable cab and sleeper lighting
NOTE: Premium sleeper lighting requires premium cab lighting. Standard sleeper light-
ing is only available with standard cab lighting.
Premium Theater Lighting

Premium cab and sleeper lighting includes theater lighting for the following lights:
• dome light in the overhead console
• doorsill lights
• footwell lights
• lower-left (and lower-right if present) reading light in the sleeper
• rear dome light in a day cab
Premium Dimmable Lighting

Premium dimmable lighting on a day cab is available on the following lights:
• dome lights in the overhead console
• rear dome light
Premium dimmable lighting on a sleeper cab is available on the following lights:

• lower-left reading light
• lower-right reading light (if equipped)
Lighting Controls
Four types of controls are used for the interior lights:
• locally switched lights
• SAM switched lights
• theater lighting
• dimmable lighting
Locally switched lights can be turned on or off using a switch that is connected in
series with the light bulb. For example, the switch and light bulb are in an integrated
unit. The SAM Cab supplies battery power to the switch.
SAM switched lights can be turned on or off by the SAM Cab. The SAM Cab receives
an input from a remote momentary switch or a datalink message. There are two
6 Interior Lighting Parameters
steady-state levels, on or off. The switching behavior is step-up and step-down, mean-
ing there is no noticeable ramp time when the light is switched on or off.
SAM switched lights are timed—that is, they will go off after a prescribed period of
time.
Theater lighting can be turned on or off by the SAM Cab. The SAM Cab receives an
input from a remote momentary switch or a datalink message. There are two steady-
state levels, on or off.
Lights controlled by theater lighting are ramped on or off as they are switched on or off.
Ramped lighting means that the lights gradually come on to their full illumination when
turned on, and gradually lose their illumination when turned off.
Ramp time is controlled by a parameter. The parameter range for ramp time is 400 to
5380 milliseconds (ms). When the parameter is set to imitate a step behavior, the lights
will reach full illumination or gradually lose their illumination in less than 100 ms.
Ramp-up and ramp-down times can have the same duration or a different duration.
Dimmable lighting allows the driver to dim the brightness of some interior lights. On a
day cab, the dome lights in the overhead console and the rear dome light (premium
lighting only) can be dimmed. On a sleeper cab, the lower-left reading light and the
lower-right reading light (if equipped) can be dimmed.
On a day cab, the overhead console dome lights and rear dome light switch (Figure 6-
4, item B) is used to dim the lights. On a sleeper cab, the lower-left reading light switch
(Figure 6-5, item A) and the lower-right reading light switch are used to dim the lights
(Figure 6-5, item C).
To dim the lights, the driver presses and holds the switch that activates one of the pre-
viously mentioned lights. While the switch is being pressed, the light decreases and
increases in brightness until the switch is released. The amount of luminosity at the
time the switch is released is stored as a value.
Press the switch to turn the lights off. When the switch is pressed again, the lights will
display the amount of brightness they were set to.
10 9 8
1
7
4 5 6
1. Lower-Left Reading Light (lower-right reading light located on opposite wall for premium lighting only)
2. Work Surface Light (premium lighting only)
3. Baggage Compartment Lights
4. Rear Footwell Lights (premium lighting only)
5. Doorsill Light
6. Footwell Lights, Driver and Passenger
7. Overhead Console Dome and Reading Lights
8. Forward Dome Light
9. Rear Dome Light/Upper Bunk Reading Light
10. Rear Dome Light
Figure 6-1: Interior Lights in a Raised Roof Sleeper Cab
9 8 7
1 2 3 4 5 6
1. Lower-Left Reading Light (optional lower-right reading light located on opposite wall for premium lighting
only)
2. Baggage Compartment Lights
3. Work Surface Light (premium lighting only) or Snake Light
4. Rear Footwell Light
5. Doorsill Light
8. Forward Dome Light
9. Rear Dome Light
Figure 6-2: Interior Lights in a Midroof Sleeper Cab
4 3
1 2
1. Doorsill Light
4. Rear Dome Light (premium lighting only)
Figure 6-3: Interior Lights in a Day Cab
A B C
FOOT DOME DOME

WELL
04/03/2007 f610911
A. Footwell Light Switch

B. Overhead Console Dome Lights and Rear Dome Light Switch (day cab only)
C. Forward Dome Light Switch (sleeper cab only)
Figure 6-4: Dash Panel Light Switches
A. Lower-Left Reading Light Switch

B. Rear Dome Light and Rear Dome Light/Upper Bunk Reading Light Switch
C. Lower-Right Reading Light Switch (optional)
D. Rear Footwell Light Switch (premium lighting only)
E. Forward Dome Light Switch
Figure 6-5: Lower Control Panel Switches
Dash Panel Backlighting
The dash panel backlighting has four lighting modes:
• daytime mode
• nighttime mode
• accessory mode
• marker interrupt mode
Each lighting mode has a specific value for dimming the dash panel backlighting. The
SAM Cab generates a pulse width modulated (PWM) output for the dash panel back-
lighting based on the corresponding dim value. The SAM Cab broadcasts the dim
value on the cabin CAN datalink.
The dim value is controlled by the increment/decrement switch for daytime and night-
time modes. See Figure 6-6. The increment/decrement switch status is broadcast
from the modular switch field (MSF) on the datalink to the SAM Cab.
See Figure 6-7 for the function path of the dash panel backlighting.
Figure 6-6: Increment/Decrement Switch
Figure 6-7: Function Path of the Dash Panel Backlighting
Daytime Mode
The daytime mode is active when the headlight switch is in the off position, and the
ignition switch is in the ON position. The dash panel backlighting is illuminated at a
brightness specified by the daytime mode dim value. The dim value for this mode is
stored in the memory of the SAM Cab.
Nighttime Mode
The nighttime mode is active when the headlight switch is not in the off position, and
the ignition switch is in the ON position. The dash panel backlighting is illuminated at a
brightness specified by the nighttime mode dim value. The dim value for this mode is
stored in the memory of the SAM Cab.
Accessory Mode
The accessory mode is active when the ignition switch transitions from off to acces-
sory. The dash panel backlighting is illuminated at a brightness specified by the acces-
sory mode dim value.
Marker Interrupt Mode

The marker interrupt mode is activated by pressing the marker interrupt switch, which
is located on the steering wheel. This causes the dash panel backlighting to momen-
tarily turn on when the marker lights are off prior to pressing the marker interrupt
switch. Conversely, the dash panel backlighting turns off when the marker lights are on
prior to pressing the marker interrupt switch.
Entrance Lighting
Entrance lighting consists of all the lights that are illuminated when one or both of the
cab doors is opened. These lights include the overhead console dome lights, footwell
lights, and the doorsill light of the door that is opened. Entrance lighting uses theater
lighting controls when the premium lighting option is chosen.
When the door is closed, the entrance lighting turns off after 15 seconds. If one or both
of the cab doors is left open or ajar, the entrance lighting turns off after 15 minutes.
The overhead console dome and reading lights are designated as house loads in the
powernet management feature. See Section 9 for more information on powernet man-
agement.
See Figure 6-8 for the function path of the entrance lighting.
Figure 6-8: Function Path of the Entrance Lighting
Footwell Lighting
Footwell lights light the floor and lower dash directly in front of the driver and passen-
ger seats. The SAM Cab receives a message from the MSF to activate the footwell
lighting.
The footwell lights use theater lighting controls when the premium lighting option is
chosen.
The footwell lights are designated as a comfort load in the powernet management fea-
ture. See Section 9 for more information on powernet management.
For information on the rear footwell lights, see Sleeper Lighting in this section.
See Figure 6-9 for the function path of the footwell lighting.
Footwell Lights
FOOT
WELL
Cabin CAN SAM Cab

Subbus
Feature Output
05/27/2008 f545294
Figure 6-9: Function Path of the Footwell Lighting
Front Cab Dome Lighting

Day cabs and sleeper cabs have two dome and reading light assemblies in the over-
head console, one for the driver and one for the passenger. See Figure 6-1, Figure 6-
2, and Figure 6-3 for the location of the overhead console dome and reading lights.
Each dome and reading light assembly has a center dome light, and a reading light on
each side of the dome light; one of the reading lights is red, the other is amber. See
Figure 6-10. The day cab has one rear dome light centered in the ceiling of the cab
when the premium lighting option is chosen.
Pressing the lens of the red or amber reading light turns the reading light on or off. The
overhead console dome light can be turned on in three different ways. When the driver
or passenger door is closed, pressing the lens of the dome light turns the dome light
on using a progressive low-voltage disconnect (PLVD) house BAT source, similar to
the overhead console reading lights. Pressing the lens again gives control back to
entrance lighting; the dome light can then be turned on or off using the overhead con-
sole dome light switch (Figure 6-4, item B).
See Figure 6-4 for the light switches that may be installed on the dash panel.
The dome and reading lights are designated as a house load in the powernet manage-
ment feature. See Section 9 for more information on powernet management.
See Figure 6-11 for the function path of the overhead console dome lights and rear
dome light in a day cab.
Dome Light
Red Reading
Light
Amber Reading
Light
Figure 6-10: Overhead Console Dome and Reading Lights (driver side shown)
Figure 6-11: Function Path of the Overhead Console Dome Lights and Rear Dome Light in a
Day Cab
Sleeper Lighting
Baggage Compartment Lights

The three baggage compartment lights are SAM switched lights. These lights are illu-
minated when one of the baggage compartment doors is opened, or when the lower
bunk is raised. When either of the baggage compartment doors is open or the lower
bunk is raised for 30 minutes, the baggage compartment lights will go off. See Figure
6-1 and Figure 6-2.
The baggage compartment lights are designated as a comfort load in the powernet
management feature. See Section 9 for more information on powernet management.
See Figure 6-12 for the function path of the baggage compartment lights.
Figure 6-12: Function Path of the Baggage Compartment Lights
Sleeper Dome Lights

There are three dome lights in a raised roof sleeper cab (Figure 6-1):
• forward dome light
• rear dome light/upper bunk reading light
• rear dome light
There are two dome lights in a midroof sleeper cab (Figure 6-2):
• forward dome light
• rear dome light
The SAM Cab receives a datalink message from the MSF on the lower control panel
or, if equipped, on the upper control panel, which activates the rear dome light on both
a raised roof sleeper cab and a midroof sleeper cab, and rear dome light/upper bunk
reading light on a raised roof sleeper cab. The forward dome light is hard-wired and
therefore uses locally switched controls.
See Figure 6-13 for the rear dome light/upper bunk reading light switch installed on
the upper control panel.
The dome sleeper lighting is designated as a comfort load in the powernet manage-
ment feature. See Section 9 for more information on powernet management.
See Figure 6-14 for the function path of the sleeper lighting.
Rear Footwell Lights

Two rear footwell lights, located below the lower bunk, are part of the premium sleeper
lighting package.
Figure 6-13: Rear Dome Light/Upper Bunk Reading Light Switch on the Upper Control Panel
Figure 6-14: Function Path of the Sleeper Lighting
Lower-Left and Lower-Right Reading Lights

The lower-left reading light is located in the lower bunk area on the driver side of the
vehicle. The optional lower-right reading light is located on the opposite wall of the
lower-left reading light.
The lower-left and lower-right reading lights use theater lighting controls when the pre-
mium lighting option is chosen, and are controlled by switches on the lower control
panel. When the theater lighting option is not chosen, the lower-left and lower-right
reading lights use SAM switched controls. See Figure 6-5 for the light switches that
may be installed on the lower control panel(s).
The lower-left and lower-right reading lights are designated as comfort loads in the
agement.
Work Surface Light

Press the lens of the work surface light to activate the light.
Feature and Parameter Specifications for Forward Interior Lights

002 447 89 581

002 447 87 58
002 447 88 58
Module
Number
Standard lighting X — —
Premium theater lighting — X —
Premium dimmable lighting — — X 32B SAM Cab
Day cab X — X
Sleeper cab X X —
Type of Feature
S: Standard S O O — —
O: Optional
Table 6-1: Feature and Parameter Specifications for Forward Interior Lights
Feature and Parameter Specifications for Entry, Access, and Step Interior Lights
002 447 92 58
002 447 93 58
Module
Number
Standard lighting X —
67E SAM Cab
Premium theater lighting — X
Type of Feature
S: Standard S O — —
O: Optional
Table 6-2: Feature and Parameter Specifications for Entry, Access, and Step Interior Lights
Feature and Parameter Specifications for Footwell Lights

Parameter Part
Number
002 447 08 58
002 447 13 58
Module
Number
Standard lighting X —
32B SAM Cab
Premium theater lighting — X
Type of Feature
O: Optional
Table 6-3: Feature and Parameter Specifications for Footwell Lights
Feature and Parameter Specifications for Dash Panel Lights

Parameter
Part Number
003 447 28 58
003 447 32 58
Module
Number
ICU backlighting on delay with door open and off delay with
X X
door closed SAM
81B
Standard lighting X — Cab
Premium lighting — X
Type of Feature
O: Optional
Table 6-4: Feature and Parameter Specifications for Dash Panel Lights
Feature and Parameter Specifications for Sleeper and Baggage Lights

Parameter
Part Number
002 447 17 581
002 447 94 58
002 447 15 58
002 447 84 58
Module
Number
Standard lighting X X — —
Premium theater lighting — — X —
Premium dimmable lighting — — — X
Disabled for use in day cab X — — —
32C SAM Cab
Sleeper cab — X X X
Reading lights — X X X
General sleeper lights — X X —
Baggage compartment lights — X X —
Type of Feature
S: Standard S S O O — —
O: Optional
Table 6-5: Feature and Parameter Specifications for Sleeper and Baggage Lights
Cab Features with Parameters 7
Section 7:
• Air Filter Restriction Input
• Air Horn
• Alternator Charging
• Auxiliary Heater
• Body Builder Connector
• Cab HVAC Power
• Cruise Control Disengage
• DC Power Receptacles
• Door Module
• Fleet Management and CB Radio
• Heated Mirrors
• Interior Temperature Sensor
• Optimized Idle
• Power Takeoff
• Service Brake Switch
• Spare Function Pins
• Starter Relay
• Supplemental Restraint System
Air Filter Restriction Input
Restriction in the air filter is currently measured by the intake air restriction indicator.
The intake air restriction indicator measures the vacuum on the engine side of the air
cleaner at the air cleaner outlet.
In the future, the air filter restriction input will be part of the multiplexing system. Until
the air filter restriction input is part of the multiplexing system, a parameter part number
with no content is required in the bill of material to disable diagnostics and functionality
for the unavailable feature.
See Figure 7-1 for the function path of the air filter restriction.
Figure 7-1: Function Path of the Air Filter Restriction
Feature and Parameter Specifications for Air Filter Restriction Input

Parameter Part Module Type of
Number Number Feature
Air filter restriction, no content 002 447 29 58 199 SAM Cab Standard
Table 7-1: Feature and Parameter Specifications for Air Filter Restriction Input
Air Horn
The pneumatic air horn is activated by pulling down on the overhead lanyard, which
opens a spring-loaded valve that directs air to the horn. When the lanyard is released,
the valve closes.
An electrically controlled air horn is not currently available. Until the air horn is part of
the multiplexing system, a parameter part number describing the air horn and foot
switch as being not present is required in the bill of material. This part number is
required to disable diagnostics and functionality for the unavailable feature.
7 Cab Features with Parameters
Feature and Parameter Specifications for the Air Horn

Parameter Module Type of
Part Number Number Feature
Air horn and foot switch not present 001 447 94 58 264 SAM Cab Standard
Table 7-2: Feature and Parameter Specifications for the Air Horn
Alternator Charging
When the alternator fails or is not generating enough current, the NO CHARGE indica-
tor in the instrumentation control unit (ICU) illuminates. The NO CHARGE indicator is
activated by way of a hard-wired output from the SAM Cab.
The SAM Cab monitors the charging status from the alternator D+ terminal, and
reports the status of the alternator to the ICU.
The alternator charging status feature is activated when the ignition switch is in the ON
or start (crank) position.
See Figure 7-2 for the function path of the alternator charging.
Figure 7-2: Function Path of the Alternator Charging
Feature and Parameter Specifications for Alternator Charging

Parameter
Part Number
002 447 50 581

002 447 49 58
Module
Number
Alternator charging disable X — SAM

12C
Alternator charging enable — X Cab
Type of Feature
O: Optional
Table 7-3: Feature and Parameter Specifications for Alternator Charging

1. This parameter is not available at the time of publication.
Auxiliary Heater
There are three types of auxiliary heaters:
• diesel-fired air heater
• diesel-fired coolant heater
• parked HVAC system
The diesel-fired heaters are designed to operate when the engine is not running. The
parked HVAC system can be operated when the engine is on or off.
The diesel-fired heaters are designated as house loads in the powernet management
feature since these heaters are powered by the vehicle’s conventional electrical sys-
tem. See Section 9 for more information on powernet management.
See Figure 7-3 for the function path of the auxiliary heater.
Diesel-Fired Air Heater

Diesel-fired air heaters provide heating in the cab and sleeper without idling the
engine. The heated air is distributed through the cab and sleeper through the ducts
provided by the air heater vendor.
Diesel-Fired Coolant Heater

Diesel-fired coolant heaters heat and maintain the engine coolant at a predetermined
temperature without idling the engine. The generated heat is distributed through the
cab and sleeper using the existing HVAC ducts. The warm engine coolant also assists
in engine starting in cold weather.
Parked HVAC System

The parked HVAC system can be used to heat or cool the sleeper when the engine is
on or off. When the engine is on, the air conditioning is powered electrically by the
vehicle alternator, the heater is powered conventionally using the engine coolant, and
the absorbed glass mat (AGM) batteries are recharged by the alternator. The AGM
batteries are isolated from the vehicle starting batteries.
When the engine is off, the air conditioning is powered by four AGM batteries, the
heater is diesel-fired, and the coolant pump is electrically powered by the AGM batter-
ies.
Park Brake Interlock Feature

The park brake interlock feature is standard on auxiliary heaters in a day cab or
sleeper cab. When the park brake interlock is enabled, the auxiliary heater can only be
activated when the park brake is set.
Figure 7-3: Function Path of the Auxiliary Heater
Feature and Parameter Specifications for Auxiliary Heater

Parameter
Part Number
002 447 46 581

002 447 45 58
002 447 47 58
002 447 48 58
Module
Number
Day cab X X — —
Sleeper cab — — X X
70C SAM Cab
Park brake interlock not present X — X —
Park brake interlock present — X — X
Type of Feature
S: Standard O O O O — —
O: Optional
Table 7-4: Feature and Parameter Specifications for Auxiliary Heater

Body Builder Connector

The body builder connector is a 19-pin connector that provides access to the following
signals:
• ignition
• stop lights
• taillights
• park brake
• turn signal lights
• marker lights
• backup lights
• engine speed (not available)
• vehicle speed (not available)
• ground
• ground return power
The current location of the body builder connector is at the back of the cab. More loca-
tions will be available in the future. The body builder power distribution module (PDM)
is located on the right side of the frontwall under the hood. See Figure 7-4 and Figure
7-5.
See Table 7-5 for the body builder connector specifications.
When a vehicle does not have a body builder connector, a parameter part number with
no content is required in the bill of material to disable diagnostics and functionality for
the unspec’d feature.
Body Builder
Connector
Front of Vehicle
Figure 7-4: Body Builder Connector at Back of Cab
Body Builder
PDM
Frontwall
Connector (BHD)
Front of Vehicle
Figure 7-5: Body Builder Power Distribution Module
Body Builder Connector Specifications

Pin Description

SAM Cab Connector X9
SAM Cab Pin No.

Cavity No.
Cavity No.
Load
Source
Capacity
10 52 13 Marker lights 30 A SAM Cab, low-side driver

9 54 4 Backup lights 20 A SAM Cab, low-side driver
8 56 15 GNDE 0.8 A —
11 57 9 IGN 0.5 A SAM Cab, low-side driver
14 59 17 Left turn signal lights 20 A SAM Cab, low-side driver
4 60 5 Park brake 0.04 A SAM Cab, high-side driver
1 61 7 Engine speed (not available) 0.01 A SAM Cab, high-side driver
13 62 11 Right turn signal lights 20 A SAM Cab, low-side driver
15 63 16 Stop lights 30 A SAM Cab, low-side driver
12 64 14 Taillights 20 A SAM Cab, low-side driver
2 65 6 Vehicle speed (not available) 0.01 A SAM Cab, high-side driver
— — 10 & 12 Body builder, ground return power #4 AWG Main ground junction block
Table 7-5: Body Builder Connector Specifications
Feature and Parameter Specifications for the Body Builder Connector

Body builder connector, no content 002 447 70 58 353 SAM Cab Standard
Table 7-6: Feature and Parameter Specifications for the Body Builder Connector
Cab HVAC Power
The cab climate control panel is mounted in the dashboard and is used to control the
functions of the heating, ventilating, and air conditioning (HVAC) system in the cab.
See Figure 7-6 and Figure 7-7 for the cab climate control panel for a day cab and a
sleeper cab respectively.
The sleeper climate control panel is standard on a sleeper cab and is used to control
the heating and air conditioning functions in the sleeper. The sleeper climate control
panel is mounted on the side of the cabinet on the left side of the sleeper. See Figure
7-8 for the sleeper climate control panel.
The cab and sleeper climate control panels control the fan speed and temperature in
the cab and sleeper. The cab climate control panel also controls the direction of air
flow. The fan motor(s) in the HVAC system does not work when the ignition switch is in
the start (crank) position.
Constant outlet temperature control (COTC) is a standard feature on both the cab and
sleeper HVAC systems. COTC provides a stable air temperature when the air is dis-
charged from the HVAC ducts based on a reference temperature for each of the 21
settings on the temperature control switch. The control head modulates the tempera-
ture door in order to reach and maintain the reference temperature.
The cab climate control panel requests A/C compressor clutch activation. The SAM
Cab responds to the request by engaging the A/C compressor clutch.
The SAM Cab:

• supplies battery, ground, and a hard-wired wake-up to the cab and sleeper climate
control panels;
• supplies battery and ground to the cab and sleeper fan motors;
• reads the outside ambient air temperature for the cab and sleeper climate control
panels.
The wake-up conditions for the HVAC climate control panels are:
• ignition switch is in the accessory or ON position
• vehicle battery voltage is within the normal operating range of 9 to 16 volts
The outside ambient air temperature sensor is mounted behind the right side of the
front bumper, and is connected to the SAM Cab.
The cab and sleeper climate control panels are both designated as house loads in the
agement.
Fan Switch Temperature Air Selection

Control Switch Switch
Recirculation Button Air Conditioning Button
Figure 7-6: Cab Climate Control Panel in a Day Cab
Sleeper Override Button
Figure 7-7: Cab Climate Control Panel in a Sleeper Cab
Figure 7-8: Sleeper Climate Control Panel
Sleeper Climate Control Panel Override

The sleeper climate control panel override feature allows the driver to override the set-
tings of the sleeper climate control panel using the cab climate control panel. The over-
ride feature is a momentary system that allows the driver control of the sleeper HVAC
system. The override feature is implemented on the J1939 datalink.
The override feature is activated when the cab climate control panel is active, and the
sleeper override button (with bed icon and yellow indicator), located in the center of the
air selection switch, has been pressed to the on position.
When in override mode, the sleeper climate control panel automatically conforms to
the fan speed and temperature settings on the cab climate panel at the time the over-
ride mode is activated. Further changes of the cab climate control settings will not alter
the settings of the sleeper climate control panel. The constant outlet temperature con-
trol feature is active in the override mode.
The override mode is disabled when the fan switch or temperature control switch on
the sleeper climate control panel is manually set to a different setting. The override
mode is also disabled when the sleeper override button is pressed to the off position.
Park Brake Interlock Feature

The park brake interlock feature is standard on a sleeper HVAC system, and is acti-
vated only when the park brake is set. When the park brake is set and the fan switch or
temperature control switch on the sleeper climate control panel is manually set, the
cab climate control panel automatically conforms to the settings on the sleeper climate
control panel.
When the park brake is set and the fan switch or temperature control switch on the
sleeper climate control panel is manually set, and the cab climate control panel is sub-
sequently set by a person in the driver or passenger seat, the settings made on the
cab climate control panel affect only the front of the cab, not the sleeper area.
HVAC Pressure Transducer
The SAM Cab interfaces with the pressure transducer in the HVAC system. The SAM
Cab senses the voltage at the pressure transducer, averages the readings, and
reports a percentage voltage value to the climate control panel via a CAN (controller
area network) signal. The SAM Cab is not involved in converting the voltage readings
to a pressure value.
See Figure 7-9 for the function path of the HVAC pressure transducer.
Manual Calibration Procedure

If one of the following conditions exists, perform a manual calibration of the cab climate
control panel.
• A whistling, or other unusual noise, is coming from the cab HVAC ducts.
• The airflow is not coming through the outlet that the air selection switch is set to.
• The temperature of the airflow coming through the outlet is different from the tem-
perature control switch setting.
If one of the following situations occurs, it is recommended that a manual calibration

be performed.
• The battery cables have been disconnected, then reconnected.
• The air selection switch or temperature control switch was repositioned while the
load disconnect switch was off.
Use the following instructions to perform the calibration procedure.

1. Turn the engine off.
2. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position while keeping the engine off.
3. Set the fan switch to the off position.
4. Set the temperature control switch to the full clockwise position (warmest setting).
5. Set the air selection switch to the full counterclockwise position (face setting).
6. Press the air conditioning button and the recirculation button simultaneously for
more than five seconds.
NOTE: The calibration process begins when the indicators on the air conditioning and
recirculation buttons begin to flash, and continues until the indicators stop flashing.
Figure 7-9: Function Path of the HVAC Pressure Transducer
Feature and Parameter Specifications for Cab HVAC Power

002 447 45 58
002 447 47 58
002 447 48 58
002 447 12 58
Day cab configuration X — — —

Sleeper cab with secondary heater — X — —
SAM Cab
Sleeper cab with secondary heater and park brake interlock — — X —
HVAC transducer present — — — X
Type of Feature
S: Standard S S O S —
O: Optional
Module Number 70C 70C 70C 70B —
Table 7-7: Feature and Parameter Specifications for Cab HVAC Power
Cruise Control Disengage

The cruise control disengage feature is an optional safety feature that disengages the
cruise control when one of the following conditions occurs:
• hazard lights, headlights, or windshield wipers are on
• hazard lights or windshield wipers are on
• hazard lights or headlights are on
Disengagement of the cruise control is accomplished by sending the cruise control

pause request CAN signal.
See Figure 7-10 for the function path of the cruise control disengage.
Figure 7-10: Function Path of the Cruise Control Disengage
Feature and Parameter Specifications for Cruise Control Disengage

Parameter
Part Number
002 447 19 581
002 447 20 582
002 447 21 582

002 447 18 58
Module
Number
Cruise control disengage input not present X — — —

Disengage with hazard lights, headlights, or wip-
— X — —
ers on 149 SAM Cab
Disengage with hazard lights or wipers on — — X —
Disengage with hazard lights or headlights on — — — X
Type of Feature
S: Standard S O O O — —
O: Optional
Table 7-8: Feature and Parameter Specifications for Cruise Control Disengage
1. This parameter is unavailable on a Cummins engine.

2. This parameter is unavailable at the time of publication, and will not be available on a Cummins engine.
DC Power Receptacles
Two DC power receptacles are located in the dashboard on a day cab and a sleeper
cab. One to six DC power receptacles are available in the sleeper cab, depending on
the cab size and cabinet configuration. The DC power at the receptacles is approxi-
mately 12 V, but that voltage varies depending on the battery voltage. Receptacle
power is available regardless of the ignition switch position.
The following power receptacles are designated as house loads in the powernet man-
agement feature:
• DC power receptacle 1, battery, dash (Figure 7-11)
• DC power receptacle 2, dash (Figure 7-11)
• DC power receptacle 3, battery, on sleeper control panel in 60-inch and 72-inch
midroof and raised roof sleepers (Figure 7-12); near sleeper control panel in 48-
inch midroof sleeper (Figure 7-13)
The following power receptacles are designated as comfort loads in the powernet
management feature:
• DC power receptacle 4, battery, right-side cabinet in 48-inch midroof sleeper, and
in 60-inch and 72-inch midroof and raised roof sleepers (Figure 7-14)
• DC power receptacle 5A, battery, right-side cabinet in 72-inch midroof and raised
roof sleepers (Figure 7-14)
• DC power receptacle 5B, left-side cabinet in a 72-inch midroof sleeper and in 60-
inch and 72-inch raised roof sleepers (Figure 7-12)
• DC power receptacle 5C, left-side cabinet in a 72-inch raised roof sleeper (Figure
7-12)
• DC power receptacle 6A, forward bunk partition (Figure 7-15)
• DC power receptacle 6B, forward bunk partition (Figure 7-15)
See Section 9 for more information on powernet management.
Power Receptacle 1 Power Receptacle 2
Figure 7-11: Dash Power Receptacles
Power Receptacle 5C
(72-inch raised roof
sleeper)
Power Receptacle 5B
(72-inch midroof
sleeper and 60-inch
and 72-inch raised roof
sleepers)
Power Receptacle 3
(60-inch and 72-inch
midroof and raised
roof sleepers)
Figure 7-12: Left-Side Cabinet Power Receptacles
Power Receptacle 3
(48-inch midroof
sleeper)
Figure 7-13: Left-Corner Power Receptacle
Power Receptacle 4
(48-inch midroof
sleeper, 60-inch and
72-inch midroof and
raised roof sleepers)
Power Receptacle 5A
(72-inch midroof and
raised roof sleepers with
a refrigerator)
Power Receptacle 5A
(72-inch midroof and
raised roof sleepers
without a refrigerator)
Figure 7-14: Right-Side Cabinet Power Receptacles
Power
Receptacle 6A
Power
Receptacle 6B
Figure 7-15: Forward Bunk Partition Power Receptacles
Feature and Parameter Specifications for DC Power Receptacles

Power receptacle 6 002 447 52 58 284 SAM Cab Standard
Table 7-9: Feature and Parameter Specifications for DC Power Receptacles
Door Module
In the future, a door electronic control module that controls the power windows, heated
mirrors, door locks, doorsill lights, and mirror adjust will be available. The door module
will also provide the capability for antitheft and keyless entry. Until the door module is
part of the multiplexing system, a parameter part number with no content is required in
the bill of material to disable diagnostics and functionality for the unavailable feature.
Feature and Parameter Specifications for the Door Module

Door module, no content 002 447 69 58 67E SAM Cab Standard
Table 7-10: Feature and Parameter Specifications for the Door Module
Fleet Management and CB Radio

Fleet management is a system that allows a fleet to track and communicate the loca-
tion of its vehicles using a land-based or satellite-based communication system.
Freightliner offers several fleet management systems; Qualcomm and GeoLogic Solu-
tions are two such systems.
In the future, a parameter part number that allows the fleet management feature and
the CB radio to be included in the functionality of the progressive low-voltage discon-
nect (PLVD) feature will be available. See Section 9 for more information on PLVD.
Until the option of having the fleet management feature and CB radio included in the
functionality of the PLVD feature, a parameter part number with no content is required
in the bill of material to disable the PLVD functionality.
NOTE: The fleet management system and CB radio cannot be separated for the pur-
pose of inclusion or exclusion in PLVD functionality.
Feature and Parameter Specifications for Fleet Management and CB Radio

Fleet management system/CB radio,
002 447 55 58 306 SAM Cab Standard
PLVD, no content
Table 7-11: Feature and Parameter Specifications for Fleet Management and CB Radio
Heated Mirrors
The heated mirror feature is used to clear ice and frost from the side mirrors. The
driver activates the mirror heat elements on the driver and passenger side mirrors by
pressing the mirror heat (MIRR HEAT) switch. See Figure 7-16.
The mirror heat switch is a momentary switch. When the mirror heat switch is pressed,
the amber indicator illuminates. The heating elements remain on for 30 minutes, at
which time the SAM Cab checks the outside air temperature. If the temperature is 60°F
(16°C) or higher, the mirror heat switch turns off. If the temperature is less than 60°F,
the SAM Cab leaves the mirror heat on for another 30 minutes and then checks the
outside air temperature again.
The SAM Cab reads the heated mirror signal input from the modular switch field (MSF)
over the cabin CAN to activate the driver and passenger heated mirror elements.
The heated mirrors are designated as a house load in the powernet management fea-
See Figure 7-17 for the function path of the heated mirrors.
Figure 7-16: Mirror Heat Switch
Figure 7-17: Function Path of the Heated Mirrors
Feature and Parameter Specifications for Heated Mirrors

Parameter
Part Number
002 447 56 581
002 447 59 58
003 447 33 58
Module
Number
Heated mirrors not present X — —

SAM
Heated mirrors present — X X 74E
Cab
Fault detection enabled — — X
Type of Feature
S: Standard O S O — —
O: Optional
Table 7-12: Feature and Parameter Specifications for Heated Mirrors

Interior Temperature Sensor

The interior temperature sensor is currently not available. When it is available, the
HVAC system could use the temperature sensor for its operation. Until the interior tem-
perature sensor is available, a parameter part number with no content is required in
the bill of material to disable diagnostics and functionality for the unavailable feature.
Feature and Parameter Specifications for the Interior Temperature Sensor

No interior temperature sensor, no content 002 447 67 58 81B SAM Cab Standard
Table 7-13: Feature and Parameter Specifications for the Interior Temperature Sensor
Optimized Idle
The optimized idle feature is an option on Detroit Diesel and Mercedes-Benz engines.
Optimized idle allows the engine to automatically turn on or off depending on its calcu-
lations of ambient temperature, battery voltage, and driver input to maintain the vehicle
in good working condition while minimizing idle time.
Optimized idle operates in two modes: engine and thermostat. The engine mode
keeps the battery charged and the engine oil temperature within 60 to 104°F (16 to
40°C). In addition to maintaining the batteries and the engine oil temperature, the ther-
mostat mode keeps the cab at the temperature set by the user. The engine mode is
always activated when the optimized idle feature is activated. The thermostat mode is
activated when the thermostat is turned on.
A vehicle without the optimized idle feature is required to have a parameter part num-
ber with no content in the bill of material to disable diagnostics and functionality for the
unspec’d feature.
Feature and Parameter Specifications for Optimized Idle

Parameter
Part Number
002 447 22 58
002 447 23 58
Module
Number
Optimized idle, no content X —

158 SAM Cab
Optimized idle enabled — X
Type of Feature
O: Optional
Table 7-14: Feature and Parameter Specifications for Optimized Idle
Power Takeoff
The provisions for a power takeoff (PTO) are currently hard-wired. In the future, the
PTO will be controlled by the SAM Cab. Until the PTO feature is part of the multiplex-
ing system, a parameter part number with no content is required in the bill of material
to disable diagnostics and functionality for the unavailable feature.
Feature and Parameter Specifications for Power Takeoff

Power takeoff, no content 002 447 83 58 885 SAM Cab Standard
Table 7-15: Feature and Parameter Specifications for Power Takeoff
Service Brake Switch
The service brake switch is connected to the brake system to detect air pressure when
the service brake is depressed by the driver. The SAM Cab reads the service brake
switch input and transmits the switch status on the CAN datalink.
Feature and Parameter Specifications for the Service Brake Switch

Air pressure switch present 002 447 11 58 877 SAM Cab Standard
Table 7-16: Feature and Parameter Specifications for the Service Brake Switch
Spare Function Pins

Spare function pins can be used to accommodate custom designs. There are four
spare function pins, each of which operates separately from the others. Each spare
function pin can have up to four cabin CAN messages as inputs; the output is hard-
wired.
See Table 7-17 for the spare function pin specifications. Connector X9 is located on
the topside of the SAM Cab.
Contact Customer Application Engineering for information on how to use spare func-
tion pins for custom designs.
When one or more spare function pins are not used, parameter part numbers with no
content are required in the bill of material to disable the diagnostics.
Spare Function Pin Specifications

Load
Spare Function Pin Connector No. Pin No.
Capacity
1 3
2 5
X9 200 ma
3 7
4 6
Table 7-17: Spare Function Pin Specifications
Feature and Parameter Specifications for Spare Function Pins

002 447 75 58
002 447 76 58
002 447 77 58
002 447 78 58
002 447 79 58
002 447 80 58
002 447 81 58
002 447 82 58
Module
Number
Spare function pin, 1.1, no

X — — — — — — —
content
— X — — — — — —
content
— — X — — — — —
content
— — — X — — — —
content
353 SAM Cab
— — — — X — — —
content
— — — — — X — —
content
— — — — — — X —
content
— — — — — — — X
content
Type of Feature
S: Standard S S S S S S S S — —
O: Optional
Table 7-18: Feature and Parameter Specifications for Spare Function Pins
Starter Relay
Unlike previous Freightliner vehicles, the ignition switch is decoupled from the starter
relay on the Cascadia. The SAM Cab activates an output to drive the starter relay.
There may be other interlocks and control mechanisms between the SAM Cab and
starter relay depending on the make of the engine and transmission. On a vehicle with
an Eaton automated transmission, a safety interlock relay is provided between the
SAM Cab starter relay output and the starter relay.
See Figure 7-18 for the function path of the starter relay with manual transmission.
See Figure 7-19 for the function path of the starter relay with automatic transmission.
Three criteria determine when the starter motor can be turned on:
• safety
• user control
• reliability
Safety–One or more of the following three conditions must be met in order to activate
the starter motor:
• bottom-of-clutch switch must be engaged
• the neutral switch must be closed
• a CAN message from the transmission ECU indicates that it is safe to activate the
starter motor
The safety condition used is dependent on which parameters have been programmed
on the vehicle.
User Control–The driver requests an engine start by turning the ignition switch.
Reliability–The SAM Cab provides antigrinding protection and thermal protection to

the starter motor. When certain conditions exist that may damage the starter motor, the
SAM Cab prevents cranking for a predetermined period of time to protect the starter
motor.
Antigrinding Protection Rules

• The engine speed must be less than 100 rpm to initiate a crank cycle.
• The crank cycle is terminated when the engine speed exceeds 300 rpm.
Thermal Protection Rules

• If the engine speed does not exceed 100 rpm during the crank cycle, cranking is
terminated after a maximum of five seconds, even if the driver continues to hold
the ignition key in the start (crank) position. Cranking can be initiated again after a
30-second cool-down period. This situation can occur when the engine is stalled
due to a mechanical failure and excessive heat builds up in the starter motor.
• If the engine speed exceeds 100 rpm but does not exceed 150 rpm during the
crank cycle, cranking is terminated after a maximum of 15 seconds, even if the
driver holds the ignition key in the start (crank) position. Cranking can be initiated
again after a 30-second cool-down period. This situation can occur when the
engine is slow in turning due to cold weather, or is not firing due to lack of fuel and
moderate heat builds up in the starter motor.
• When the engine speed exceeds 150 rpm but does not exceed 300 rpm during the
crank cycle, cranking is terminated after a maximum of 10 seconds, even if the
driver holds the ignition key in the start (crank) position. Cranking can be initiated
again after a 30-second cool-down period. This situation can occur when the
engine is running and turning properly, but cranking is still initiated. The termina-
tion of cranking protects the starter after the engine has fired.
Figure 7-18: Function Path of the Starter Relay with Manual Transmission
Figure 7-19: Function Path of the Starter Relay with Automatic Transmission
Feature and Parameter Specifications for the Starter Relay

002 447 26 581

002 447 24 58
002 447 25 58
002 447 27 58
002 447 28 58
Module
Number
Manual and Eaton AS transmission with

X — — — —
bottom-of-clutch switch
Manual transmission with neutral switch — X — — —
Manual transmission with neutral switch
— — X — —
and bottom-of-clutch switch 156 SAM Cab
Allison Automatic transmission with
— — — X —
J1939 ETC7
Eaton DM automatic transmission with
— — — — X
transmission ECU interlock
Type of Feature
S: Standard S O O O O — —
O: Optional
Table 7-19: Feature and Parameter Specifications for the Starter Relay
Supplemental Restraint System

In the future, when a vehicle has been in a severe crash, the supplemental restraint
system will react by sending a message that a crash has occurred to the SAM Cab,
SAM Chassis, and other electronic systems. These systems will then respond to the
message by controlling the electric loads to minimize risk to the occupants of the vehi-
cle.
Until this feature is available, two parameter part numbers with no content are required
in the bill of material to disable diagnostics and functionality for the unavailable feature.
Feature and Parameter Specifications for the Supplemental Restraint

System
Parameter
Part Number
002 447 30 58
000 447 02 61
Module
Number
Supplement restraint system, no content X X 725

Type of Feature
S: Standard S S —
O: Optional
Module
SC: SAM Cab SC SCH —
SCH: SAM Chassis
Table 7-20: Feature and Parameter Specifications for the Supplemental

Restraint System
Chassis Features with Parameters 8
Section 8:
• Air Dryer/Heater
• Differential Lock
• Engine Brake
• Fuel Level Sender
• Fuel Water Separator Sensing
• Low Air Pressure Warning System
• Neutral Switch
• Trailer Receptacles
Air Dryer/Heater
The air dryer removes moisture from the pneumatic system. The air dryer/heater is
activated when the ignition switch is in the accessory or ON position.
The air dryer/heater is designated as a house load in the powernet management fea-
See Figure 8-1 for the function path of the air dryer.
Figure 8-1: Function Path of Powernet Management, Air Dryer, and Fuel Water Separator
Heater
8 Chassis Features with Parameters
Feature and Parameter Specifications for the Air Dryer/Heater

Parameter Part
Number
000 447 07 61
000 447 08 61
Module
Number
Air dryer/heater not present X —

48A SAM Chassis
Air dryer/heater present — X
Type of Feature
S: Standard O S — —
O: Optional
Table 8-1: Feature and Parameter Specifications for the Air Dryer/Heater
Differential Lock
The differential lock is not currently part of the multiplexing system. Until the differential
lock is part of the multiplexing system, a parameter part number with no content is
required in the bill of material. This part number is required to disable diagnostics and
functionality for the unavailable feature.
Feature and Parameter Specifications for the Differential Lock

Differential lock, no content 000 447 22 61 87B SAM Chassis Standard
Table 8-2: Feature and Parameter Specifications for the Differential Lock
Engine Brake
The engine brake is used to slow the vehicle, but it is not a substitute for the service
brake—except in an emergency—because it does not provide the precise control
available from the service brake.
Engine brake operation is determined by the options chosen by the dealer, Cascadia
customer, or Freightliner customer application engineer. These options control how the
engine brake operates under certain conditions.
Activation of the stop lights when the engine brake is applied is a standard feature.
Activation of the stop lights occurs when the engine brake level selection switch is in
the HI position and the engine is applying at least 70 percent of its braking power.
The information under the General Engine Brake Operation heading explains how the
engine brake is activated and how it operates, regardless of the make and model of
the engine. The information under the Specific Engine Brake Operation heading pro-
vides descriptions of the available engine brake options for each engine make and
model.
See Figure 8-2 for the function path of the engine brake.
Basic Information
Engine manufacturers each use different engine brakes. Mercedes-Benz uses a pro-
prietary, standard or premium engine brake on the MBE4000. A Jacobs Engine
Brake® is standard on the Detroit Diesel Series 60 and DD15 engines. Caterpillar
uses a Cat® Compression Brake on the C15 engine. The Cummins Intebrake™
engine brake is standard on the ISX engine.
Engine brake operation in the Cascadia is dependent on:

• make and model of the engine
• make and type of the engine brake
• default electronic codes (ecodes)
• customer selected ecodes
Figure 8-2: Function Path of the Engine Brake
General Engine Brake Operation
The engine brake is enabled by pressing the engine brake (ENG BRK) switch on the
steering wheel. See Figure 8-3. When the ENG BRK switch is enabled, the indicator
on the engine brake level selection switch illuminates. See Figure 8-4.
The level selection switch is a multiplexed switch that controls the amount of engine
braking applied to the vehicle. The level selection switch has three positions that pro-
vide approximately the following amounts of engine braking:
• LO: 33 percent
• Medium: 66 percent
• HI: 100 percent
When the ENG BRK switch is enabled, the amount of engine braking applied to the
vehicle is determined by the position that the level selection switch is set at—LO,
medium, or HI.
After the ENG BRK switch is enabled, the level of engine braking can be changed by
pressing the level selection switch. When the ENG BRK switch is off, the amount of
engine braking is zero.
The engine control module (ECM) must be programmed to respond to the engine
brake request from the modular switch field (MSF).
Pressing the ENG BRK switch a second time turns off the engine brake. The indicator
on the level selection switch turns off when the ENG BRK switch is disabled.
Figure 8-3: Engine Brake Switch
Figure 8-4: Engine Brake Level Selection Switch
Parameters
A parameter is a specific value that is assigned to a feature or function of the vehicle
and allows the customer to choose how that particular feature or function will work on
the vehicle. Parameters are programmed to the SAM Cab, SAM Chassis, or modular
switch field (MSF).
The selection of parameters is determined by the data codes chosen by the customer,
dealer, or engineer in Customer Application Engineering. Each parameter is assigned
a part number, which becomes part of the bill of material.
There are two parameters for the engine brake. One parameter is used when an
engine brake is not present. The other parameter is used to activate the stop lights
when the engine brake is applied. Activation of the stop lights occurs only when the
engine brake level selection switch is in the HI position, and the engine is applying at
least 70 percent of its braking power. See Table 8-3 for the parameter specifications
for the engine brake.
NOTE: A data code represents a specific option available to the customer when a
vehicle is ordered. Data codes are also known as sales codes. A data code consists of
a three-digit numeric or alphanumeric figure followed by a hyphen and another three-
digit numeric or alphanumeric figure. For example, data code 128-089 specifies a Cat-
erpillar compression brake on a Cascadia.
Electronic Codes
An electronic code, or ecode, is a specific value that is assigned to a feature or func-
tion of a component on the vehicle, and is programmed to the engine control module
(ECM) and some transmissions. Ecodes for engine brakes are programmed exclu-
sively to the ECM.
The selection of ecodes is determined by the options chosen by the customer, or by

Freightliner default values when an option is not specified. An engineer in Customer
Application Engineering or a dealer can choose ecodes based on the customer’s
needs or wishes when the vehicle is spec’d. The selection of data codes determines
which ecodes are used, because some ecodes are associated with a particular data
code; however, some ecodes can be chosen independent of a data code.
Ecodes are also known as data codes or sales codes.
One example of an engine brake option that has an ecode is the use of the service
brake to activate the engine brake. This is a feature for engine brakes used on
MBE4000 engine, the Cummins EPA 07 ISX engine, and the Detroit Diesel Series 60
and DD15 engines. This option is not available on the Cat Compression Brake.
Feature and Parameter Specifications for the Engine Brake

Parameter
Part Number
000 447 09 61
000 447 45 61
Module
Number
Retarder not present X —

129 SAM Chassis
Retarder with stop light activation — X
Type of Feature
S: Standard O S — —
O: Optional
Table 8-3: Feature and Parameter Specifications for the Engine Brake
Specific Engine Brake Operation
Mercedes-Benz and Jacobs Engine Brakes

The Mercedes-Benz and Jacobs engine brakes will operate only when the following
conditions are met:
• Throttle position is less than 4 percent
• Driveline disengaged–engine speed is greater than 1100 rpm
• Driveline engaged–engine speed is greater than 800 rpm
• Road speed is greater than 0 mph (programmable)
• ABS is not active
• Clutch pedal is released (if equipped)
• Engine is not in PTO mode
• Torque converter is in lockup (automatic transmission)
Available Engine Brake Options

The following options (and corresponding module identifier) are available on a Casca-
dia with a Mercedes-Benz or Jacobs engine brake and are selected using ecodes:
• Service brake control of engine brake (EJA) Allows activation of the engine
brake by pressing the service brake pedal. Ecode EJA-005 allows activation of the
engine brake when the service brake is pressed, but only when the ENG BRK
switch has been enabled. With this option, the engine brake will operate in the HI
mode regardless of the setting of the engine brake level selection switch. EJA-005
is the recommended ecode for module EJA. Ecode EJA-001 allows activation of
the engine brake when the service brake is pressed, regardless of whether or not
the ENG BRK switch has been enabled. NOTE: This ecode is used in limited
applications.
• Minimum engine speed for engine brake (EJV) Allows activation of the engine
brake only after a minimum engine speed (rpm) is reached.
• Cruise control with engine brake (EJ1) Allows activation of the engine brake
when the vehicle is in cruise control. If the vehicle is going downhill and the ENG
BRK switch is turned on, the engine control module (ECM) will control the amount
of engine brake with respect to the cruise control set speed. The setting of the
engine brake level selection switch will determine the maximum amount of engine
braking the ECM allows.
• Road speed limit with engine brake (EGZ) Allows automatic activation of the
engine brake when the road speed limit is reached.
• Engine fan braking (EJ8) Allows the engine fan to automatically activate when
the engine brake is operating in the HI mode. Ecode EJ8-998 uses the default that
the ECM is set to. The default value for the ECM is zero.
• Minimum road speed for engine brake operation (EJ9) Allows activation of the
engine brake only after a minimum speed is reached.
• Cruise control and road speed limit engine brake activation and deactivation
(EJ5, EGS, EJ7, EGT, EGV, EGU) Allows the engine brake to automatically acti-
vate in stages when the cruise control setting or road speed limit is exceeded, and
to deactivate in stages as the speed of the vehicle again reaches the cruise control
setting or road speed limit. Ecode EJ1-001 (Enable Engine Brake on Cruise–Yes)
must be specified for this option. See Figure 8-5 for a graph that shows the engine
brake activation and deactivation stages and the corresponding ecodes for one-
mile, three-mile, five-mile, and seven-mile increases over the cruise control or
road speed limit.
• Engine brake configuration (EJE) Enables the type of engine brake required.
• Engine brake switch configuration (ECP) Defines whether the low/medium/high
engine brake level selection switch is hard-wired or multiplexed on the J1939
datalink.
• Engine brake stage 1 mask (ENA) Determines which device turns on for low
braking
• Engine brake stage 1 factor (ENB) Determines the amount of low braking.
• Engine brake stage 2 mask (ENC) Determines which device turns on for medium
braking.
• Engine brake stage 2 factor (END) Determines the amount of medium braking.
• Engine brake stage 3 mask (ENE) Determines which device turns on for high
braking.
• Engine brake stage 3 factor (ENF) Determines the amount of high braking.
• Engine brake transmission mask (ENG) Allows activation of the engine brake
when the transmission requests it.
• Engine brake transmission factor (ENH) Determines the amount of high brak-
ing.
HI EGV-99D EGU-99D
Engine Braking Level

MED EJ7-99D EGT-99D
LO EGS-99D
EJ5-99D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
MPH Over Cruise Control Setting or Road Speed Limit
Figure 8-5: Engine Brake Activation and Deactivation Stages and

Corresponding Ecodes for Cruise Control and Road Speed Limit
Cat Compression Brake

The Cat Compression Brake will operate only when the following conditions are met,
regardless of the ecodes chosen:
• Engine rpm is greater than 800
• Throttle position is less than or equal to 7 percent

The following options are available on a Cascadia with a Cat Compression Brake and
are selected using ecodes:
• Minimum vehicle speed for engine brake (EJ9) Allows activation of the engine
brake only after a minimum speed is reached.
• Engine fan braking (EJ8) Allows the engine fan to automatically activate when
the engine brake is operating in the HI mode and the engine rpm is less than 2250
rpm.
• Auto engine brake in cruise (EJ2) Allows the engine brake to activate when the
engine is in cruise control mode in an attempt to maintain the cruise control set
speed.
• Auto engine brake in cruise increment (EJ3) Determines the increment mph for
the medium and high engine brake levels when the engine brake switch is on and
the level selection switch is at medium or HI.
• Engine brake mode (EJ4) When the cruise control switch is on, three program-
mable modes—coast, latch, and manual—allow the engine brake to operate only
after the driver steps on the service brake.
1. Coast Mode: Activates the engine brake when the driver presses the ser-
vice brake. The engine brake deactivates when the driver’s foot is removed
from the service brake.
2. Latch Mode: Activates the engine brake when the driver presses the ser-
vice brake. The service brake remains activated until the control detects a
change in a control output, such as pressing the accelerator pedal or clutch
pedal, or the engine rpm drops below 800 rpm. Release of the service brake
does not necessarily turn off the engine brake.
3. Manual Mode: Causes the engine brake to operate whether the cruise
control switch is off or on. Pressing the service brake is not necessary to acti-
vate the engine brake.
NOTE: The engine brake modes—coast, latch, and manual—determine engine brake
operation only when the cruise control switch is on, not when the engine is active in
cruise control.
• Engine brake med/high switch (ESR) Programs the engine control module
(ECM) to respond to messages received from the J1939 datalink by way of the
modular switch field (MSF) and the central gateway.
• Engine brake low/high switch (ESQ) Programs the engine control module
(ECM) to respond to messages received from the J1939 datalink by way of the
modular switch field (MSF) and the central gateway.
Cummins Intebrake
The Cummins Intebrake will operate only when the following conditions are met:
• Throttle position is at 0 percent
• Engine brake switch is enabled
• Service brake has been depressed (if engine brake service brake activation is the
chosen option)
• Engine is not in PTO mode
• Vehicle speed is greater than engine brake minimum vehicle speed
• Torque converter is in lockup (automatic transmission)
• No active vehicle speed sensor faults
• Cruise control is not in autoresume
• Engine speed is greater than engine brake minimum rpm
• Boost pressure is less than the value set by Cummins

The following options are available on a Cascadia with a Cummins Intebrake, and are
selected using ecodes:
• Engine brake driveline brake type (EAK) Transmits data regarding the type of
engine brake—compression brake, driveline retarder, or variable geometry turbo-
charger brake—being used on the vehicle to the engine control module (ECM).
• Engine brake minimum vehicle speed (EJF) Allows activation of the engine
brake only after a minimum speed is reached.
• Engine brake service brake activation (EJA) Allows activation of the engine
brake by pressing the service brake pedal.
• Engine brake cruise control activation (EJ1), cruise control start min break-
ing speed delta (EJ2), cruise control start max braking speed delta (EJ7)
Allows the cruise control feature to activate the engine brakes. The cruise control
feature checks the current vehicle speed against the cruise control set speed. If
the current speed exceeds the selected speed by the cruise control start min
braking speed delta plus the lower cruise droop width, the cruise control feature
engages the engine braking at the minimum level. As the current speed increases,
the cruise control feature increases the engine braking level and reaches the max-
imum engine braking as the difference reaches the cruise control start max
braking speed delta. The maximum braking level is controlled by the setting of
the engine brake level selection switch.
• Engine brake delay (ENM) Delays activation of the engine brake by a set amount
of time once the conditions for engine brake activation are met.
• Multiplexing engine brake switch (ECP) Allows transmission of the hardware
switch status over the J1939 datalink to the engine control module (ECM).
• Engine brake switch source address (EGR) Allows the ECM to read the value
from the J1939 datalink when a multiplexing switch has a specific source address
assigned to it.
Fuel Level Sender

The fuel level sender is hard-wired directly to the instrumentation control unit. In the
future, the fuel level sender will be part of the multiplexing system. Until the fuel level
sender is part of the multiplexing system, a parameter part number is required to dis-
able diagnostics and functionality for the unavailable multiplexed feature.
Feature and Parameter Specifications for the Fuel Level Sender

Hard-wired fuel level sender 000 447 18 61 847 SAM Chassis Standard
Table 8-4: Feature and Parameter Specifications for the Fuel Level Sender
Fuel Water Separator Sensing

The fuel water separator separates water from the fuel within the fuel water separator.
The fuel water separator may be equipped with a sensor to detect water in the fuel.
When water is detected in the fuel, the water-in-fuel indicator on the instrumentation
control unit (ICU) illuminates, indicating that the water must be drained from the fuel
water separator. See Figure 8-6.
See Figure 8-7 for the function path of the fuel water separator sensor.
Figure 8-6: Water-in-Fuel Indicator
Figure 8-7: Function Path of the Fuel Water Separator Sensor
Feature and Parameter Specifications for the Fuel Water Separator

Sensing
Parameter
Part Number
000 447 03 61
000 447 37 61
Module
Number
Sensor not present X —

127 SAM Chassis
Sensor present — X
Type of Feature
O: Optional
Table 8-5: Feature and Parameter Specifications for the Fuel Water
Separator Sensing
Low Air Pressure Warning System

The low air pressure warning system consists, in part, of two pneumatically actuated,
normally open electrical switches wired in series, and is enabled when the ignition
switch is in the ON position.
The low air pressure warning indicator and the buzzer are activated by the SAM Cab
anytime the ignition switch is on the ON position and the air pressure falls to 70 ±5 psi
(483 ±34 kPa). The SAM Cab also transmits the low air pressure status on the cabin
CAN.
See Figure 8-8 for an illustration of the low air pressure indicator located on the ICU.
See Figure 8-9 for the function path of low air pressure system.
See Figure 8-10 for a schematic of the air supply circuit.
Figure 8-8: Low Air Pressure Indicator
Figure 8-9: Function Path of the Low Air Pressure System
Figure 8-10: Air Supply Circuit
Feature and Parameter Specifications for the Low Air Pressure

Warning System
Parameter Part
Number
000 447 15 611
000 447 16 61
002 447 11 58
Module
Number
Air pressure switch present X — —

Stop lights activate with low air pressure — X —
877
Stop lights do not activate with low air pres-
— — X
sure
Type of Feature
S: Standard
S NA S —
O: Optional
NA: Not available
Module
SC: SAM Cab SC SCH SCH —
SCH: SAM Chassis
Table 8-6: Feature and Parameter Specifications for the Low Air Pressure
Warning System
1. This parameter is not available for vehicles in the NAFTA region; it will only be avail-
able for vehicles outside NAFTA if it complies with the rules and regulations of the
non-NAFTA region.
Neutral Switch
The neutral switch transmits to the vehicle, via the SAM Chassis, that the transmission
is either in neutral or not in neutral. The neutral switch—if present on a manual trans-
mission—is hard-wired to the SAM Chassis. The neutral switch on an automatic or
automated transmission is connected to the transmission; the transmission broadcasts
to the J1939 datalink.
Feature and Parameter Specifications for the Neutral Switch

000 447 12 61
000 447 12 61
000 447 11 61
000 447 11 61
000 447 11 61
Module
Number
Neutral switch not present; manual

transmission with bottom-of-clutch X — — — —
switch
— X — — —
present
— — X — — 34B SAM Chassis
present and bottom-of-clutch switch
Neutral switch not present; automatic
— — — X —
transmission with J1939 ETC7
Neutral switch not present; automatic
transmission with transmission ECU — — — — X
interlock
Type of Feature
S: Standard S O O O O — —
O: Optional
Table 8-7: Feature and Parameter Specifications for the Neutral Switch
Trailer Receptacles
Primary Receptacle
The primary receptacle is a 7-pin connector that is located on the back of cab, on the
chassis near the back of cab, or at the end of the frame rails. The connector serves as
an interface between the tractor and the trailer and is used to supply the trailer with:
• marker lights
• stop lights
• taillights
• left- and right-turn signal lights
• ignition power or battery power (center pin)
• a ground
The center pin (pin 7) of the primary receptacle is ignition powered or battery powered.
When the center pin is ignition powered, the ignition switch must be in the ON position
for power to be provided to the primary receptacle.
When the center pin is battery powered, the primary receptacle is designated as a
basic load in the powernet management feature. See Section 9 for more information
on powernet management.
When replacing the relay on the SAM Chassis for the primary receptacle center pin,
determine if the center pin is ignition powered or battery powered. If the center pin is
ignition powered, a four-prong, normally open relay for R8 must be used. If the center
pin is battery powered, a four-prong, normally closed relay for R8 must be used.
The multiplexed trailer auxiliary (TRLR AUX) switch, which is located on the dash
panel, is an optional feature that disconnects the ignition power to the center pin on the
primary receptacle. See Figure 8-11. When the ignition switch is in the ON position
and the trailer auxiliary is in the on position, the indicator on the trailer auxiliary switch
will be on.
TRLR
AUX
04/12/2007 f610888a
Figure 8-11: Trailer Auxiliary Switch
When the trailer auxiliary switch is specified, the trailer power source comes from the
ignition. The trailer auxiliary switch is not available when the center pin on the primary
receptacle is battery powered. The trailer auxiliary switch is read by the MSF and a
datalink message is transmitted to the SAM Chassis.
The SAM Chassis supplies the outputs for the trailer functions.
Trailer receptacles may be wired to meet the needs of the user; however, a typical pri-
mary trailer receptacle is wired as shown in Table 8-8.
Wiring for a Typical Primary Trailer Receptacle
1
6 2
7
5 3
4
f544731
Pin Circuit
Signal Name
Number Color
1 Ground White
2 Clearance, marker, and identification lights Black
3 Trailer left-turn light Yellow
4 Trailer stop light Red
5 Trailer right-turn light Green
6 Trailer taillight Brown
7 Auxiliary and ABS Blue
Table 8-8: Wiring for a Typical Primary Trailer Receptacle
Feature and Parameter Specifications for the Primary Receptacle

000 447 27 611
000 447 28 611

000 447 26 611
000 447 23 61
000 447 24 61
000 447 25 61
000 447 29 61
000 447 30 61
000 447 31 61
Parameter Module
Module
Description Number
Mounted left side back

X X X — — — — — —
of cab
Mounted on chassis aft
— — — X X X — — —
of cab or end of frame
Mounted left side back
— — — — — — X X X
of cab and end of frame SAM
296
Trailer auxiliary switch Chassis
X — — X — — X — —
present
Ignition-powered center
— X — — X — — X —
pin
Battery-powered center
— — X — — X — — X
pin
Type of Feature
S: Standard O S O O O O O O O — —
O: Optional
Table 8-9: Feature and Parameter Specifications for the Primary Receptacle
Supplemental Receptacle
The supplemental, or ABS, receptacle is a 7-pin connector that serves as an interface
between the tractor and the trailer and is located with the primary receptacle.
When the supplemental receptacle is present, the center pin (pin 7) on the receptacle
provides a 30-amp ignition switched supply and ground to the trailer ABS system—a
provision of the primary receptacle when the vehicle is equipped with only the primary
receptacle.
When replacing the relay on the SAM Chassis for the supplemental receptacle center
pin, a four-prong, normally open relay for R6 must be used.
The receptacle has an outlet that drives a trailer ABS indicator in the instrumentation
control unit. The remaining pins in the supplemental receptacle are available for the
vehicle’s optional features.
Powernet Management 9
Section 9:
• Powernet Management
Powernet Management
The powernet management feature protects the batteries from discharging too much
by temporarily turning off the outputs to conserve power. This ensures that in the event
of a drop in voltage, the battery draining process is slowed.
Progressive low-voltage disconnect (PLVD) is used to implement the powernet man-

agement feature. When the battery voltage drops below a predetermined value, loads
designated as comfort loads are turned off first. Then loads designated as house loads
are turned off. If necessary, basic loads are turned off last.
The progressive shutoff of loads from comfort loads, to house loads, to basic loads
allows the driver to continue using critical loads while noncritical loads are temporarily
unavailable. A time delay is also implemented for the shutoff and reactivation of loads
to avoid unnecessary cycling of loads when battery voltage is close to the shutoff
thresholds.
Calculations for disconnecting loads are based on battery voltage, ignition switch sta-
tus, and engine rpm and are performed by the SAM Cab. The battery voltage sense
comes from the starter, via the powertrain PDM. The fuse for the PLVD voltage sense
is located in the powertrain PDM.
One minute before the comfort loads and house loads are turned off, an alarm sounds
for 10 seconds. No alarm sounds before the basic loads are turned off.
If the interior lights have been turned off by PLVD, pressing one of the interior light
switches (if equipped) brings the interior lights back on.
See Table 9-1 for the type of loads turned off under specific conditions.
See Table 9-2 for the loads that are designated as comfort.
See Table 9-3 for the loads that are designated as house.
See Table 9-4 for the loads that are designated as basic.
NOTE: Letter prefixes used for the switching devices listed in Table 9-2, Table 9-3,
and Table 9-4 represent the following components:
• T transistors
• IC integrated circuits
• RE relay SAM Chassis
• R relay SAM Cab
The NC and NO abbreviations used in these tables represent “normally closed” and
“normally open” respectively.
See Figure 9-1 for the function path of powernet management.
9 Powernet Management
Type of Loads Turned Off Under Specific Conditions
Engine State and Voltage Ignition Position

Value Off Accessory On (ignition) Start (crank)
Engine On and Voltage Less Not Not Not
Comfort loads
Than 12.5 Volts applicable applicable applicable
Engine Off and Voltage Less Comfort and Not

Comfort loads Comfort loads
Than 12.3 Volts house loads applicable
Comfort,
Engine Off and Voltage Less Comfort and Comfort and Not
house, and
Than 12.05 Volts basic loads
house loads house loads applicable
Table 9-1: Type of Loads Turned Off Under Specific Conditions
Designated Comfort Loads

Connector Cavity Switching
Function
ID No. Device
X14 2 12 V power receptacle 6 (sleeper, refrigerator) R11 (NC PLVD)
X3 9 Amplifier power, accessory R9 (NO micro)
9 General sleeper light T5420
3 Footwell light IC5800
X12 6 Reading light 1 (dimmable/theater) IC5800
16 Reading light 2 (dimmable/theater) IC5900
12 Rear baggage compartment lights IC5900
X14 1 12 V power receptacle 5 (sleeper, cigar), battery R12 (NC PLVD)
X1 13 Auxiliary circulation fan–sleeper, battery R14 (NC PLVD)
X3 3 12 V power receptacle 4 (sleeper, cigar), battery R14 (NC PLVD)
X16 13 Reading light 4 (switched locally), battery R14 (NC PLVD)
X1 12 Heated seats, ignition R3 (NO micro)
Table 9-2: Designated Comfort Loads
Designated House Loads

Function
ID No. Device
15 Sleeper climate control panel, accessory IC5700
X1
10 Cab climate control panel, accessory IC5750
X10 18 Radio, accessory (clamp 15R) IC5800
1 Power feed spare output I, battery R1 (NC PLVD)
X4
2 Power feed spare output III, battery R1 (NC PLVD)
X17 2 Mirror heating, passenger R10 (NO micro)
X8 8 Mirror heating, driver R10 (NO micro)
2 Power feed spare output IV, battery R2 (NC PLVD)
X5
1 Power feed spare output II, battery R2 (NC PLVD)
15 Fuel water separator heater element ignition RE1
X57
4 Air dryer (pneumatic, electrically heated), accessory T311 and T321
X16 5 Auxiliary circulation fan–windshield, accessory T5480
X2 1 Auxiliary heater enable T5980
X3 7 Utility light T7A, T7B
X21 14 Utility light T7A, T7B
X12 17 Dome light rear IC5900
X2 15 Area lighting (lower bunk and sleeper work surface), battery R13 (NC PLVD)
7 Dome light cab, battery R13 (NC PLVD)
X16
17 Overhead compartment lights, battery R13 (NC PLVD)
15 12 V power receptacle 3 (sleeper, cigar), battery R6 (NC PLVD)
X3 5 Stand-alone HVAC, battery R6 (NC PLVD)
4 Advertising light, accessory T5440
Dome light passenger (second pin, uses same output driver
14 T5540
as 532)
X16
Dome light driver/forward overhead (first pin, uses same
11 T5540
output driver as 534
Table 9-3: Designated House Loads
9 Powernet Management
Designated Basic Loads

Function
ID No. Device
3 CB radio, battery R5 (NC PLVD)
X6
2 Fleet management system, battery R5 (NC PLVD)
X55 1 Trailer power, battery or ignition RE8
9 12 V power receptacle 2 (dash, phone), battery R4 (NC PLVD)
X6
15 12 V power receptacle 1 (dash, cigar), battery R4 (NC PLVD)
Table 9-4: Designated Basic Loads
Feature and Parameter Specifications for Progressive Low-Voltage Disconnect

000 447 20 61
000 447 21 61
002 447 53 58
002 447 54 58
Module
Number
Progressive low-voltage disconnect not present X — X —

306
Progressive low-voltage disconnect present — X — X
Type of Feature
S: Standard O S O S —
O: Optional
Module
SC: SAM Cab SCH SCH SC SC —
SCH: SAM Chassis
Table 9-5: Feature and Parameter Specifications for Progressive Low-Voltage Disconnect
Heater
Emergency Power Supply 10
Section 10:
• Emergency Power Supply
Emergency Power Supply
The emergency power supply feature provides basic functionality to the SAM during
failure modes.
• Power Failure–loss of main power supply to SAM Cab or SAM Chassis

• SAM Microprocessor Failure–nonfunction of the main microprocessor due to
microprocessor component failure, memory damage, or crystal damage
• CAN Communication Failure–cabin CAN communication failure between the
SAM Cab and SAM Chassis due to a damaged cable, loose connections, applica-
tion failure, or damage to a transceiver
The emergency power supply feature ensures that in the event of a SAM failure, the
vehicle can be driven off the road and kept conspicuous until help arrives. The driver
has control of this feature in that, when the ignition switch is in the ON position, the
emergency power outputs remain on in their predefined states as listed in Table 10-1,
Table 10-2, Table 10-3, and Table 10-4. When the ignition switch is turned off, the out-
puts are shut off as listed in Table 10-5.
When the SAM Cab fails, all gauges in the instrumentation control unit (ICU) drop to
zero because power to the ICU is lost. Do not shut off the engine until the vehicle is
safely off the highway; the engine cannot be restarted when the SAM Cab fails.
When the SAM Chassis fails, the turn signal indicators flash alternately. The engine
can be restarted when the SAM Chassis fails.
Load Disconnect Switch

The load disconnect switch (LDS) is a standard feature that is used to break (or open)
the connection between the battery and the MEGA® Fuse junction block. Turning the
load disconnect switch to the off position does not break the connection between the
battery and the starter.
Turn the load disconnect switch to off when the vehicle will be parked for more than
three days to avoid excessive draw on the battery. It is important that the ignition
switch be in the off position before turning the load disconnect lever.
NOTE: When the load disconnect switch is opened, the clock and radio settings are
lost.
The load disconnect switch is mounted in one of three locations:

• on the floor of the cab to the left of the driver’s seat (Figure 10-1)
• on the battery box
• outboard mounted on the left frame rail
10 Emergency Power Supply
Driver’s Seat
Figure 10-1: Location of the Load Disconnect Switch Inside the Cab
Output Responses to a SAM Failure

The SAM Cab and SAM Chassis have specific output responses to each type of failure
mode.
See Table 10-1 for the SAM Cab and SAM Chassis output responses when the:
• ignition switch is in the ON position, and the SAM Cab has lost main power supply
or
• ignition switch is in the ON position, and the SAM Cab is not working due to a
microprocessor failure
SAM Output Responses to a SAM Cab Failure

Module Output Response
Dash panel lights, 12 V Flashing
Low-beam headlights On
Clearance lights Flashing
Identification lights Off
SAM Cab
Side marker lights Flashing
Engine ECU (powertrain PDM), ignition On
Starter relay Cannot start vehicle
Turn signal indicators, ICU Off
Rear turn signal lights Off
SAM Chassis Trailer taillights Flashing
Rear stop lights Flashing
Table 10-1: SAM Output Responses to a SAM Cab Failure
• ignition switch is in the ON position, and the SAM Chassis has lost main power
supply or
• ignition switch is in the ON position, and the SAM Chassis is not working due to a
microprocessor failure
SAM Output Responses to a SAM Chassis Failure

Identification lights Flashing
SAM Cab
Starter relay Can start vehicle
Turn signal indicators, ICU Flashing alternately
Rear turn signal lights Flashing
Rear stop lights Off
Table 10-2: SAM Output Responses to a SAM Chassis Failure
See Table 10-3 for the SAM Cab and SAM Chassis output responses when the igni-
tion switch is in the ON position, and the SAM Cab and SAM Chassis are unable to
communicate with each other.
Cabin CAN Datalink Failure

Identification lights Flashing
SAM Cab
Starter relay Can start vehicle
Turn signal indicators, ICU Flashing alternately
Rear stop lights Flashing
Table 10-3: Cabin CAN Datalink Failure
• SAMs are functioning normally
• ignition switch is in the ON position and
• load disconnect switch is open (off position)
SAM Output Responses When the Load Disconnect Switch is Open

Identification lights Off
SAM Cab
Starter relay Cannot start vehicle
Turn signal indicators, ICU Off
SAM Chassis Trailer taillights Off
Rear stop lights Off
Table 10-4: SAM Output Responses When the Load Disconnect Switch is
Open
See Table 10-5 for the SAM Cab and SAM Chassis output responses when the igni-
tion switch is in the off position. Regardless of the previous failure mode, the emer-
gency power supply feature is deactivated when the ignition switch is in the off
position.
SAM Output Responses When the Ignition Switch is in the Off Position
Dash panel lights, 12 V
Low-beam headlights
Clearance lights
Identification lights
SAM Cab Off
Side marker lights
Engine ECU (powertrain PDM), ignition
Starter relay
Turn signal indicators, ICU
Rear turn signal lights
SAM Chassis Trailer taillights Off
Rear stop lights
Table 10-5: SAM Output Responses When the Ignition Switch is in the Off
Position
See Figure 10-2 for the location of the exterior lights.
1. High-Beam Headlight
2. Fog Light or Auxiliary High-Beam Light
3. Low-Beam Headlight
4. Front Turn Signal Light and Marker Light
5. Side Turn Signal Light and Marker Light
6. Clearance Light
7. Stop Light, Taillight, and Turn Signal Light
8. License Plate Light
9. Backup Light
10. Identification Light
Figure 10-2: Exterior Lights
Features without Parameters 11
Section 11:
• Collision Warning Systems and Adaptive Cruise Control
• Fuel Water Separator Heater
• Ignition Power and Accessory Power
• Mirror Adjust
• Park Brake Switch
• Power Windows
• Shore Power
• Windshield Wiper and Washer
Collision Warning Systems and Adaptive Cruise Control
Eaton VORAD VS-400 and SmartCruise
The Eaton VORAD VS-400 collision warning system (CWS) uses a vehicle on-board
radar device to warn the driver of a potentially dangerous situation by means of audio
and visual warnings. Eaton’s SmartCruise® is an adaptive cruise control system that
attempts to slow the vehicle by defueling the engine or by applying the engine brake.
The Eaton VORAD VS-400 collision warning system and SmartCruise consist of two
major components:
• forward looking radar (FLR) device
• driver interface unit (DIU)
The FLR is mounted on the front of the vehicle; it identifies and tracks the nearest
detected object in the vehicle’s lane of travel. The DIU is mounted in the dash panel; it
provides audio and visual warnings and messages. The DIU also acts as a user inter-
face to the CWS by allowing the driver to select menus. The menus include volume
control, headway range adjustment, system status, and diagnostics, among others.
Both the FLR and DIU communicate on the J1939 datalink.
SmartCruise attempts to maintain the vehicle’s headway (the time to the nearest
detected object in the vehicle’s lane of travel) by interacting with the engine when the
conventional cruise control is activated. The headway range value can be set to
between 3.25 and 2.25 seconds in 0.25-second increments when the vehicle is
equipped with both the Eaton VORAD VS-400 CWS and SmartCruise, and the head-
way range adjustment is enabled on the DIU.
When the collision warning system identifies a 3-second, 2-second, 1-second, or 0.5-
second headway, a visual and/or audio warning is emitted from the DIU. If the head-
way is less than the set headway range value, SmartCruise defuels the engine. If the
headway is less than 50 percent of the set headway range value, SmartCruise also
applies the engine brake. The driver may take evasive action by applying the service
brake, which will disable the cruise control and also SmartCruise. The driver may
choose to press the accelerator pedal to override SmartCruise and fuel the engine.
When the cruise control is activated, the adaptive cruise control system automatically
activates if the vehicle is equipped with SmartCruise. When the vehicle is equipped
with the cruise control disengage feature, and this feature disengages the cruise con-
trol, the adaptive cruise control is also deactivated.
The SAM Cab provides switched battery (or ignition power) and ground to the adaptive
cruise control module.
Autoresume Feature
The autoresume feature on a vehicle with manual transmission allows automatic
resumption of the cruise control after a shift in the gear is made with a single clutch or
double clutch. When the cruise control is set and a shift in gear is made, the cruise
control feature is temporarily suspended when the clutch is disengaged. The tempo-
rary suspension of the cruise control causes the SmartCruise to become inactive.
11 Features without Parameters
The autoresume feature, which is configured on the engine control module, is depen-
dent on the cruise control switch remaining in the on position and the cruise control not
being disrupted by any means while the shift in gear is being made.
When a shift in gear is completed, the autoresume feature allows the cruise control to
activate. The SmartCruise can then activate if there is a target in the range of the for-
ward looking radar.
Eaton Side Object Detection System

The Eaton side object detection system (SODS) uses a vehicle on-board radar device
to warn the driver of a vehicle or object in the driver’s blind spot. Currently, Daimler
Trucks North America offers this system only for detection of objects on the right side
of the vehicle.
The side object detection system is available with or without the VS-400 collision warn-
ing system. The SODS has no electrical connections to, or interactions with, the VS-
400 system.
The side object detection system consists of a side sensor and a side sensor display.
The side sensor is mounted on the outboard, right side of the vehicle. The side sensor
display is mounted inside the cab on the right-side A-pillar. A wire routes from the side
sensor to the right turn signal.
The side sensor receives power from the vehicle electrical system. The side sensor
then provides filtered power and ground return to the side senor display.
The side sensor display communicates warnings to the driver. When no object is
detected by the side sensor, the yellow light-emitting diode (LED) illuminates. When an
object is detected, the red LED illuminates. If the right turn signal is activated when an
object is detected, an audio warning is transmitted.
Iteris Lane Departure Warning System

In the future, the Iteris® lane departure warning (LDW) system will be available on the
Cascadia. The lane departure warning system will monitor the lane markings on the
roadway and alert the driver with an audible warning when the vehicle is about to stray
outside its lane, provided that the vehicle is moving at least 37 mph (60 km/h) and the
turn signal is not on.
The LDW system consists of a camera, an on-board computer, and software. The
LDW system tracks the visible lane markings and provides the data to the computer.
This data is then combined with other vehicle data. Using image recognition software
and proprietary software, the system can detect when the vehicle begins to drift toward
an unintended lane change. When this occurs, the system emits an audible warning.
Fuel Water Separator Heater

The fuel water separator heater has two functions:
• heats the fuel within the fuel water separator heater
• separates water from the fuel within the fuel water separator heater
These functions prevent the separated water from freezing in order to ensure proper
engine operation in cold-weather conditions.
The fuel water separator heater is designated as a house load in the powernet man-
agement feature. See Section 9 for more information on powernet management.
See Figure 11-1 for the function path of the fuel water separator heater.
Heater
Ignition Power and Accessory Power

The ignition power feature and accessory power feature identify and describe a group
of pins that have similar activation and deactivation conditions.
See Figure 11-1 for the function path of ignition power and accessory power.
See Table 11-1 to determine whether the virtual bus is activated or not activated based
on the position of the ignition switch and the progressive low-voltage disconnect level.
See Table 11-2 for the designated virtual bus activation for each function. The NO
abbreviation in this table represents “normally open.”
NOTE: Letter prefixes used for the switching devices listed in Table 11-2 represent the
following components:
• T transistors
• IC integrated circuits
• RE relay SAM Chassis
• R relay SAM Cab
Ignition Power and Accessory Power
Physical or Logical Position Virtual Bus Activation

of Ignition Switch ACC_11 ACC_2 IGN_1 IGN_2
Accessory On On Off Off
Off Off Off Off Off
On (ignition) On On On On
Start (crank) On Off On Off
Table 11-1: Ignition Power and Accessory Power
1. The Cascadia does not have any ACC_1.
Function and Designated Virtual Bus Activation

Virtual Connector Cavity Switching
Function
Bus ID No. Device
Air dryer (pneumatic, electrically heated), acces-
ACC_2 X57 4 T311 and T321
sory
Sleeper climate control panel, accessory ACC_2 X1 15 IC5700
Cab climate control panel, accessory ACC_2 X1 10 IC5750
Auxiliary circulation fan–windshield, accessory ACC_2 X16 5 T5480
Inside temperature sensor, propeller control,
ACC_2 X10 2 —
accessory; mirror adjust switch supply, accessory
Power window, driver side, accessory ACC_2 X8 7 R15 (micro)
Power window, passenger side, accessory ACC_2 X17 1 R15 (micro)
Advertising light, accessory ACC_2 X3 4 T5440
Radio, accessory (clamp 15R) ACC_2 X10 18 IC5800
Amplifier power, accessory ACC_2 X3 9 R9 (NO PLVD)
Power feed electrical air processing unit/water in
IGN_1 X57 1 RE3
fuel sensor, ignition
Power feed ABS/brake system, ignition IGN_1 X52 6 RE3
Lane guidance, ignition IGN_1 X16 2 —
Temperature sensor outside, air gauge, ignition IGN_1 X20 13 IC5400
Instrument cluster, ignition IGN_1 X6 16 R8 (micro)
Power feed sleeper thermostat, ignition (optimized
IGN_1 X10 10 IC5400
idle)
Table 11-2: Function and Designated Virtual Bus Activation
Function and Designated Virtual Bus Activation

Virtual Connector Cavity Switching
Function
Bus ID No. Device
Air intake warmer/grid heater, ignition IGN_1 X19 11 —
Engine ECU, ignition IGN_1 X19 18 —
Diagnostics connector, ignition IGN_1 X2 9 R8 (micro)
Common powertrain controller (CPC), ignition IGN_1 X2 4 —
Collision avoidance system, ignition IGN_1 X2 14 R8 (micro)
Supplemental restraint system air bag, ignition IGN_1 X3 6 R8 (micro)
Dash splice, ignition IGN_1 X1 4 R8 (micro)
Trailer ABS 7-pin connector, ignition IGN_1 X54 1 RE6
Transmission temperature gauge and shift selec-
IGN_1 X1 1 R8 (micro)
tor, ignition
Body builder connector, ignition IGN_2 X9 11 —
Power feed gauge axle temperature, ignition IGN_2 X6 10 R7 (micro)
Rear view camera, ignition IGN_1 X53 3 RE3
Power feed driver information system, ignition (sig-
IGN_2 X6 5 R7 (micro)
nal)
Power feed gauge engine oil temperature, ignition IGN_2 X6 11 R7 (micro)
Power feed gauge pyrometer, ignition IGN_2 X6 8 R7 (micro)
Fuel water separator heater element, ignition IGN_2 X57 15 RE1
Heated seats, ignition IGN_2 X1 12 R3 (micro)
Fleet management system, ignition IGN_2 X6 6 R7 (NO micro)
Global positioning system, ignition (signal) IGN_2 X3 10 R7 (micro)
Tire pressure monitoring, ignition IGN_2 X10 1 IC5840
Trailer power, battery or ignition IGN_2 X55 1 RE8
Air filter restriction sensor, ignition Logic X19 13 —
Ether start power, ignition Logic X19 20 —
Table 11-2: Function and Designated Virtual Bus Activation
Mirror Adjust
Although the interior temperature sensor is currently not available, one of the SAM
Cab pins for the sensor connector is used to drive the mirror adjust power and to pro-
tect the mirror switch.
See Figure 11-2 for the function path of mirror adjust.
Figure 11-2: Function Path of Mirror Adjust and Power Windows
Park Brake Switch

The park brake switch is a pneumatic switch located at the air switch manifold. Park
brake switch inputs and outputs are controlled by the SAM Cab.
When the park brake is set, the park brake switch is closed and the SAM Cab illumi-
nates the park brake indicator on the instrumentation control unit. See Figure 11-3.
When the park brake is set and the vehicle is moving at 2 mph (3km/h) or more, the
park brake indicator illuminates and the light bar control unit (LBCU) activates a
buzzer. The buzzer shuts off when the vehicle is moving slower than 2 mph.
The LBCU activates a friendly chime when the door is open and the park brake is not
set. This feature is activated when the ignition switch is in the ON or off position.
See Figure 11-4 for the function path of the park brake.
Figure 11-3: Park Brake Indicator
Figure 11-4: Function Path of the Park Brake
Power Windows
The driver and passenger door windows are controlled by the power window
switch(es) mounted on the doors. See Figure 11-5. The driver’s door has two switches
that control the windows on both the driver’s door and passenger’s door. The passen-
ger’s door has one switch that controls the passenger’s window.
When the concave, or front, part of the switch is pressed, the window lowers. When
the convex, or back, part of the switch is pressed, the window raises.
An express-down feature allows the window on the driver’s door to completely lower
when the concave part of the switch is pressed for more than one second, then
released. The express-down feature applies only to the window on the driver’s door,
not the window on the passenger’s door. There is no express-up feature, only an
express-down feature.
The power windows can be activated when the ignition switch is in the accessory or
ON position. The power for the window switches is provided by the SAM Cab.
See Figure 11-2 for the function path of the power windows.
Power Window Switch

for Left-Side Door
Power Window Switch

for Right-Side Door
Figure 11-5: Power Window Switches on Driver’s Door
Shore Power
Shore power is an optional feature that provides 120 volts of alternating current to the
vehicle, and allows the driver to power appliances such as a heater, microwave oven,
refrigerator, computer, and engine heater without idling the engine.
The shore power system consists of one or two 120-volt power inlets on the exterior of
the cab, and one or two power receptacles inside the cab depending on the cab height.
Sixty-inch and 72-inch raised roof sleeper cabs have two power receptacles; the 48-
inch raised roof sleeper cab has one power receptacle. See Figure 11-6 and Figure
11-7 for the locations of the power inlets.
An inverter/charger may also be spec’d as part of the cab shore power system. When
an inverter/charger is present, 120 V AC appliances can be powered from the batteries
or, as an option, from an external 120 V AC while simultaneously charging the batter-
ies.
An optional 120 V indicator on the ICU illuminates when the shore power system is
being used. See Figure 11-8.
03/05/2008 f545246
Figure 11-6: Power Inlet Under the Left-Side Door
03/06/2008 f545247
Figure 11-7: Power Inlet Aft of the Left-Side Door
03/04/2008 f611003
Figure 11-8: 120 V Indicator
Windshield Wiper and Washer
Momentary Wiping
The momentary wiping feature provides one wipe of the windshield wipers at low
speed without activation of the windshield washer. The momentary wiping feature is
activated by pressing the windshield washer switch for less than one-half second, and
is available when the windshield wiper switch is in the off or intermittent position. See
Figure 11-9.
See Figure 11-10 for the function path of the windshield wiper and washer.
1. Windshield Washer Switch

2. Windshield Wiper Switch
Figure 11-9: Windshield Wiper and Windshield Washer Switches
After Wiping
The after wiping feature provides one or three wipes of the windshield wipers at low
speed depending on how long the windshield washer switch is pressed. This feature
clears remaining washer fluid from the windshield after the windshield washer switch is
released.
When the windshield washer switch is pressed for more than one-half second but less
than two seconds, then released, the windshield wipers continue at low speed for one
wipe. When the windshield washer switch is pressed for more than two seconds, then
released, the windshield wipers continue at low speed for three wipes.
See Table 11-3 for a summary of the momentary wiping and after wiping features.
Momentary Wiping and After Wiping Features

Amount of Time
Windshield Washer Wiper at Low Speed Washer
Switch is Pressed
0.5 second or less 1 wipe Not active
More than 0.5 to less than 2 Continuous wipe while the switch is pressed; 1 Active until switch is
seconds wipe after release released
Continuous wipe while the switch is pressed; 3 Active until switch is
2 seconds or more
wipes after release released
Table 11-3: Momentary Wiping and After Wiping Features
Windshield Washer
The windshield washer pump sprays washer fluid on the windshield. The pump is acti-
vated by pressing the windshield washer switch for more than one-half second.
Washer Fluid Level

The SAM Cab monitors the washer fluid level and sends a message regarding the cur-
rent state of the washer fluid level to the instrumentation control unit. When the fluid
level is low on a vehicle with an ICU3, the WASH FLUID indicator illuminates; on a
vehicle with an ICU4 or ICU4M, the WSHR FLUID indicator illuminates.
Parked and Unparked Wiper Positions

Anytime the windshield wipers are turned off before the ignition switch is turned to the
start (crank) or ON position, the wipers should park.
When the windshield wipers are on and the ignition switch is turned to the accessory
position, the wipers stop immediately. If the windshield wipers are in an unparked posi-
tion after the ignition switch has been turned off, the wipers will move to the parked
position when the ignition switch is subsequently turned to the start or ON position.
When the windshield wiper switch is in the intermittent or on position, the wipers con-
tinue to wipe after the ignition switch is turned to the start or ON position. If the wind-
shield wiper switch is turned off after the ignition switch has been turned to the start or
ON position, the wipers will move to the parked position.
Figure 11-10: Function Path of the Windshield Wiper and Washer
Non-Cabin CAN ECUs 12
Section 12:
• Cab and Sleeper HVAC Systems
• Collision Warning Systems
• Common Powertrain Controller
• Engine Control Module
• Instrumentation Control Unit
• Pneumatic ABS Module
• Supplemental Restraint System
• Transmission Control Unit
Cab and Sleeper HVAC Systems
See Section 7 for information on the cab and sleeper HVAC systems.
Collision Warning Systems

See Section 11 for information on the Eaton VORAD VS-400, SmartCruise, and
Iteris® lane departure warning system.

See Section 4 for information on the common powertrain controller.
Engine Control Module

The engine control module (ECM) controls the operation of the engine. On Caterpillar
engines the ECM is located on the engine.
On Detroit Diesel and Mercedes-Benz engines a motor control module (MCM) is

located on the engine, but the common powertrain controller (CPC) acts as the primary
ECM for these engines. See Section 4 for more information on the location of the
CPC.
Refer to the engine operator’s manual for service and feature functionality.
Instrumentation Control Unit

The instrumentation control unit (ICU) houses the gauges, warning and indicator lights,
and a driver message display. Three ICUs are available for the Cascadia:
• ICU3-P3
• ICU4-P3
• ICU4M-P3
The gauges in the ICU3-P3 are integral to the unit. There is space on either side of the
ICU3-P3 for individual satellite gauges.
The ICU4-P3 and ICU4M-P3 have individual gauges that can be replaced or moved,
and a higher number of gauges than the ICU3-P3. Individual gauges can also be
located on the auxiliary instrument panel.
Each of the ICUs has a driver message display that displays the odometer reading, trip
miles, ambient air temperature, active fault codes, and other data. For more informa-
tion on the drive message displays and the data they provide, see the applicable
driver’s manual.
12 Non-Cabin CAN ECUs
Pneumatic ABS Module
The pneumatic ABS module uses input from the wheel speed sensors to regulate the
air pressure during braking to prevent wheel lockup. The pneumatic ABS module is
located in the cab behind the lower cover dash panel. See Figure 12-1.
Refer to the Meritor WABCO ABS maintenance manual, or service and technical litera-
ture, for service and feature functionality.
Supplemental Restraint System

See Section 7 for information on the supplemental restraint system.
Transmission Control Unit

The transmission control unit (TCU) is an optional component that uses data from the
ECM and other vehicle sensors to calculate when to shift gears for optimum perfor-
mance. When the vehicle is equipped with an Allison transmission, the TCU is located
on the engine side of the frontwall on the left side of the vehicle. See Figure 12-2. On
Eaton automated manual transmissions the TCU is mounted directly to the transmis-
sion.
Refer to the transmission operator’s manual for service and feature functionality.
Star Point
Junction Block
Central Gateway
Datalink Junction
Block
Pneumatic ABS
Module
Figure 12-1: Pneumatic ABS Module Location
1. Transmission Control Unit
Figure 12-2: Transmission Control Unit on a Vehicle with an Allison Transmission
Diagnostics 13
Section 13:
• Diagnostics
Diagnostics 13
Diagnostics
NOTE: All mention of ECUs in this section refers to the modular switch field, the cen-
tral gateway, the SAM Cab, and the SAM Chassis, which are connected to the cabin
CAN datalink.
The electronic control units, or modules, in the multiplexing system have some amount
of self-diagnostic capability. When an electronic control unit detects a problem, it
reports a fault code. Fault codes are displayed on the LCD display on the instrumenta-
tion control unit (ICU), although the fault codes can only be viewed when the park
brake is set.
Enhanced diagnostic information is available to the technician using ServiceLink®, or

on the Datalink Monitor templates within ServiceLink. Each fault code is identified by a
suspect parameter number (SPN) and a failure mode identifier (FMI).
In this section, the fault codes generated by the modular switch field (MSF), the central
gateway (CGW), the SAM Cab, and the SAM Chassis are provided.
Table 13-1, Modular Switch Field Diagnostics, provides the SPN, the FMI, the connec-
tor and pin numbers, pin name (if applicable), the fault description, the symptom, and
the features that are associated with the MSF fault codes.
Table 13-2, Central Gateway Diagnostics, provides the SPN, FMI, pin name and pin
number (if applicable), the fault description, and the features that are associated with
CGW fault codes.
Table 13-3, SAM Cab Diagnostics, provides the SPN, FMI, the connector and pin
numbers, pin name (if applicable), the fault description, the symptom, and the features
that are associated with SAM Cab fault codes.
Table 13-4, SAM Chassis Diagnostics, provides the SPN, FMI, the connector and pin
numbers, pin name (if applicable), the fault description, the symptom, and the features
that are associated with SAM Chassis fault codes.

The modular switch field consists of a master control module and one or more slave
modules. The connectors on the back of the master control module—as well as the
corresponding pin numbers—are shown in Figure 13-1. The connector IDs in Figure
13-1 are referenced in Table 13-1, Modular Switch Field Diagnostics, SA=49.
The source address (SA) is a numeric identifier for a device that communicates on a
CAN datalink, such as J1939 or cabin CAN. The source address for the modular
switch field is 49.
Central Gateway
The central gateway is the focal point for all diagnostic communications with the cabin
CAN ECUs. It routes messages among the multiple datalinks with different protocol or
message sets. See Figure 13-2 for the pin numbers on the central gateway connector.
The source address for the central gateway is 37.
13 Diagnostics
SAM Cab and SAM Chassis
The signal detect and actuation module (SAM) provides power and circuit protection to
other modules and components in the multiplexing system. The SAM reads inputs
from the sensors and switches, and drives outputs by means of field effect transistors
(FET) or switched relay loads.
The SAM Cab controls all switching and detecting functions for cab controls and the
front of the vehicle. The source address for the SAM Cab is 33. The SAM Cab is
located behind the glove box.
See Figure 13-3 and Figure 13-4 for the connector and pin numbers on the SAM Cab.
The SAM Chassis controls the chassis electrical devices and all trailer devices. The
source address for the SAM Chassis is 71. The SAM Chassis is located on the engine
side of the frontwall in the lower left (driver side) corner, with access to five of the con-
nectors from inside the cab.
See Figure 13-5 and Figure 13-6 for the connector and pin numbers on the SAM
Chassis.
B1 C D
DETAIL B1
DETAIL D
A B2 DETAIL B2
DETAIL A
03/12/2008 f545245
A. Headlight Connector D. Steering Wheel Switches Connector

B1, B2. Slave Module Connector E. Multifunction Turn Signal Switch Connector
C. Power and Datalink Connector
Figure 13-1: Master Control Module Connectors
Diagnostics 13
04/11/2008 f545267
Figure 13-2: Central Gateway Connector
13 Diagnostics
GND
B+
X4
15
3 1
13 4 2
2 4
X1 3
1 1 1 3
18
16 2 2 4
4 16
X2 1 3
3 18
1
19
21 3 16 18
X3 1
1 2 4 1 3
1 3
7 9
3 3 1 1 3
9 7
X8
3 1
X9
15 13
04/25/2008 f545263
Figure 13-3: Topside of SAM Cab
Diagnostics 13
1 19 GND
X18
31 19 21
15 13
X19 X21
3 1
31 19 21
B+
X20
3 21
15 3 18 3 21 3 18 3
13 1 16 1 19 1 16 1
04/25/2008 X13 X12 X11 X10 f545264
Figure 13-4: Underside of SAM Cab
13 Diagnostics
X56 X57
13 15 13 15
1 3 1 3
19
19 21 21
G
1 3 3 N
1
D
X58 X59
04/25/2008 f545265
Figure 13-5: Engine Side of SAM Chassis
Diagnostics 13
7 9
1 3
7 9
1 3
2 4
1 3
2 4
1 3
04/25/2008 f545266
Figure 13-6: Cab Side of SAM Chassis
13 Diagnostics
Modular Switch Field Diagnostics, SA=49
Connector, Feature
Pin
FMI
SPN Pin Name Fault Description Symptom

Association
Headlight Switch Diagnostics

Headlamp switch
+12 V bat- BAT–Voltage below Headlamp switch
520601 4 A, 1
tery normal or shorted to without function
low
Binary code Daytime running
A, 2 lights, fog lights,
input 1
auxiliary high-beam
Binary code
A, 3 lights, Follow Me
input 2
Headlamp switch input Headlamp switch Home, headlights,
520605 2 Binary code marker lights
implausible without function
A, 4 input ver-
sion
Binary code
A, 5
common
Steering Wheel Switch Diagnostics
Steering wheel
switch pin S2–Voltage
3
Steering above normal or
wheel left shorted to high
520201 D, 2 Cruise control
switch sig- Steering wheel
nal switch pin S2–Voltage
4
below normal or
shorted to low Steering wheel
switch without
Steering wheel function
switch pin S1–Voltage
3 Marker lights, engine
Steering above normal or
shorted to high brake, + and – steer-
wheel right
520203 D, 1 ing wheel buttons on
switch sig- Steering wheel a vehicle with an
nal switch pin S1–Voltage
4 ICU4M
below normal or
shorted to low
Stalk Switch Diagnostics
Stalk switch flash– Low beam, flash,
High-beam head-
3 Voltage above normal and high beam
lights
or shorted to high out of function
High-beam
520404 E, 4 Windshield wiper
flash signal
Stalk switch out and washer, high-
5 Stalk switch interrupt
of function beam headlights,
turn signals
Diagnostics 13
Connector,
Feature
Pin
FMI
Association
Stalk switch low/high

Stalk switch low/
High-beam beam–Voltage above High-beam head-
520405 3 E, 5 high beam with-
signal normal or shorted to lights
out function
low
Stalk switch wiper
+12 V igni- common–Voltage Stalk switch out Windshield wiper
520413 4 E, 15
tion below normal or of function washer
shorted to low
ECU Monitoring Diagnostics
Headlights, wind-
shield wiper washer,
marker lights, day-
time running lights,
fog lights, auxiliary
high-beam lights,
Follow Me Home,
engine brake, cruise
MSF backlight- control, hazard
Lost communication
524033 31 — — ing defaults to lights, turn signal
with SAM Cab
100% lights, utility lights,
footwell lights, lower-
left and lower-right
reading lights,
heated mirrors,
dome lights, dome
sleeper lighting,
dash panel lighting,
trailer receptacles
Lost communication
524037 31 — — None Cruise control
with CGW
Trailer power
subbus switch Headlights, hazard
Lost communication
524071 31 — — function illumina- lights, marker lights,
with SAM Chassis
tion was switched turn signal lights
off
Subbus Switch Diagnostics
One of the sub-
523530 31 — — Subbus switch missing bus switches
does not work Refer to Subbus
Switch Diagnostics
Subbus switch is in Section 2
523531 31 — — Extra subbus switch present but not
parameterized
13 Diagnostics
Connector,
Feature
Pin
FMI
Association
Subbus signal–Volt- Auxiliary high-beam

3 — age above normal or lights, engine brake,
shorted to high utility lights, footwell
lights, lower-left and
lower-right reading
lights, heated mir-
No subbus
B1, 2 rors, dome lights,
520302 switches avail-
B2, 2 Subbus signal–Volt- dome sleeper light-
able
4 — age below normal or ing, dash panel
shorted to low backlighting, trailer
receptacles, any fea-
tures with a multi-
plexed subbus
switch
Self-Diagnostics
MSF temporary ECU will no longer
2840 12 — — Processor fault
without function function (same as
Lost communication
MSF without with SAM Cab fault
628 12 — — Memory fault description; refer to
function
SPN 524033
Electrical potential–
3 — Voltage above normal None
or shorted to high Refer to Subbus
168 C, 2 Switch Diagnostics
Electrical potential– in Section 2
4 — Voltage below normal None
or shorted to low
ECU is not transmit-
ting on the bus
Cabin CAN–Bus per- (same as Lost com-
C, 3 CAN L MSF without
523511 31 formance (CAN trans- munication with
C, 5 CAN H function
ceiver) SAM Cab fault
description; refer to
SPN 524033)
Backlighting on
the headlamp Dash panel back-
Backlighting–Voltage
A, 7 Backlight- switch (pin 7) and lighting (headlight
520607 4 below normal or
D, 2 ing PWM steering wheel and steering wheel
shorted to low
switches (pin 2) switches only)
is not working
Table 13-1: Modular Switch Field Diagnostics, SA=49
Diagnostics 13
Central Gateway Diagnostics, SA=37

SPN FMI Fault Description Feature Association
ECU Monitoring Diagnostics
Lost communication with Same as Lost communica-
524033 31 — —
SAM Cab tion with SAM Cab fault
Lost communication with description; refer to SPN
524049 31 — — 524033 in Table 13-1
MSF
Lost communication with Engine brake (stop lights
524071 31 — —
SAM Chassis only)
Datalink Monitoring Diagnostics
ECU is not transmitting on the
Diagnostic CAN
diagnostic CAN; therefore,
L 18
523510 31 Diagnostic CAN performance diagnostic communication
Diagnostic CAN 23
with cabin CAN ECUs is not
H
possible
ECU is not transmitting on the
cabin CAN, which affects
cruise control and engine
Cabin CAN L 14
523511 31 Cabin CAN performance brake; diagnostic communi-
Cabin CAN H 19
cation with the MSF, SAM
Cab, or SAM Chassis is not
possible
ECU is not transmitting on
J1939, which affects cruise
J1939 CAN L 16
523512 31 J1939 CAN performance control and engine brake;
J1939 CAN H 21
J1939 diagnostic information
is not displayed on the ICU
ECU is not transmitting on
J1708; therefore, diagnostic
J1708 (+) 2
523513 31 J1708 performance information and outside air
J1708 (–) 8
temperature are not displayed
on the ICU
Self-Diagnostics
ECU will not function (refer to
Program memory–Bad intelli- SPN 523510, 523511,
628 12 — —
gent device or component 523512, and 523513 feature
associations)
Electrical potential (voltage)–
3 Voltage above normal or
shorted to high Refer to Section 2, Multiplex-
168 +12 V 1
Electrical potential (voltage)– ing System
4 Voltage below normal or
shorted to low
Table 13-2: Central Gateway Diagnostics, SA=37
13 Diagnostics
SAM Cab Diagnostics, SA=33
Connector, Feature
Pin
FMI

Association
Electrical potential
(voltage)–Voltage
3 — — none none
above normal or
shorted to high source
168
(voltage)–Voltage
4 — — none none
below normal or
shorted to low source
Collision avoid-
X2,
ance system,
14
IGN
Dash splice, Fuse group 25–Volt-
X1,4 Connected loads
520201 4 IGN age below normal or Powernet
are always off
Transmission shorted to low source
temperature
X1,1
gauge and shift
selector, IGN
Cab HVAC con-
X1,3
troller, BAT
Sleeper HVAC Fuse group 2–Voltage
X1,6 Connected loads
520203 4 controller, BAT below normal or Powernet
are always off
Transmission shorted to low source
X1,9 shift control
panel, BAT
Auxiliary heater–Volt-
Auxiliary heater Connected load
520288 4 X2,1 age below normal or Auxiliary heater
power is always off
VCU/CPC, IGN–Volt- Connected load
520304 3 X2,4 VCU/CPC, IGN age above normal or is always sup- Powernet
shorted to high source plied
Advertising light, ACC–
Connected load
Voltage above normal
3 is always sup-
or shorted to high
plied
Advertising source
520404 X3,4 Powernet
light, ACC Advertising light, ACC–
Voltage below normal Connected load
4
or shorted to low is always off
source
Table 13-3: SAM Cab Diagnostics, SA=33
Diagnostics 13
Connector,
Feature
Pin
SPN FMI Pin Name Fault Description Symptom
Association
SRS air bag, IGN X–

SRS air bag, Voltage below normal Connected load
520406 4 X3,6 Powernet
IGN or shorted to low is always off
source
Power feed
X6,
gauge axle tem-
10
perature, IGN
Power feed
driver informa-
X6,5
tion system,
IGN (signal)
Power feed
X6, Fuse group 23–Volt- Connected loads
gauge engine
3 11 age above normal or are always sup-
oil temp, IGN
Power feed
X6,8 gauge pyrome-
ter, IGN
Fleet manage-
X6,6 ment system,
IGN
X3,
GPS, BAT
520710 10 Powernet
Power feed
X6,
gauge axle tem-
10
perature, IGN
Power feed
driver informa-
X6,5
tion system,
IGN (system)
Power feed Fuse group 23–Volt-
X6, Connected loads
4 gauge engine age below normal or
11 are always off
oil temp, IGN shorted to low source
Power feed
X6,8 gauge pyrome-
ter, IGN
Fleet manage-
X6,6
ment system
X3,
GPS, BAT
10
13 Diagnostics
Connector,
Feature
Pin
Association
X6, Instrument clus-

16 ter, IGN
Diagnostics
X2,9
connector, IGN
Transmission
temperature
X1,1
gauge and shift Relay group 8–Volt- Connected loads
3 selector, IGN age above normal or are always sup- Powernet
Collision avoid- shorted to high source plied
X2,
520716 ance system,
14
IGN
Dash splice,
X1,4
IGN
SRS air bag,
X3,6
IGN
X6, Instrument clus-
16 ter, IGN Fuse group 24–Volt-
Connected loads
4 age below normal or Powernet
Diagnostics are always off
X2,9 shorted to low source
connector, IGN
Door open status–Volt- Connected load
3 age above normal or is always sup-
Door open sta- shorted to high source plied
520905 X8,5 Entrance lighting
tus Door open status–Volt-
Connected load
4 age below normal or
is always off
X8,8 Mirror heating driver
Mirror heating, Connected loads
and passenger–Volt-
3 driver and pas- are always sup-
X17, age above normal or
senger sides plied
2 shorted to high source
520908 Mirror heating
Mirror heating driver–
Mirror heating, Voltage below normal Connected load
4 X8,8
driver side or shorted to low is always off
source
Doorsill lamp driver–
Driver side Voltage below normal Connected load
520909 4 X8,9 Entrance lighting
doorsill light or shorted to low is always off
source
Diagnostics 13
Connector,
Feature
Pin
Association
Function pin 1–Volt- Connected load

shorted to high source plied Spare function
521003 X9,3 Function pin 1
Function pin 1–Volt- pins
Connected load
is always off
Body builder connec-
Connected load
tor, park brake–Voltage
3 is always sup-
above normal or
Body builder plied
521004 X9,4 connector, park Body builder
brake Body builder connec-
tor, park brake–Voltage Connected load
4
below normal or is always off
Connected load
is always off
Connected load
is always off
Connected load
is always off
Body builder
tor, backup lamp–Volt- Connected load
521009 3 X9,9 connector, Body builder
age above normal or is always off
backup light
Body builder
X9, tor, marker lights–Volt- Connected load
521010 3 connector, Body builder
10 age above normal or is always off
marker lights
13 Diagnostics
Connector,
Feature
Pin
Association
Body builder connector

X9, Body builder IGN_X–Voltage above Connected load
521011 3 Body builder
11 connector, IGN normal or shorted to is always off
high source
Body builder
X9, tor, taillights–Voltage Connected load
521012 3 connector, tail- Body builder
12 above normal or is always off
lights
Mirror adjust switch
Connected load
supply, ACC–Voltage
3 is always sup-
above normal or
Mirror adjust plied
X10, shorted to high source
521102 switch supply, Mirror adjust
2 Mirror adjust switch
ACC
supply, ACC–Voltage Connected load
4
Service brake pressure
switch–Voltage above Switch status
3
normal or shorted to does not match
X10, Service brake high source service brake Service brake,
521107
7 pressure switch Service brake pressure pedal; stop lights stop lights
switch–Voltage below are active due to
4 fail-safe reaction
normal or shorted to
high low source
Temperature
X20,
sensor outside
13 Ignition group 1–Volt- Connected loads
air gauge–IGN
521110 3 age above normal or are always sup- Powernet
Power feed shorted to high source plied
X10,
sleeper thermo-
10
stat, IGN
Panel lamps 12 volt–
Dash panel
X10, Voltage below normal Connected load Dash panel
521113 4 backlighting 12
13 or shorted to low is always off backlighting
volt
source
Wake-up (instrument
Wake-up
X10, cluster)–Voltage below Connected load Dash panel
521117 4 (instrumenta-
17 normal or shorted to is always off backlighting
tion control unit)
low source
Diagnostics 13
Connector,
Feature
Pin
Association
Washer level, ICU indi-

X11, Washer level, cator–Voltage above Connected load Washer fluid
521202 3
2 ICU indicator normal or shorted to is always off level
high source
Fuel water separator
Fuel water sep-
X11, ICU indicator–Voltage Connected load Fuel water sepa-
521204 3 arator ICU indi-
4 above normal or is always off rator
cator
Low air pressure ICU
Low air pres-
X11, indicator–Voltage Connected load
521206 3 sure ICU indica- Low air pressure
6 above normal or is always off
tor
Lights ON buzzer–Volt- Progressive low
X11, Lights ON Connected load
521207 3 age above normal or voltage discon-
7 buzzer ia always off
shorted to high source nect
Air filter restriction ICU
Air filter restric-
X11, indicator–Voltage Connected load Air filter restric-
521208 3 tion ICU indica-
8 above normal or is always off tion
tor
High beam ICU indica-
X11, High beam ICU tor–Voltage below nor- Connected load
521209 4 Headlights
9 indicator mal or shorted to low is always off
source
Turn signal left ICU
X11, Left turn signal indicator–Voltage Connected load
521211 4 Turn signals
11 ICU indicator below normal or is always off
Alternator no charge
Alternator no
X11, ICU indicator–Voltage Connected load Alternator charg-
521212 3 charge ICU
12 above normal or is always off ing
indicator
Turn signal right ICU
Right turn sig-
X11, indicator–Voltage Connected load
521213 4 nal ICU indica- Turn signals
13 below normal or is always off
tor
Park brake ICU indica-
X11, Park brake ICU tor–Voltage above nor- Connected load
521214 3 Park brake
14 indicator mal or shorted to high is always off
source
13 Diagnostics
Connector,
Feature
Pin
Association
May not be able

Bottom-of- Top- and bottom-of-
to start, or may
2 X11, clutch switch clutch switch–Data
drop out of cruise
20 (starter con- erratic Clutch switch,
control
521220 trol); top-of- starter relay,
X11, clutch switch Top- and bottom-of- May not be able cruise control
17 (cruise control clutch switch–Voltage to start, or may
3
disengage) above normal or drop out of cruise
shorted to high source control
Footwell lamp–Volt-
X12, Connected load Footwell light,
521303 4 Footwell light age below normal or
3 is always off entrance lighting
Reading light 1–Volt-
X12, Connected load
521306 4 Reading light 1 age below normal or Sleeper lighting
6 is always off
General sleeper lamp–
X12, General sleeper Voltage below normal Connected load
521309 4 Sleeper lighting
9 lighting or shorted to low is always off
source
Rear baggage com-
Connected load
partment lights–Volt-
3 is always sup-
age above normal or
plied
X12, Baggage com- shorted to high source Baggage com-
521312
12 partment lights Rear baggage compartment lights
partment lights–Volt- Connected load
4
age below normal or is always off
Connected load
ia always sup-
Left turn signal lights–
plied; left turn sig-
3 nal lights are
or shorted to high
X21, flashing at twice
source
11 the normal fre-
Left turn signal quency
521315 Turn signal lights
lights
X12, Connected load
15 Left turn signal lights– is always off; left
Voltage below normal turn signal lights
4
or shorted to low are flashing at
source twice the normal
frequency
Diagnostics 13
Connector,
Feature
Pin
Association
Reading lamp 2–Volt-

X12, Connected load
521316 4 Reading lamp 2 age below normal or Sleeper lighting
16 is always off
Dome lamp rear–Volt-
X12, Connected load
521317 4 Rear dome light age below normal or Sleeper lighting
17 is always off
Connected load
is always sup-
Right turn signal
plied; right turn
lights–Voltage above
3 signal lights are
X12, flashing at twice
high source
18 the normal fre-
Right turn sig- quency
521318 Turn signals
nal lights
X20, Connected load
15 Right turn signal ia always off;
lights–Voltage below right turn signal
4
normal or shorted to lights are flashing
low source at twice the nor-
mal frequency
13 Diagnostics
Connector,
Feature
Pin
Association
SAM Cab and Headlights,

SAM Chassis are windshield wiper
CAN low–Voltage
X13, SAM Cab CAN operating in washer, marker
521402 3 above normal or
2 low–Cabin emergency lights, daytime
mode; see Sec- running lights,
tion 10 fog lights, auxil-
iary high-beam
lights, Follow Me
Home, engine
brake, cruise
control, hazard
lights, turn signal
lights, utility
lights, footwell
SAM Cab and lights, lower-left
SAM Chassis are and lower-right
CAN high–Voltage reading lights,
X13, SAM Cab CAN operating in
521403 4 below normal or heated mirrors,
3 high–Cabin emergency
shorted to low source dome lights,
mode; see Sec-
tion 10 dome sleeper
lighting, dash
panel lighting,
trailer recepta-
cles
Same as lost
communication
with MSF/CGW/
SAM Chassis
X13, Ignition switch
5 pin, ACC
X13, Ignition switch Ignition switch pins
15 pin, crank (ACC, crank, off, igni- Ignition switch All features that
521405 2 tion on)–Data erratic, reports ERR use the ignition
X13, Ignition switch intermittent, or incor- (error) switch
4 pin, off rect
X13, Ignition switch
6 pin, IGN on
Ignition switch, BAT– Ignition switch All features that
X13, Ignition switch,
521407 6 Current above normal behaves errati- use the ignition
7 BAT
or grounded circuit cally switch
Diagnostics 13
Connector,
Feature
Pin
Association
X13, Low air pres-

10 sure switch
Low air pres-
X13,
sure switch,
11
IGN
X13, Park brake
8 switch Chopped group 5–Volt-
3 X13, Park brake age above normal or
9 switch, BAT shorted to high source
X19, Air filter restric-
13 tion sensor, IGN
X18, Hood tilt switch
11 signal
X19, Hood tilt switch Indicators may
14 signal, chopped not reflect the
Low air pres-
521411 switch status;
X13, Low air pressure, park brake
switches behave
10 sure switch erratically
Low air pres-
X13,
sure switch,
11
IGN
X13, Park brake
8 switch Chopped group 5–Volt-
age below normal or
4 X13, Park brake
9 switch, BAT
X19, Air filter restric-
13 tion sensor, IGN
11 signal
14 signal, chopped
12 V power receptacle
X14, 12 V power 6–Voltage below nor- Connected load
521502 4 Powernet
2 receptacle 6 mal or shorted to low is always off
source
13 Diagnostics
Connector,
Feature
Pin
Association
Lane guidance, IGN–

Connected load
3 is always sup-
or shorted to high
plied
X16, Lane guidance, source
521702 Powernet
2 IGN 1 Lane guidance, IGN–
4
source
Clearance lamps II–
Connected load
X16, Clearance Voltage above normal
521704 3 is always sup- Marker lights
4 lamps II or shorted to high
plied
source
Auxiliary circulation fan
Auxiliary circu-
X16, windshield, ACC–Volt- Connected load
521705 4 lation fan wind- Powernet
5 age below normal or is always off
shield, ACC
Clearance lamps I–
Connected load
X16, Clearance Voltage above normal
8 lamps I or shorted to high
plied
source
Dome lights
X16,
driver/forward
11 Dome lamps driver and
overhead
passenger–Voltage Connected loads
521711 4 Dome lights Dome lights
below normal or are always off
X16, driver and pas- shorted to low source
14 senger/forward
overhead
Mirror heating passen-
X17, Mirror heating ger–Voltage below nor- Connected load
521802 4 Mirror heating
2 passenger mal or shorted to low is always off
source
Doorsill lamp passen-
X17, Passenger ger–Voltage below nor- Connected load
521803 4 Entrance lighting
3 doorsill lamp mal or shorted to low is always off
source
Diagnostics 13
Connector,
Feature
Pin
Association
Low beam left–Volt- Connected load

Low beam left–Volt-
X18, Left low-beam Connected load
521905 4 age below normal or Headlights
5 headlight is always off
Low beam left–Cur-
No load is con-
5 rent below normal or
nected
open circuit
High beam left–Volt- Connected load
High beam left–Volt-
X18, Left high-beam Connected load
High beam left–Cur-
No load is con-
nected
open circuit
Marker lamp corner
Connected load
X18, Right front front right –Voltage
8 marker light above normal or
plied
Connected load
Turn right front corner is always sup-
signal–Voltage above plied; right turn
3
normal or shorted to signals are flash-
high source ing at twice the
normal frequency
Connected load
Turn right front corner is always off;
X18, Right front turn
521909 signal–Voltage below right turn signals Turn signal lights
4 9 signal light
normal or shorted to are flashing at
low source twice the normal
frequency
No load is con-
Turn right front corner nected; right turn
5 signal–Current below signals are flash-
normal or open circuit ing at twice the
normal frequency
13 Diagnostics
Connector,
Feature
Pin
Association
Marker lamp, front

Connected load
X18, Right side right–Voltage above
12 marker light normal or shorted to
plied
high source
Marker lamp, front left–
Connected load
X18, Left side marker Voltage above normal
14 light or shorted to high
plied
source
Marker lamp corner
Connected load
X18, Left front front left–Voltage
16 marker light above normal or
plied
High beam right–Volt- Connected load
High beam right–Volt-
X18, Right high- Connected load
17 beam headlight is always off
High beam right–Cur-
No load is con-
nected
open circuit
Connected load
Turn left front corner ia always sup-
signal–Voltage above plied; left turn sig-
3
normal or shorted to nals are flashing
high source at twice the nor-
mal frequency
Connected load
Turn left front corner is always off; left
X18, Left front turn
521919 signal–Voltage below turn signals are Turn signal lights
4 19 signal light
normal or shorted to flashing at twice
low source the normal fre-
quency
No load is con-
Turn left front corner nected; left turn
5 signal–Current below signals are flash-
normal or open circuit ing at twice the
normal frequency
Diagnostics 13
Connector,
Feature
Pin
Association
Low beam right–Volt- Connected load

Low beam right–Volt-
X18, Right low-beam Connected load
Low beam right–Cur-
No load is con-
nected
open circuit
Horn electric–Voltage Connected load
3 above normal or is always sup-
Horn electric–Current
X18, Horn (electric), Connected load
521921 5 below normal or open Electric horn
21 control is always off
circuit
Horn electric–Current
No load is con-
6 above normal or
nected
grounded circuit
Starter relay 3–Volt- Connected load
X19, shorted to high source plied
522003 Starter relay 3 Starter relay
3 Starter relay 3–Volt-
Connected load
is always off
A/C compressor
Connected load
clutch–Voltage above
3 is always sup-
plied
high source
A/C compressor
X19, A/C compressor
522006 clutch–Voltage below Connected load HVAC
4 6 clutch
normal or shorted to is always off
low source
A/C compressor
No load is con-
5 clutch–Current below
nected
normal or open circuit
HVAC pressure trans-
HVAC pressure Engine fan is
X19, ducer, feedback–Data
522010 2 transducer, continuously run- HVAC
10 erratic, intermittent, or
feedback ning
incorrect
13 Diagnostics
Connector,
Feature
Pin
Association
Engine ECU, IGN–

Connected load
X19, Engine ECU, Voltage above normal
522018 3 is always sup- Powernet
18 IGN or shorted to high
plied
source
Fog lamp front left–
Connected load
3 is always sup-
or shorted to high
plied
source
X20, Left front fog
522108 Voltage below normal Connected load Fog lights
4 8 light
source
No load is con-
5 Current below normal
nected
or open circuit
High-beam auxiliary
Connected load
left–Voltage above nor-
3 is always sup-
mal or shorted to high
plied
X20, Left auxiliary source
522110 Auxiliary lights
10 high-beam light High-beam auxiliary
left–Voltage below nor- Connected load
4
mal or shorted to low is always off
source
Low-beam auxiliary
Connected load
left–Voltage above nor-
3 is always sup-
mal or shorted to high
plied
X20, Left auxiliary source
11 low-beam light Low-beam auxiliary
left–Voltage below nor- Connected load
4
mal or shorted to low is always off
source
High-beam auxiliary
Connected load
right–Voltage above
3 is always sup-
plied
X20, Right auxiliary high source
12 high-beam light High-beam auxiliary
right–Voltage below Connected load
4
low source
Diagnostics 13
Connector,
Feature
Pin
Association
Low-beam auxiliary
Connected load
3 is always sup-
plied
X20, Right auxiliary high source
14 low-beam light Low-beam auxiliary
right–Voltage below Connected load
4
low source
Temperature sensor Outside air tem-
Temperature Outside air tem-
X20, outside air, feedback– perature sensing
522116 2 sensor outside perature, mirror
16 Data erratic, intermit- not working prop-
air, feedback heating
tent, or incorrect erly
Fog lamp front right–
Connected load
3 is always sup-
or shorted to high
plied
source
X20, Right front fog
522117 Voltage below normal Connected load Fog lights
4 17 light
source
No load is con-
nected
or open circuit
Distance sensor
Distance sensor (adaptive cruise con-
X20, Connected load
522119 4 (adaptive cruise trol), BAT–Voltage Powernet
19 is always off
control), BAT below normal or
Washer pump–Volt- Connected load
Washer pump–Volt- Windshield
X20, Washer pump Connected load
522120 4 age below normal or wiper and
20 control is always off
shorted to low source washer
Washer pump–Cur-
No load is con-
nected
open circuit
Washer fluid level sen- Washer fluid level
X20, Washer fluid sor–Voltage above sensor status Washer fluid
522121 3
21 level sensor normal or shorted to does not reflect level
high source the actual status
13 Diagnostics
Connector,
Feature
Pin
Association
Wiper parked–Data Windshield

X21, Erratic wiper
522209 2 Wiper parked erratic, intermittent, or wiper and
9 behavior
incorrect washer
Utility light–Voltage Connected load
X21,
Utility light–Voltage
14 Connected load
522214 4 Utility light below normal or Utility lights
is always off
X3,7
Utility light–Current
No load is con-
5 below normal or open
nected
circuit
Wiper high and wiper
Connected load
low–Voltage above
3 X21, is always sup-
15 plied Windshield
Wiper high and high source
522215 wiper and
wiper low Wiper high and wiper
X21, washer
12 low–Current above Connected load
6
normal or grounded is always off
circuit
Lost communication DRL, starter
524037 31 — — none
with CGW relay
Diagnostics 13
Connector,
Feature
Pin
Association
Headlights,
windshield wiper
washer, marker
lights, daytime
running lights,
fog lights, auxil-
iary high-beam
MSF switched lights, Follow Me
outputs cannot Home, engine
be activated or brake, cruise
deactivated; control, hazard
Lost communication headlights, lights, turn signal
524049 31 — —
with MSF marker lights, lights, utility
and clearance lights, footwell
lights are active lights, lower-left
due to fail-safe and lower-right
reaction reading lights,
heated mirrors,
dome lights,
dome sleeper
lighting, dash
panel lighting,
trailer recepta-
cles
SAM Cab and
SAM Chassis are Stop lights, turn
Lost communication operating in signals, hazard
524071 31 — —
with SAM_CHAS emergency lights, trailer
mode; see Sec- lights
tion 10
13 Diagnostics
SAM Chassis Diagnostics, SA=71
Connector,
Feature
Pin
Association
(voltage)–Voltage
3
above normal or
Electrical poten- shorted to high source
168 — none none
tial (voltage) Electrical potential
(voltage)–Voltage
4
below normal or
Headlights,
windshield wiper
washer, marker
lights, daytime
running lights,
fog lights, auxil-
iary high-beam
lights, Follow Me
Home, engine
SAM Cab and brake, cruise
SAM Chassis are control, hazard
CAN low–Voltage
X51, SAM Chassis operating in lights, turn signal
520201 3 above normal or
1 CAN low–Cabin emergency lights, utility
mode; see Sec- lights, footwell
tion 10 lights, lower-left
and lower-right
reading lights,
heated mirrors,
dome lights,
dome sleeper
lighting, dash
panel lighting,
trailer recepta-
cles
Table 13-4: SAM Chassis Diagnostics, SA=71
Diagnostics 13
Connector,
Feature
Pin
Association
Headlights,
windshield wiper
washer, marker
lights, daytime
running lights,
fog lights, auxil-
iary high-beam
lights, Follow Me
Home, engine
SAM Cab and brake, cruise
SAM Chassis are control, hazard
SAM Chassis CAN high–Voltage
X51, operating in lights, turn signal
520202 4 CAN high– below normal or
2 emergency lights, utility
Cabin shorted to low source
mode; see Sec- lights, footwell
tion 10 lights, lower-left
and lower-right
reading lights,
heated mirrors,
dome lights,
dome sleeper
lighting, dash
panel lighting,
trailer recepta-
cles
Marker lamp side
Connected load
3 is always sup-
plied
X58, high source
13 Marker lamp side
Right side
520301 right–Voltage below Connected loads Marker lights
4 marker light
X52, normal or shorted to are always off
1 low source
Marker lamp side
No load is con-
5 right–Current below
nected
Power feed ABS/BS,
X52, Power feed IGN–Voltage below Connected load
520302 4 Powernet
6 ABS/BS, IGN normal or shorted to is always off
low source
13 Diagnostics
Connector,
Feature
Pin
Association
Marker lamp corner

Connected load
rear right–Voltage
3 is always sup-
above normal or
plied
Marker lamp corner
X52, Marker light rear right–Voltage Connected load
520303 4 Marker light
3 corner rear right below normal or is always off
Marker light corner
rear right–Current No load is con-
5
below normal or open nected
circuit
Marker lamp corner
Connected load
rear left–Voltage above
3 is always sup-
plied
high source
Marker lamp corner
X53, Left rear marker
520402 rear left–Voltage below Connected loads Marker lights
4 2 light
normal or shorted to are always off
low source
Marker lamp corner
No load is con-
5 rear left–Current below
nected
Connected load
Trailer turn lamp right– is always sup-
Voltage above normal plied; right turn
3
or shorted to high signals are flash-
source ing at twice the
X53, Right trailer turn normal frequency Primary recepta-
520407
7 signal light Connected load cle
Trailer turn lamp right– is always off;
Voltage below normal right turn signals
4
frequency
Diagnostics 13
Connector,
Feature
Pin
Association
Connected load
Tailer turn lamp left– is always sup-
Voltage above normal plied; left turn sig-
3
or shorted to high nals are flashing
source at twice the nor-
X53, Left trailer turn mal frequency Primary recepta-
520409
9 signal light Connected load cle
Tailer turn lamp left– is always off; left
Voltage below normal turn signals are
4
or shorted to low flashing at twice
source the normal fre-
quency
Trailer ABS connector
Connected load
(pin 7), IGN–Voltage
3 is always sup-
above normal or
plied
X54, Trailer ABS shorted to high source Supplemental
520501
1 connector Trailer ABS connector receptacle
(pin 7), IGN–Voltage Connected load
4
Trailer marker lamps–
Connected load
3 is always sup-
or shorted to high
plied
X55, Trailer marker source Primary recepta-
520602
2 lights Trailer marker lamps– cle
4
source
Trailer tail lamps–Volt- Connected load
X55, shorted to high source plied Primary recepta-
520603 Trailer taillights
3 Trailer tail lamps–Volt- cle
Connected load
is always off
13 Diagnostics
Connector,
Feature
Pin
Association
Trailer stop lamps–

Connected load
3 is always sup-
or shorted to high
plied
X55, Trailer stop source Primary recepta-
520604
4 lights Trailer stop lamps– cle
4
source
End of frame primary
End of frame Connected load
X56, trailer power, IGN– Primary recepta-
520702 3 primary trailer is always sup-
2 Voltage normal or cle
power, IGN plied
Connected loads
are always off;
trailer turn lamps right–
right turn signals
4 Voltage below normal
are flashing at
End of frame or shorted to low
twice the normal
X56, primary trailer source Primary recepta-
520707 frequency
7 right turn signal cle
lights No load is con-
nected; right turn
trailer turn lamps right–
5 signals are flash-
Current below normal
ing at twice the
or open circuit
normal frequency
Connected loads
are always off;
trailer turn lamps left–
left turn signals
4 Voltage below normal
are flashing at
End of frame or shorted to low
twice the normal
X56, primary trailer source Primary recepta-
520710 frequency
10 left turn signal cle
lights No load is con-
nected; left turn
trailer turn lamps left–
5 signals are flash-
Current below normal
ing at twice the
or open circuit
normal frequency
End of frame
X56, trailer tail lamps–Cur- Connected load Primary recepta-
520713 5 primary trailer
13 rent below normal or is always off cle
taillights
open circuit
Diagnostics 13
Connector,
Feature
Pin
Association

End of frame
X56, trailer stop lamps–Cur- Connected load Primary recepta-
14 rent below normal or is always off cle
stop lights
open circuit
End of frame
X56, trailer marker lamps– Connected load Primary recepta-
15 Current below normal is always off cle
marker lamp
or open circuit
X52, Power feed
6 ABS/BS, IGN
Power feed Relay group 3–Volt- Connected loads
X57,
3 EPAU/WIF age above normal or are always sup-
1
module, IGN shorted to high source plied
X53, Rear view cam- Fuel water sepa-
520801
3 era, IGN rator
Power feed
X57,
EPAU/WIF Fuse group 7–Voltage
1 Connected loads
4 module, IGN below normal or
are always off
X53, Rear view cam- shorted to low source
3 era, IGN
Air dryer (pneumatic,
electrically heated), Connected load
3 ACC–Voltage above is always sup-
Air dryer (pneu- normal or shorted to plied
X57, matic, electri- high source
520804 Air dryer
4 cally heated), Air dryer (pneumatic,
ACC electrically heated),
Connected load
4 ACC–Voltage below
is always off
low source
Fuel water separator
Connected load
heater element–Volt-
3 is always sup-
age above normal or
Fuel water sep- plied
X57, shorted to high source Fuel water sepa-
520815 arator heater
15 Fuel water separator rator
element, IGN
heater element–Volt- Connected load
4
age below normal or is always off
13 Diagnostics
Connector,
Feature
Pin
Association
Connected load
Turn right rear lower– is always sup-
Voltage above normal plied; right turn
3
or shorted to high signals are flash-
source ing at twice the
normal frequency
Connected loads
Turn right rear lower– are always off;
X58, Right rear turn
520901 Voltage below normal right turn signals Turn signal light
4 1 signal light
frequency
No load is con-
Turn right rear lower– nected; right turn
5 Current below normal signals are flash-
or open circuit ing at twice the
normal frequency
Tail lamp right–Voltage Connected load
Tail lamp right–Voltage
X58, Connected load
520903 4 Right taillight below normal or Marker lights
3 is always off
Tail lamp right–Current
No load is con-
nected
circuit
Diagnostics 13
Connector,
Feature
Pin
Association
Connected load
Turn left rear lower– is always sup-
Voltage above normal plied; left turn sig-
3
or shorted to high nals are flashing
source at twice the nor-
mal frequency
Connected load
Turn left rear lower– is always off; left
X58, Left rear turn
520910 Voltage below normal turn signals are Turn signals
4 10 signal light
or shorted to low flashing at twice
source the normal fre-
quency
No load is con-
Turn left rear lower– nected; left turn
5 Current below normal signals are flash-
or open circuit ing at twice the
normal frequency
License plate lamp–
Connected load
3 is always sup-
or shorted to high
plied
source
X58, License plate
520912 Voltage below normal Connected loads Marker lights
4 12 light
or shorted to low are always off
source
No load is con-
nected
or open circuit
Marker lamp side left–
Connected load
3 is always sup-
or shorted to high
plied
X53, source
1 Marker lamp side left–
Left side marker
520916 Voltage below normal Connected loads Marker lights
4 light
X58, or shorted to low are always off
16 source
Marker lamp side left–
No load is con-
nected
or open circuit
13 Diagnostics
Connector,
Feature
Pin
Association
Tail lamp left–Voltage Connected load

Tail lamp left–Voltage
X58, Connected load
520918 4 Left taillight below normal or Marker lights
18 is always off
Tail lamp left–Current
No load is con-
nected
circuit
Back up lamp–Voltage Connected load
X58, shorted to high source plied
520919 Backup lamp 1 Back up light
19 Back up lamp–Voltage
Connected load
4 below normal or
is always off
Connected load
is always sup-
plied; with combi-
Stop lamp right–Volt- nation stop and
3 age above normal or turn signal lights,
shorted to high source the right turn sig-
nals are flashing
at twice the nor-
mal frequency
Connected loads
are always off;
with combination
X58, Right stop light–Volt- stop and turn sig- Stop lights, turn
520920 Right stop light
4 20 age below normal or nal lights, the signal lights
shorted to low source right turn signals
are flashing at
twice the normal
frequency
No load is con-
nected; with com-
bination stop and
Right stop light–Cur-
turn signal lights,
the right turn sig-
open circuit
nals are flashing
at twice the nor-
mal frequency
Diagnostics 13
Connector,
Feature
Pin
Association
Connected loads
are always sup-
plied; with combi-
Stop lamp left–Voltage nation stop and
3 above normal or turn signal lights,
shorted to high source the left turn sig-
nals are flashing
at twice the nor-
mal frequency
Connected loads
are always off;
with combination
X58, Stop lamp left–Voltage stop and turn sig- Stop lights, turn
520921 Left stop light
4 21 below normal or nal lights, the left signal lights
shorted to low source turn signals are
flashing at twice
the normal fre-
quency
No load is con-
nected; with com-
bination stop and
Stop lamp left–Current
turn signal lights,
the left turn sig-
circuit
nals are flashing
at twice the nor-
mal frequency
X59, Backup switch
1 Backup switch–Voltage status does not
521001 3 Backup switch above normal or reflect the actual Backup light
X59, shorted to high source transmission
3 reverse status
Transmission
X59,
Transmission neutral neutral switch
18
Transmission switch–Voltage above status does not
521002 3 Neutral switch
neutral switch normal or shorted to reflect the actual
X59,
high source transmission
2
neutral status
13 Diagnostics
Connector,
Feature
Pin
Association
SAM Cab and

SAM Chassis are Stop lights, turn
Lost communication operating in signal lights,
524033 31 — —
with SAM_CAB emergency hazard lights, all
mode; see Sec- trailer lights
tion 10
Lost communication Stop lights with
524037 31 — — None
with CGW engine brake
MSF switched
Primary recepta-
Lost communication outputs cannot
524049 31 — — cle, turn signals,
with MSF be activated or
marker lights
deactivated
Adding Aftermarket Components 14
Section 14:
• Power Sources
• Additional Connections
• Grounding Locations
Power Sources
When a customer wants to add aftermarket components to a Cascadia vehicle, there
are several power sources that the customer can access to power the components:
• splice packs
• power feed spare outputs
• MEGA® Fuse junction block
• positive cables
• auxiliary PDM
IMPORTANT: Anytime a connection is made to a power source, the customer must be

responsible for adding in-line circuit protection.
Splice Packs
A minimum of seven 12-pin splice packs are located on the main dash harness. These
splice packs can be used for ignition power, backlighting, engine ground, and vehicle
ground.
Access the splice packs by removing the auxiliary instrument panel. See Figure 14-1,
Figure 14-2, and Figure 14-3.
See Table 14-1 for the splice pack specifications.
1. Auxiliary Instrument Panel

2. Lower Cover
Figure 14-1: Cascadia Dash Panels
14 Adding Aftermarket Components
Figure 14-2: Location of Splice Packs on the Main Dash Harness
Figure 14-3: Main Dash Harness Splice Packs
Splice Pack Specifications

SAE DTNA
Splice Pack Wire
Capacity Circuit Wire
Description Color
Number Number
The capacity for each pin must be less
Ground splice pack 1 than or equal to 3 A; the total capacity
for all the pins cannot exceed 3 A
1204 GND black
Ground splice pack 2 than or equal to 3 A; the total capacity
Dash panel backlighting
than or equal to 1 A; the total capacity
1
1304 29A brown
Dash panel backlighting
2
Ignition power splice
pack 1
1102 81C pink
Ignition power splice
pack 2
Engine common ground than or equal to 3 A; the total capacity 1206 440G black-white
Table 14-1: Splice Pack Specifications
Power Feed Spare Outputs

The SAM Cab provides battery power through a total of six power feed spare outputs.
These outputs are controlled by optional hard-wired switches on the dash. One, two, or
three additional switches—each with an indicator—can be spec’d when the vehicle is
ordered, or added to the vehicle in the aftermarket. See Figure 14-4.
Each switch has a wiring harness that is routed along the chassis and ends at the back
of the cab or sleeper.
Power feed spare outputs I, II, III, and IV are controlled by powernet management. In a
progressive low-voltage disconnect (PLVD) situation these outputs are turned off to
conserve power, along with the other house loads. See Section 9 for more information
on powernet management.
Power feed spare outputs V and VI are not controlled by powernet management.
See Table 14-2 for the power feed spare output specifications.
Power Feed Spare Output Specifications

SAM Cab Connector
Outputs Pin Numbers Fuse Capacity
Number
I and III are grouped on fuse 1 X4 1 and 2 30 A
II and IV are grouped on fuse 3 X5 1 and 2 30 A
V and VI are grouped on fuse 32 X15 1 and 2 25 A
Table 14-2: Power Feed Spare Output Specifications
OPT OPT2 OPT3
06/23/2008 f545273a
Figure 14-4: Optional Switches
MEGA Fuse Junction Block

A MEGA® Fuse can be added to an unused position on the MEGA Fuse junction
block. Daimler Trucks North America recommends that the fuse rating not exceed 200
A.
When you connect to the MFJB for power, you are accessing the load side of the load
disconnect switch. See Figure 14-5 for a schematic of the Cascadia starting and
charging system, and the location of the load disconnect switch in that system. See
Section 4 for more information on the MEGA Fuse junction block.
+
-
+
-
Load Disconnect
Switch
+
-
-
+
SAM Chassis
- Frame
Ground
+
Jump + + + - - -
Start
Main Ground MEGA ® Fuse Batteries

Junction Block Junction Block
NOTE: Heavy lines represent positive cables

05/21/2008 f545312
Figure 14-5: Cascadia Starting and Charging System Schematic
Positive Cables
Connections can be made at several points on the positive cables in the starting and
charging system:
• positive 12 V battery terminal
• load disconnect switch
• starter
• alternator
• MEGA Fuse junction block
When determining where to connect to a positive source, the location of the load dis-
connect switch (LDS) should be considered. The load disconnect switch is used to
break (or open) the connection between the battery and the MEGA Fuse junction
block. Connecting to a positive cable on the source side or load side of the LDS deter-
mines whether or not the aftermarket component will have power when the LDS is in
the off position.
NOTE: Turning the load disconnect switch to the off position does not break the con-
nection between the battery and the starter. See Figure 14-5 for a schematic of the
Cascadia starting and charging system.
IMPORTANT: Follow these guidelines when connecting to a positive source:

• In-line circuit protection must be added as close to the connection point as possi-
ble.
• Do not add loads that will drain the battery.
• The capacity for each connection must not exceed 50 A; the total capacity for all
the connections must be less than or equal to 75 A.
• Do not add loads that exceed the design limits of the harnesses.
See Table 14-3 for positive cable specifications.
Positive Cable Connections

Connection Location Source Side Load Side of
of LDS LDS
Battery power before LDS X —
Battery power after LDS — X
Starter X —
Alternator — X
MEGA Fuse junction block — X
Table 14-3: Positive Cable Connections
Auxiliary PDM
An auxiliary PDM is spec’d when the options or components chosen by the customer
warrant an additional PDM. The auxiliary PDM, along with three harnesses, can be
installed aftermarket to provide the customer with 30 A to power components inside or
outside the cab.
On a 125-inch BBC Cascadia, the auxiliary PDM is located inside the cab behind the
lower cover dash panel. It is mounted on the engine tunnel bracket, and piggybacks
the pneumatic ABS module. See Figure 14-1 and Figure 14-6.
On a 113-inch BBC Cascadia, the auxiliary PDM is located inside the cab behind the
auxiliary instrument panel. It is mounted on an HVAC duct. See Figure 14-1 and Fig-
ure 14-7.
Bracket
Auxiliary PDM
Figure 14-6: Auxiliary PDM Mounted on the Engine Tunnel Bracket
Auxiliary PDM
Figure 14-7: Auxiliary PDM Mounted on an HVAC Duct
Additional Connections
Additional connections for routing wires or accommodating custom designs include:
• frontwall connectors
• body builder connector
• spare function pins
Frontwall Connectors
Any unused pins on four frontwall connectors can be used to route wires in and out of
the cab:
• aft chassis connector (BHC, optional)
• forward chassis connector (BHB)
• engine/transmission connector (BHA)
• frontwall connector (BHD, optional)
The aft chassis connector (if equipped), forward chassis connector, and engine/trans-
mission connectors are located on the left side of the engine side of the frontwall. See
Figure 14-8. The frontwall connector (if equipped) is located on the right side of the
engine side of the frontwall.
If the aft chassis connector or frontwall connector is not present, a Deutsch HDP20
series connector can be installed.
Aft Chassis
Connector, Optional
Engine/Transmis-
sion Connector
Forward Chassis
Connector
05/22/2008 f545279
Figure 14-8: Frontwall Connectors
The body builder connector is a 19-pin connector that provides a body builder access
to specific signals. See Section 7 for information and specifications on this connector.
Spare Function Pins

Spare function pins can be used to accommodate custom designs. See Section 7 for
information and specifications on spare function pins.
Ignition Switch
The four wires that route to the ignition switch are dedicated for use by the ignition
switch; no additional load can be attached to these wires. If an additional load is added
to any of the ignition switch wires, a fault code is generated.
If an ignition signal is required, use the splice packs on the main dash harness for igni-
tion power.
Grounding Locations
The main ground junction block, battery negative post, and starter negative post can
be used for ground. The frame rail can also be used for ground, but this option is not
recommended.
Glossary 15
Section 15:
• Glossary
Glossary 15
Glossary
Cabin CAN A proprietary datalink that connects the central gateway, the modular
switch field, the SAM Cab, and the SAM Chassis.
Central Gateway (CGW) Connects the J1939, J1708, cabin CAN, and diagnostic
CAN datalinks, and transmits the multiple electronic messages between the datalinks.
Constant Outlet Temperature Control (COTC) Provides a stable air temperature

inside the cab when the air is discharged from the HVAC ducts based on a reference
temperature for each of the 21 settings on the temperature control switch.
Datalink A collection of wires that connects system components, and through which
data is transmitted.
Electronic Code A specific value that is assigned to a feature or function of a compo-

nent on the vehicle, and is programmed to the engine control module and some trans-
missions. Electronic codes are also known as ecodes, data codes, and sales codes.
Electronic Control Unit (ECU) A device that controls an electrical subsystem in the
vehicle and communicates on a datalink.
Follow Me Home A feature that temporarily activates the low-beam headlights after
the engine is turned off.
Function Path A depiction of the electrical path of a feature between the initial input
and the output load.
Load Disconnect Switch A standard feature that is used to break (or open) the con-
nection between the battery and the MEGA Fuse junction block.
Main Ground Junction Block Provides a standard location for the ground wires.
Maximum Complexity The greatest number of wiring harnesses used on a vehicle.
MEGA Fuse Junction Block Provides fused power to the powertrain power distribu-
tion module (PDM) and to the cab.
Modular Switch Field (MSF) A system of multiplexed switches. The MSF consists of
a master control module and one or more slave modules.
Multiplexing System Replaces traditional power distribution devices with ECUs that
communicate over the vehicle datalink. The ECUs control power distribution to the
vehicle’s electrical loads by monitoring inputs—such as sensors and switches—and
supplying power to outputs, such as lighting, displays, gauges, and indicators.
Parameter A specific value that is assigned to a feature or function of the vehicle that
allows the customer to choose how that particular feature or function will work on the
vehicle.
Powernet Management Protects the batteries from discharging too much by tempo-
rarily shutting down loads from the power supply. This ensures that in the event of a
drop in voltage, the battery draining process is slowed.
15 Glossary
Powertrain PDM Used to house the large number of circuit protection devices for
powertrain components.
Progressive Low-Voltage Disconnect (PLVD) Used to implement the powernet man-

agement feature.
SAM Cab The cab signal detect and actuation module controls all switching and
detecting functions for cab controls and the front of the vehicle.
SAM Chassis The chassis signal detect and actuation module controls all trailer and
chassis electrical devices located under or aft of the cab.
Theater Lighting Ramped interior lighting that is used to gradually bring lights to their
full illumination when turned on, and gradually reduce their illumination when turned
off.
Turn Tip A feature that allows the driver to temporarily activate the turn signal lights by
momentarily pressing down the multifunction turn signal switch.
Index
A fuel level sender 8-10
accessory mode, dash panel backlighting 6-8 fuel water separator sensing 8-10
accessory power 11-3 low air pressure warning system 8-11
adaptive cruise control 11-1 neutral switch 8-14
additional connections 14-8 trailer receptacles 8-15
aftermarket components 1-1, 14-1 collision warning systems 11-1, 12-1
after wiping, windshield wiper and washer 11-11 color-coded wires 3-1
air dryer/heater 8-1 combination stop and turn signal lights 5-15
air filter restriction input 7-1 common powertrain controller 4-3, 12-1
air horn 7-1 connectors 3-2, 14-8
alternator cable routing 4-3 controller area network (CAN) 2-1
alternator charging 7-2 cruise control disengage 7-12
antigrinding protection rules 7-24 Cummins Intebrake engine brake 8-9
autoresume feature 11-1
auxiliary heater 7-3 D
auxiliary high-beam lights 5-5, 5-6 dash panel backlighting 6-7
auxiliary PDM 14-6 daytime mode, dash panel backlighting 6-8
daytime running lights (DRL) 5-1
B DC power receptacles 7-14
backlighting 6-7 diagnostic features 2-9
backup lights 5-15 diagnostics 1-1, 13-1
baggage compartment lights 6-11 diagnostics CAN 2-1
body builder connector 7-5, 14-9 diesel-fired air heater 7-3
diesel-fired coolant heater 7-3
C differential lock 8-2
cab and sleeper HVAC systems 7-8, 12-1 dimmable lighting 6-1, 6-2
cab features with parameters dome lights 6-10, 6-12
air filter restriction input 7-1 dome sleeper lights 6-12
air horn 7-1 door module 7-17
alternator charging 7-2 DRL activation 5-1
auxiliary heater 7-3 DRL override switch 5-1
body builder connector 7-5
cab HVAC power 7-8 E
cruise control disengage 7-12 Eaton side object detection system 11-2
DC power receptacles 7-14 Eaton VORAD VS-400 11-1
door module 7-17 electronic codes 8-5
fleet management and CB radio 7-18 electronic control unit (ECU) 2-1
heated mirrors 7-18 emergency power supply 10-1
interior temperature sensor 7-20 emergency power mode 10-1
optimized idle 7-20 engine brake 8-2
power takeoff 7-21 engine control module 12-1
service brake switch 7-22 entrance lighting 6-8
spare function pins 7-22 exterior lighting
starter relay 7-23 auxiliary high-beam lights 5-5, 5-6
supplemental restraint system 7-26 backup lights 5-15
cab HVAC power 7-8 daytime running lights 5-1
cabin CAN 2-1, 2-5 fog lights 5-5
Cat compression brake 8-8 follow me home 5-8
central gateway 2-5, 13-1 hazard lights 5-8
central gateway diagnostics 13-11 headlights 5-10
chassis features with parameters marker lights 5-12
air dryer/heater 8-1 stop lights 5-15
differential lock 8-2 turn signal lights 5-15, 5-20
engine brake 8-2 turn tip 5-21
Daimler Trucks North America LLC, Mechatronics Engineering, January 2009

Index
utility lights 5-22 footwell lighting 6-9, 6-12
front cab dome lighting 6-10
F frontwall connectors 14-8
fault detection for exterior lights 5-24 fuel level sender 8-10
feature and parameter specifications fuel water separator heater 11-2
air dryer/heater 8-2 fuel water separator sensing 8-10
air filter restriction input 7-1 function paths 1-1
air horn 7-2
alternator charging 7-3 G
auxiliary heater 7-5 grounding locations 14-9
auxiliary high-beam lights 5-7
backup lights 5-18 H
baggage lights 6-16 harnesses 3-2
body builder connector 7-7 hazard lights 5-8
cab HVAC power 7-12 headlights 5-10
CB radio 7-18 heated mirrors 7-18
cruise control disengage 7-13 HVAC pressure transducer 7-11
dash panel lights 6-16
DC power receptacles 7-17 I
differential lock 8-2 ignition power 11-3
door module 7-18 ignition switch 14-9
DRL 5-4, 5-5 instrumentation control unit 12-1
engine brake 8-6 interior lighting
entry, access, and step interior lights 6-15 dash panel backlighting 6-7
fault detection for exterior lights 5-25 entrance lighting 6-8
fleet management and CB radio 7-18 footwell lighting 6-9, 6-12
fog lights and auxiliary high-beam lights 5-7 front cab dome lighting 6-10
follow me home 5-9 interior lights 6-1
footwell lights 6-15 lighting controls 6-1
forward interior lights 6-14 lighting options 6-1
fuel level sender 8-10 sleeper lighting 6-11
fuel water separator sensing 8-11 interior temperature sensor 7-20
heated mirrors 7-20 Iteris lane departure warning system 11-2
interior temperature sensor 7-20
low air pressure warning system 8-14 J
marker interrupt feature 5-14 Jacobs engine brake 8-6
neutral switch 8-15
optimized idle 7-21 L
power takeoff 7-21 lane departure warning system 11-2
primary receptacle 8-18 lighting controls 6-1
progressive low-voltage disconnect 9-4 lighting options 6-1
service brake switch 7-22 load disconnect switch 10-1
sleeper and baggage lights 6-16 locally switched lights 6-1
spare function pins 7-23 low air pressure warning system 8-11
starter relay 7-26 lower-left and lower-right reading lights 6-13
stop lights and backup lights 5-18 low-voltage disconnect, progressive 9-1
supplemental restraint system 7-27
turn tip 5-22 M
utility lights 5-24 main ground junction block 4-3
field effect transistor (FET) 2-6 manual calibration procedure 7-11
flash to pass 5-11 marker interrupt mode, dash panel backlighting 6-
fleet management and CB radio 7-18 8
fog lights 5-5 marker lights 5-12
follow me home 5-8 master control module 2-7

Index
MEGA Fuse junction block 4-1, 14-4 separate stop and turn signal lights 5-15
Mercedes-Benz and Jacobs engine brakes 8-6 service brake switch 7-22
mirror adjust 11-5 ServiceLink 2-10
mirror heat 7-18 side object detection system 11-2
modular switch field 2-7, 13-1 signal detect and actuation module (SAM) 2-6
modular switch field diagnostics 13-8 shore power 11-8
momentary wiping, windshield wiper and washer slave module 2-8
11-10 sleeper climate control panel override 7-10
motor control module 12-1 sleeper dome lights 6-12
multiplexing architecture 2-1 sleeper lighting 6-11
multiplexing system SmartCruise 11-1
components of the multiplexing system 2-5 spare function pins 7-22, 14-9
multiplexing architecture 2-1 splice packs 14-1
parameters 2-1 star point junction block 2-9
starter relay 7-23
N stop lights 5-15
neutral switch 8-14 subbus switch diagnostics 2-9
nighttime mode, dash panel backlighting 6-8 subbus switches 2-8
subsystem wiring diagrams 3-2
O supplemental receptacle 8-18
optimized idle 7-20 supplemental restraint system 7-26, 12-2
output responses to a SAM failure 10-2
T
P temperature sensor, interior 7-20
parameters 2-1, 8-5 theater lighting 6-1, 6-2
park brake interlock feature 7-4, 7-10 thermal protection rules 7-24
park brake switch 11-6 trailer receptacles 8-15
parked and unparked wiper positions 11-11 training resources 2-11
parked HVAC system 7-4 transmission control unit 12-2
pneumatic ABS module 12-2 turn signal lights 5-15, 5-20
positive cables 14-5 turn tip 5-21
power feed spare outputs 14-3
powernet management 9-1 U
power receptacles 7-14 utility lights 5-22
power sources 14-1
power takeoff 7-21 V
powertrain distribution 4-3 VORAD VS-400 11-1
powertrain PDM 4-3
power windows 11-7 W
premium lighting, theater and dimmable 6-1 warning systems 11-1, 12-1
primary module numbers 2-1, 2-4, 3-3 windshield wiper and washer
primary receptacle 8-15 after wiping 11-11
progressive low-voltage disconnect (PLVD) 9-1 momentary wiping 11-10
parked and unparked wiper positions 11-11
R washer fluid level 11-11
reading lights, lower-left and lower-right 6-13 windshield washer 11-11
reading lights, overhead console 6-9, 6-10 wire ground return system 4-5
rear dome light 6-12 wires 3-1
rear footwell lights 6-12 wiring diagrams 3-2
wiring harnesses 3-2
S work surface light 6-14
SAM Cab 2-6
SAM Chassis 2-6
SAM switched lights 6-1

Electrical System and Main PDM Overview
System Overview
Terms and Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500
Electronic Power Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
Electrical Power Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
Main Ground Junction Block (MGJB), Module 280 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
MEGA Fuse Junction Block (MFJB), Module 285 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504
Powertrain PDM, Module 286 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
Load Disconnect Switch, Module 293 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
Trailer PDM, Module 296 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
PDM Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
Related Subjects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509
Components
Component Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600
Component Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
Troubleshooting
Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700
Diagnostic Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
Specifications
SAM Cab Fuses and Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800
SAM Chassis Fuses and Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 801
MFJB Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 802
Powertrain PDM and Trailer PDM Fuses and Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 803
Cascadia Troubleshooting Manual, August 2007

500 — Terms and Abbreviations

Backbone—The main J1939 datalink wiring that lies between the two terminating resistors. It does not include
the branch circuits to each ECU or to the diagnostic connector.
CAN—Controller Area Network
CAN ID—The identifier for a specific message, which also contains the source address of the sending ECU
communicating on the J1939 datalink.
CGW—Central Gateway
Communication Protocol—A set of rules governing communication between electronic devices.
Datalink—A collection of wires, connecting system components, through which data is transmitted.
Datalink Topology—The arrangement in which the nodes (ECUs) of a datalink are connected to each other.
Diagnostic CAN—Datalink that runs from the diagnostic connector to the CGW.
Diagnostic Connector—A 9-pin diagnostic connector is used for troubleshooting the electrical system.
MFJB—MEGA® Fuse Junction Block
MGJB—Main Ground Junction Block
SA—Source Address; indicates numeric assignment for a device that communicates on J1939.
SAM—Signal Detect and Actuation Module
SAM Cab—Signal Detect and Actuation Module Cab ("SAM Cabin"); this ECU controls mainly cab-related func-
tionality. See G02.04 — SAM Cab for more information.
SAM Chassis—Signal Detect and Actuation Module Chassis; this ECU controls mainly chassis-related function-
ality. See G02.05 — SAM Chassis for more information.
501 — Electronic Power Distribution

The multiplexed system contains the following power distribution components:
• SAM Cab (relays and fuses), Module 32A
• SAM Chassis (relays and fuses), Module 32K
The SAM Cab and SAM Chassis are electronic control units (ECUs) that have power distribution components
such as fuses and relays on them. Refer to G02.04 — SAM Cab and G02.05 — SAM Chassis for more infor-
mation.
502 — Electrical Power Distribution

Standard electrical power distribution provides battery power to the electronics system, but it is not controlled by
electronics.
The following modules are part of power distribution:
• Main Ground Junction Block (MGJB), Module 280
• MEGA Fuse Junction Block (MFJB), Module 285
• Powertrain PDM, Module 286
Cascadia Troubleshooting Manual, August 2007 G02.01/1

• Load Disconnect Switch, Module 293

• Trailer PDM, Module 296
503 — Main Ground Junction Block (MGJB), Module 280

The MGJB is a main node for connecting a returning ground to the battery. Many of the ground circuits previ-
ously on the starter are now on the MGJB.
504 — MEGA Fuse Junction Block (MFJB), Module 285

The MFJB houses up to 5 MEGA fuses, and provides power to the engine harness, SAM Cab, SAM Chassis,
chassis-mounted trailer PDM, and an inverter.
The advantage of using an MFJB is that it provides increased robustness in the engine control and cab control
electronic systems during cranking. This is because the cab electrical system is fed from the battery through the
MFJB, and no longer from the starter. Separate starter cables provide both higher voltage levels and cleaner
power during cranking.
Additionally, there are improvements in circuit protection, and starter connection integrity (fewer circuits to con-
nect at the starter stud).
505 — Powertrain PDM, Module 286

The Powertrain Power Distribution Module (PT-PDM) is dedicated to providing battery and ignition power to the
engine (ECM), after treatment device (ATD), transmission (TCU), as well as other powertrain-related circuits. It is
mounted in the engine compartment, above the quarter fender on the driver side of the vehicle.
506 — Load Disconnect Switch, Module 293

The load disconnect switch is used to disconnect (or open) the connection between the battery and the MFJB.
Turning the load disconnect switch to the off position does not disconnect the batteries from the starter.
NOTE: If the engine is running, turning the load disconnect switch to the OFF position will not shut off
the engine. The powertrain PDM still gets battery voltage from the emergency power feed on the SAM
system.
The load disconnect switch is mounted on one of three locations:
• Inside the cab on the left side of the driver’s seat on a left-hand-drive vehicle.
• On the battery box.
• Outboard-mounted on the left frame rail.
507 — Trailer PDM, Module 296

The trailer PDM is used to supply trailer power to the chassis-mounted trailer receptacles. The SAM Chassis
supplies control outputs to the remote trailer PDM. The trailer PDM is powered through the vehicle’s battery sys-
tem. The SAM Chassis does not supply battery power to the trailer PDM. See Fig. 1.
G02.01/2 Cascadia Troubleshooting Manual, August 2007

508 — PDM Diagram
PT−PDM
SAM
Cab
SAM
Emergency Power Feed
Chassis
Trailer
PDM
Inverter
MFJB MGJB
Load Disconnect
Switch
04/24/2007 f545016
Fig. 1, PDM Diagram
509 — Related Subjects

• G02.04 — SAM Cab
• G02.05 — SAM Chassis
• P01.01 — Starting and Charging

600 — Component Locations
6
5
4
3
2
06/20/2007 f001175
1. SAM Cab 5. MEGA Fuse Junction Block

2. Powertrain PDM 6. Load Disconnect Switch
3. SAM Chassis 7. Trailer PDM
4. Main Ground Junction Block
Fig. 2, Component Locations

601 — Component Details
X18
X21
X19
R11
X20
R7
F22
F1 R1 F19 R3
X4
F29
X1
X5
X14
X2
X15
X6
X3
X16
X7
X17
X8
R14
X9 F40
R15
NOTE: The square labels indicate fuses and relays,

and the circular labels indicate connectors. F13 F18 R6 F28 R10
09/19/2007 f545092
Fig. 3, SAM Cab Fuses and Relays (top)

01/25/2007 f544954
Fig. 4, SAM Chassis
1 2 3 4 5
06/20/2007 f545017
1. Position 1 4. Position 4
2. Position 2 5. Position 5
3. Position 3 6. Supply
Fig. 5, MEGA Fuse Junction Block

05/18/2007 f545054
Fig. 6, Powertrain PDM
700 — Possible Causes

• Water Intrusion
• Voltage Spikes
• Short Circuits
• Missing Fuse/Relay
• Incorrect Fuse Rating
701 — Diagnostic Tools Required

• Digital Multimeter
702 — Diagnosis
Refer to the schematic in modules 280 and 285 for an overview of the vehicle power distribution system for trou-
bleshooting. Use Table 1to cross reference the individual modules for each subsystem.

Power Distribution with Module Numbers

Input/Output
Source Battery Node Secondary Battery Module
Device
Starter Bat Terminal Starter Motor — 155
Alternator Bat Terminal Alternator — 125
Grid Heater Heater Element — 12C
Jump Start Post — — 295
SAM Cab — 32A
Emergency Power Supply
Battery SAM Chassis — 32K
Powertrain PDM 286
SAM Cab 32A
Load Disconnect Switch MFJB SAM Chassis 32K
Trailer PDM 296
Inverter 337
Table 1, Power Distribution with Module Numbers
800 — SAM Cab Fuses and Relays

SAM Cab Relays
Part Name
R1 PWR FD SPARE 1 and 3, BAT
R2 PWR FD SPARE 2 and 4, BAT
R3 HEATED SEAT, IGN
R4 DASH PWR RCPT 1 and 2, BAT
R5 FLT MGM SYS and CB, BAT
R6 PWR RCPT3 and STD HVAC, BAT
R7 DRV INFO/GAUGE, IGN
R8 ICU/VEHICLE SYS, IGN
R9 AMPLIFIER PWR, ACC
R10 MIRROR HEAT
R11 PWR RCPT 6 / FRIG, BAT
R12 PWR RCPT 5, BAT
R13 CAB LIGHTING, BAT
R14 PWR RCPT4/CIR FAN/LAMP, BAT
R15 PWR WINDOW, ACC
Table 2, SAM Cab Relays

SAM Cab Fuses

Part Name
F1 PWR FD SPARE 1 and 3 (30A)
F2 CAB/SLPR HVAC CTRL/SHF PNL (15A)
F4 MSF (15A)
F5 OBD J1939—BAT (10A)
F6 DASH PWR RCPT 1 (15A)
F7 DASH PWR RCPT 2 (15A)
F8 PHONE/RADIO—BAT (15A)
F9 AMPLIFIER PWR (20A)
F10 CAB HVAC MTR (30A)
F11 SLPR HVAC MTR (30A)
F12 DR CTRL L (20A)
F13 DR LOCK/SM CRUISE (20A)
F14 FLT MGM SYS and CB (25A)
F15 SLPR PWR RCPT 3 (20A)
F16 STAND ALONE HVAC (7.5A)
F18 TELEMATICS/WARNING SYS (15A)
F19 HEATED SEAT (20A)
F20 CGW (2A)
F21 AREA LIGHT (15A)
F22 ICU—BAT (5A)
F23 DR INF /GAUGE (15A)
F24 ICU—IGN (10A)
F25 DASH SPLICE PACK (7.5A)
F26 SRS—AIRBAG (5A)
F27 MIRROR HEAT L (10A)
F28 MIRROR HEAT R (10A)
F29 SAM RELAY COILS (3A)
F30 PWR RCPT 6 / FRIG (20A)
F33 SPOT LIGHT (20A)
F34 BAGGAGE COMP LAMP (3A)
F35 DOMELAMP CAB (15A)
F36 AUX CIR FAN/RD LAMP (15A)
F37 CLK/DRV INFO/CD/KEYLESS (15A)

SAM Cab Fuses

Part Name
F38 DR CTRL R (20A)
F39 PWR WINDOW R (15A)
F40 PWR WINDOW L (15A)
Table 3, SAM Cab Fuses
801 — SAM Chassis Fuses and Relays

SAM Chassis Relays
Part Name
R1 H2O SEP HEAT, IGN
R2 TRLR TRN L
R3 ABS/WIF/CAMERA, IGN
R4 TRLR TRN R
R5 TRLR MARKER
R6 TRLR ABS, IGN
R7 TRLR STOP LAMPS
R8 TRLR POWER
R9 TRLR TAIL LAMPS
Table 4, SAM Chassis Relays
SAM Chassis Fuses

Part Name
F1 EAPU (20A)
F2 H2O SEP HEAT (20A)
R3 ABS—BAT1 (20A)
F4 ABS—BAT2 (10A)
F5 TRLR TRN L (20A)
F6 ABS—IGN (15A)
F7 WIF/CAMERA (10A)
F8 TRLR TRN R (20A)
F9 TRLR MKR (30A)
F10 SAM RELAY COILS (5A)
F11 TRLR ABS—IGN (30A)
F12 TRLR STOP (30A)

SAM Chassis Fuses

Part Name
F13 TRLR TAIL (20A)
F14 TRLR PWR (30A)
Table 5, SAM Chassis Fuses
802 — MFJB Fuses

MFJB Fuses
Part Name
1 Engine Harness (175A)
2 SAM Cab (175A)
3 SAM Chassis (125A)
4 Chassis-Mounted Trailer PDM (125A)
5 Inverter (200A)
Table 6, MFJB Fuses
803 — Powertrain PDM and Trailer PDM Fuses and Relays

Powertrain PDM Fuses and Relays
Part Name
F1 N/A
F2 TRANS ECU IGN FUSE
F3 FUEL HEATER FUSE
F4 FUEL HEATER FUSE
F5 ENGINE IGN
F6 SAM CHASS
F7 PLVD/REMOTE SENSE
F8 ENGINE ECU BATT FUSE
F9 CPC/ENG ECU BATT FUSE
F10 TRANS BATT FUSE
F11 TRANS BATT FUSE
F12 TRANS BATT FUSE
R1 TRANS BACKUP RELAY
R2 MEIIR RELAY
R3 NEUTRAL RELAY/START ENABLE
R4 SPARE RELAY/HEAT RELAY

Powertrain PDM Fuses and Relays

Part Name
R5 N/A
R6 70A IGN RELAY
Table 7, Powertrain PDM Fuses and Relays

Datalink Communication Structure
Table of Contents
System Overview
Multiplexing Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
Vehicle Datalinks Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
SAE J1587/J1708 Datalink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
SAE J1939 Datalink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504
Cabin CAN Datalink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
Diagnostic CAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
ECU Troubleshooting Datalinks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
ECU Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
Datalink Network Topology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509
Components
Troubleshooting
General Troubleshooting Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700
Fault Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703
Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704
Specifications
Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800
Datalink Communication Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 801
ECU Identification on Datalinks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 802
Cascadia Troubleshooting Manual, August 2007


Backbone—The main J1939 datalink wiring that lies between the two terminating resistors. It does not include
the branch circuits to each ECU or to the diagnostic connector.
Baud Rate—The rate at which data is transmitted in bits per second.
Branch Circuit—The section of J1939 datalink between the backbone and each ECU that has J1939, and be-
tween the backbone and the diagnostic connector.
Cabin CAN—A proprietary datalink connecting certain ECUs on the vehicle, specifically the CGW, MSF, SAM
Cab, and SAM Chassis.
ECU—Electronic Control Unit, typically connected to a datalink.
J1939 Terminating Resistors—The J1939 datalink has two 120-ohm terminating resistors, one at each end of
the backbone. The total datalink parallel resistance is 60 ohms.
MID—Message Identifier
MSF—Modular Switch Field
Off-board tool—Typically refers to a PC-based application that communicates with the vehicle datalinks via a
connection to the diagnostic connector.
501 — Multiplexing Overview

The term "multiplexing" describes the electrical system. Multiplexing is defined as sending multiple electronic
messages simultaneously through the same signal path. All the wires used for sending electronic messages
make up what is called the "datalink."
Multiplexing allows the electrical system to simultaneously perform tasks and to monitor components. A multi-
plexed system uses electronic control units (ECUs) to operate the various systems on the vehicle (lighting,
braking, and wipers, for example). The electrical system components, such as switches and lamps, are con-

nected to the ECUs, which collect and control all information about the components by communicating on a
datalink. See Fig 1.
Headlamps
H
OFF
SAM Cab
Parklamps
LH Headlamp Low Beam
Cab CAN
LH Headlamp High Beam
SAM Chassis
RH Headlamp Low Beam
RH Headlamp High Beam
11/20/2006 f543944a
Fig. 1, Example of Multiplexed System with ECUs and Electrical Components
The multiplexed electrical system on this vehicle combines traditional power distribution module (PDM) devices,
such as relays and circuit breakers, with electronic devices (ECUs) that communicate over a vehicle datalink.
The electronic devices can control power distribution to the electrical loads on the vehicle. This is done by moni-
toring inputs (from devices such as sensors and switches) and supplying power to outputs (for devices such as
lighting, displays, gauges, and indicators). This distributed approach to handling switch inputs and controlling
electrical load outputs sharply reduces the number of wires on a vehicle by sharing wires.
502 — Vehicle Datalinks Overview

ECUs on the Cascadia electrical system communicate on four datalinks:
• J1587/J1708 datalink
• J1939 datalink
• Cabin CAN datalink
• Diagnostic CAN datalink (used strictly for off-board tool interaction with Cabin CAN ECUs)
Cabin CAN is the primary datalink for control messaging of most cab and chassis features (interior and exterior
lighting, comfort features, and optional features, for example) and has some interaction with control messaging
on the J1939 and J1587/J1708 datalinks.

Diagnostic CAN
Central Gateway
(500kbps) SAE J1939−13
SAE J1708
9−Pin connector
(9.6kbps)
SAM Cab
Cabin CAN SAE J1939
(125kbps) (250kbps)
07/02/2007 f040759
Fig. 2, Central Gateway, Diagnostic Connector, and Vehicle Datalinks
J1939 and J1587/J1708 remain the primary datalinks for powertrain control (engine, transmission, and ABS, for
example).
503 — SAE J1587/J1708 Datalink

The J1587 datalink is a low-speed vehicle datalink that communicates information between the electronic control
units on the vehicle. The J1587 datalink is also referred to as J1708 or "J1587/J1708."
J1708 refers to the SAE standard for the physical part of the datalink, such as the wiring and electronic compo-
nents. J1587 refers to the SAE standard for the messaging protocol that communicates on the J1708 network. In
the context of vehicle repair, the terms J1708 and J1587 are used interchangeably.
See G03.01 — Datalink, J1587/J1708 for more information.
504 — SAE J1939 Datalink

The J1939 datalink is a high-speed vehicle datalink that communicates information between electronic control
units on the vehicle.
Unlike the J1587 datalink, the J1939 datalink allows an ECU to broadcast requests as well as information. Ex-
amples of information that can be communicated on the J1939 datalink are:
• engine rotational speed;
• road speed;
• transmission tailshaft speed;
• engine retarder deactivation request;
• engine torque reduction request.
The "backbone" of the J1939 datalink is the section of the datalink that is between the two terminating resistors.
Each ECU is connected to the backbone. The wiring between each ECU and the backbone is referred to as a
branch.
See G03.02 — Datalink, J1939 for more details.

505 — Cabin CAN Datalink

The Cabin CAN datalink does not have a direct connection to the diagnostic connector. Therefore, an off-board
tool (such as ServiceLink) must connect to the Diagnostic CAN pins on the diagnostic connector to troubleshoot
or configure Cabin CAN ECUs.
The Cabin CAN datalink has the following ECUs directly connected to it:
• SAM Cab
• SAM Chassis
• Modular Switch Field (MSF)
• Central Gateway Module (CGW)
See G03.03 — Datalink, Cabin CAN for more information.
506 — Diagnostic CAN

When an off-board tool, such as ServiceLink, is connected to the vehicle, it communicates with the Cabin CAN
ECUs via the Diagnostics CAN datalink because there is no accessible service port to the Cabin CAN. The
CGW translates messages between the Diagnostic CAN and Cabin CAN datalinks, due to the different speed of
the two datalinks.
See G03.04 — Datalink, Diagnostic CAN for more information.
507 — ECU Troubleshooting Datalinks

An ECU’s "troubleshooting datalink" is the datalink that an off-board tool, such as ServiceLink, uses to communi-
cate and diagnose that ECU. See Table 1.
ECU Troubleshooting Datalinks

Direct Connection to Direct Connection to Diagnostic
ECU is on this ECU Troubleshooting
Diagnostic Diagnostic Communication
Datalink Datalink
Connector? Connector? Protocol
J1708 Yes J1587/J1708 Yes J1587/J1708
J1939 Yes J1939 Yes J1939
Cabin CAN No Diagnostic CAN Yes CAN
Table 1, ECU Troubleshooting Datalinks
Fault codes are displayed on the instrument cluster (ICU) display for J1587/J1708 or J1939, depending on the
type of ICU installed. Faults from all ECUs can be viewed on ServiceLink.
508 — ECU Configuration

All ECUs connected to the Cabin CAN datalink can have their software “flashed” using ServiceLink.
All ECUs connected to the Cabin CAN datalink, except for the CGW, have parameters that can be configured.
Some J1939 and J1587/J1708 ECUs may be reprogrammed (flashed), or have parameters configured, using
ServiceLink or the ECU manufacturer’s proprietary off-board tool. For more information, refer to the applicable

subjects in this manual, and the ServiceLink User Documentation (available via the "Help" drop-down menu in
ServiceLink).
509 — Datalink Network Topology
Cascadia Network Topology
Diagnostic CAN
Central Gateway
(500kbps) SAE J1939−13
SAE J1708
9−Pin connector
(9.6kbps)
SAM Cab
Cabin CAN SAE J1939
(125kbps) (250kbps) Engine Control
Module
SAM Chassis
Pneumatic ABS
Module
Modular Switch
Field (Master)
Transmission
Control Module
Sub Bus
Slave Switch Steering Wheel

Instrument
Control Panels Switches
Cluster
HVAC Control
Stalk Switch Switches Front
Head Lamp
(Steering
Switch
Column)
HVAC Control
Switches Rear
Standard
Radio
Optional
VORAD
Engine Display
Qualcomm
07/02/2007 f040753
Fig. 3, Datalink Network Topology


• G02.01 — Electrical System and Main PDM Overview
• G02.03 — Central Gateway
• G02.04 — SAM Cab
• G02.06 — Modular Switch Field
• G03.01 — Datalink, J1587/J1708
• G03.02 — Datalink, J1939
• G03.03 — Datalink, Cabin CAN
• G03.04 — Datalink, Diagnostic CAN

3
2
05/08/2007 7 f544899
1. SAM Cab 5. J1939 Terminating Resistor

2. Starpoint Connector 6. Diagnostic Connector
3. Central Gateway 7. SAM Chassis
4. Modular Switch Field

D
E
C
F A B
J
G
H
05/01/2006 f151036b
Fig. 5, Diagnostic Connector
Diagnostic Connector
Pin Function
A Battery (–)
B Battery (+)
C J1939 CAN High (+)
D J1939 CAN Low (–)
E CAN Shield (ground)
F J1708/J1587 (+)
G J1708/J1587 (–)
H Diagnostic CAN High (+)
J Diagnostic CAN Low (–)
Table 2, Diagnostic Connector
08/29/2008 f544911
Fig. 6, Central Gateway Module, Cabin CAN Pins

CGW ECU (single connector)

Pin Function
1 Battery Power
2 J1708 (+)
3 Not used
4 Not used
5 Not used
6 Not used
7 Ground
8 J1708 (–)
9 Not used
10 Not used
11 Not used
12 Not used
13 Not used
14 Cabin CAN Low
15 Not used
16 J1939 CAN Low
17 Not used
18 Diagnostic CAN Low
19 Cabin CAN High
20 Not used
21 J1939 CAN High
22 Not used
23 Diagnostic CAN High
24 Not used
Table 3, CGW ECU (single connector)

1 4 7 10 13 16
2 5 8 11 14 17
3 6 9 12 15 18
12/04/2006 f544912
Fig. 7, Starpoint Connector

Pin Function
1 Cabin CAN High (to CGW)
2 Not connected
3 Cabin CAN Low (to CGW)
4 Cabin CAN High (to SAM Cab)
5 Not connected
6 Cabin CAN Low (to SAM Cab)
7 Cabin CAN High (to SAM Chassis)
8 Not connected
9 Cabin CAN Low (to SAM Chassis)
10 Cabin CAN High (to MSF)
11 Not connected
12 Cabin CAN Low (to MSF)
13 Not connected
14 Not connected
15 Not connected
16 Not connected
17 Ground
18 Not connected

11/29/2006 f610854
Fig. 8, Central Gateway
1
04/26/2006 f544831
1. Connector Tee
2. Terminating Resistor
Fig. 9, Connector Tee

04/18/2006 f544832
1. Terminating Resistor
Fig. 10, Terminating Resistor
700 — General Troubleshooting Techniques

Follow the steps below to troubleshoot the datalinks.
1. Identify which datalink has a problem.
2. Perform general electrical troubleshooting for wiring continuity and connections.
3. Refer to individual datalink chapters for more info to troubleshoot the specific datalink.

• ServiceLink
702 — Fault Codes

Refer to G03.01 — Datalink, J1587/J1708 to troubleshoot the J1587 and J1708 datalink.
Refer to G03.02 — Datalink, J1939 to troubleshoot the J1939 datalink.
Refer to G03.03 — Datalink, Cabin CAN to troubleshoot the Cabin CAN datalink.
Refer to G03.04 — Datalink, Diagnostic CAN to troubleshoot the Diagnostic CAN datalink.
703 — References
Refer to G01.04 — How to Locate a Schematic for information on wiring.

Any Datalink:
• wiring
• any ECU connected to the problem datalink
J1939 Datalink:
• terminal resistor value on J1939 datalink
Cabin CAN Datalink:
• starpoint connector resistor value on Cabin CAN datalink

800 — Wiring
Wiring
Wire Color
Datalink
High Low
J1939 Yellow Dark Green
J1587/J1708 Dark Green Orange
Cabin CAN Light Blue White
Brown with
Brown with
Diagnostic CAN Light Blue
White Stripe
Stripe
Table 5, Wiring
801 — Datalink Communication Rates

Datalink Communication Rates
Datalink Kilobits Per Second
J1939 250
J1587/J1708 9600
Cabin CAN 125
Diagnostic CAN 500
Table 6, Datalink Communication Rates
802 — ECU Identification on Datalinks

ECU Identification on Datalinks
ECU Description J1587 MID* J1939 SA† CAN ID
Engine 128 0 —
Transmission 130 3 —
Antilock Brakes 136 11 —
Instrument Cluster 140 23 —
Vehicle Security Unit (VSU) 163 — —
Data Logging Unit (DLU) 179 251 —
Collision Avoidance System
219 42 —
(headway controller)
SAM Cab — — 33
SAM Chassis — — 71

ECU Identification on Datalinks

ECU Description J1587 MID* J1939 SA† CAN ID
Modular Switch Field — — 49
Central Gateway — — 37
* Message Identifier
† Source Address
Table 7, ECU Identification on Datalinks

Central Gateway
Table of Contents
System Overview
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
Routing and Translating Messages Between Datalinks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
Interface Between Off-Board Tools and Cabin CAN ECUs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
ECU Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504
Components
Troubleshooting
Required Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700
Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
Fault Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
Cascadia Troubleshooting Manual, November 2007

Central Gateway

Parameter—A parameter is a specific value that is assigned to a feature or function of the vehicle, and allows
the customer to choose how that particular feature or function will work on the vehicle.
SAE—Society of Automotive Engineers
501 — General Information

The Central Gateway is an ECU (Electronic Control Unit), also called the "Central Gateway" (CGW) ECU.
The CGW has the following wiring connections:
• Each datalink on the vehicle: J1708, J1939, Cabin CAN, and Diagnostic CAN.
• On the Diagnostic CAN, the CGW has a direct connection to the diagnostic connector.
• On the Cabin CAN, the CGW is directly connected to the starpoint connector.
Cascadia Troubleshooting Manual, November 2007 G02.03/1

Central Gateway
Diagnostic CAN
Central Gateway
(500kbps) SAE J1939−13
SAE J1708
9−Pin connector
(9.6kbps)
SAM Cab
Cabin CAN SAE J1939
(125kbps) (250kbps)
07/02/2007 f040759
Fig. 1, Central Gateway, Diagnostic Connector, and Vehicle Datalinks
The CGW has the following main functions:

• Routes and translates messages between datalinks.
• Interfaces between off-board tools and Cabin CAN ECUs.
• Provides faults for any missing Cabin CAN ECUs.
The CGW receives battery power and ground from the SAM Cab; power comes through a 2A fuse (F20) on the
SAM Cab.
502 — Routing and Translating Messages Between Datalinks

The primary function of the CGW is to connect the four datalinks on the vehicle, and to route and translate the
datalink messages between them.
The J1939, J1708, Cabin CAN, and Diagnostic CAN datalinks have different characteristics, but they all work to-
gether to control the vehicle. The CGW acts as a translator between the communication protocols used on the
various datalinks.
In some instances, the Cabin CAN ECUs need information from J1939 or J1708 ECUs. In these cases, informa-
tion is sent by the J1939 or J1708 ECU. The CGW picks up the information and passes it to the appropriate
Cabin CAN ECU. Similarly, the reverse happens when a J1939 or J1708 ECU needs information from a Cabin
CAN ECU.
An example of Cabin CAN and J1939 interaction is the optional cruise control feature. The Engine ECU on the
J1939 datalink broadcasts a message containing vehicle speed. The SAM Cab ECU on the Cabin CAN datalink
uses the vehicle speed information to perform the cruise control feature. The vehicle speed message ﬂows from
the engine ECU to the SAM Cab as follows:
1. The engine ECU broadcasts the vehicle speed message on J1939.
2. The vehicle speed message is picked up by the CGW, from J1939 datalink.
3. The central gateway translates the vehicle speed message from J1939’s communication protocol to the
Cabin CAN communication protocol.
4. The central gateway routes the vehicle speed message to the Cabin CAN datalink.
5. The vehicle speed message is received by the SAM Cab ECU, and the information is used for cruise con-
trol logic.
G02.03/2 Cascadia Troubleshooting Manual, November 2007

Central Gateway
503 — Interface Between Off-Board Tools and Cabin CAN ECUs

The CGW acts as the interface between ECUs on the Cabin CAN and the outside world. Unlike the J1708 and
J1939 datalink, the Cabin CAN datalink does not have its own direct connection to the diagnostic connector.
Instead, it is connected to the CGW, which in turn has a direct connection to the diagnostic connector via the Di-
agnostic CAN datalink.
The CGW separates the Cabin CAN from off-board tools and acts as a firewall, which protects Freightliner’s pro-
prietary Cabin CAN datalink from "public" access. This allows for better protection from electrical damage and
better control of electrical capabilities, which leads to higher reliability for the ECUs.
504 — ECU Monitoring

The CGW monitors for any missing Cabin CAN ECUs. Each missing Cabin CAN ECU is described in a CAN
fault code generated by the CGW.
The CGW monitors all messages on the Cabin CAN datalink to see if an ECU stops sending messages. If this
happens, the CGW will report a fault code that a particular ECU is missing. The possible fault codes for missing
ECUs are listed in 702 — Fault Codes.
The ECU monitoring function stops when:
• under or over voltage is detected;
• the Cabin CAN stops communicating.

The diagnostic protocol used for troubleshooting or configuring the Central Gateway is the Controller Area Net-
work (CAN).
The Central Gateway does not have any parameters to configure.
The Central Gateway can be flashed using ServiceLink, which will flash to its same version or upgrade, if re-
quired.
The software flashing procedure should only be performed on the CGW in the following cases:
• Feature upgrade: Adding a new feature to a vehicle may require a newer version of ECU software. Ser-
viceLink will automatically make available any necessary software upgrades.
• Fixing a software problem in the existing software: In case a new version of ECU software is needed
to fix a problem in the existing ECU software, ServiceLink will automatically make available any necessary
software upgrades.
• Replacement of the Central Gateway: Flashing ensures that the most recent software is on the installed
ECU.
• As a last resort: Troubleshooting has narrowed the problem down to being at the Central Gateway itself
and no other mechanical or electrical causes for the symptom have been identified. As a last resort before
swapping the ECU, flashing the CGW software with the same version may help in the case it became cor-
rupt during the course of normal vehicle operation.
For instructions on how to use ServiceLink to flash the software of a CAN ECU like the Central Gateway, refer to
the ServiceLink User Guide or ServiceLink Help user documentation, available in ServiceLink’s "Help" menu.

Central Gateway

• G02.02 — Datalink Communication Structure
• G02.04 — SAM Cab
• G02.06 — Modular Switch Field
• G03.01 — Datalink, J1587/J1708
• G03.02 — Datalink, J1939

Central Gateway
Diagnostic CAN
Central Gateway
(500kbps) SAE J1939−13
SAE J1708
9−Pin connector
(9.6kbps)
SAM Cab
Cabin CAN SAE J1939
Module
SAM Chassis
Pneumatic ABS
Module
Modular Switch
Field (Master)
Transmission
Control Module
Sub Bus

Instrument
Cluster
HVAC Control
Head Lamp
(Steering
Switch
Column)
HVAC Control
Switches Rear
Standard
Radio
Optional
VORAD
Engine Display
Qualcomm
07/02/2007 f040753

Central Gateway
2
1
D
E
C
F A B
J
G
H
3
11/27/2006 f544909
1. Starpoint Connector 2. Central Gateway 3. Diagnostic Connector

Central Gateway
D
E
C
F A B
J
G
H
05/01/2006 f151036b
Pin Function
A Battery (–)
B Battery (+)
E Reserved
F J1708/J1587 (+)
G J1708/J1587 (–)
24 18 12 6
19 13 7 1
07/02/2007 f544911
Fig. 5, Central Gateway Module, Cabin CAN Pins

Central Gateway

Pin Function
1 Battery Power
2 J1708/J1587 (+)
7 Ground
8 J1708/J1587 (–)
14 Cabin CAN Low (–)
16 J1939 Low (–)
18 Diagnostic CAN Low (–)
19 Cabin CAN High (+)
21 J1939 High (+)
23 Diagnostic CAN High (+)
11/29/2006 f610854
Fig. 6, Central Gateway
700 — Required Tools

• ServiceLink

• Fuse F20 (CGW power) on the SAM Cab
• Wiring

Central Gateway
• Starpoint Connector (Cabin CAN)

• CGW
• J1939 Terminating Resistors
• J1587/J1708 Junction Block
• Diagnostic Connector
• Cabin CAN ECUs
702 — Fault Codes

Fault Codes
SA SPN FMI Fault Description Fault Trigger
Battery Power—Voltage below normal or CGW battery power (pin 1) fell below the lower
37 168 4
shorted to low limit of the system voltage range: 9V.
Battery Power—Voltage above normal or CGW battery power (pin 1) exceeded the upper
37 168 3
shorted to high limit of the system voltage range: 16V.
Program Memory—Bad intelligent device
37 628 12 The memory in the CGW has a problem.
or component
Cabin CAN perfomance failures (communication
is not possible) occur when:
• Diagnostic CAN High is shorted to GND

37 523510 31 Diagnostic CAN Performance
• Diagnostic CAN Low is shorted to BAT
• Diagnostic CAN Low is shorted to
Diagnostic CAN High
Cabin CAN perfomance failures (communication
• Cabin CAN High is shorted to GND

37 523511 31 Cabin CAN Performance
• Cabin CAN Low is shorted to BAT
• Cabin CAN Low is shorted to Cabin CAN
High
J1939 CAN performance failures (communication
• J1939 CAN High is shorted to GND

37 523512 31 J1939 CAN Performance
• J1939 CAN Low is shorted to BAT
• J1939 CAN Low is shorted to J1939 CAN
High
J1708 performance errors occur when:
• The busload (i.e. amount of data traffic) on

37 523513 31 J1708 Performance J1708 is too high.
• The CAN datalinks (Cabin CAN,
Diagnostic CAN, J1939 CAN) have
extremely high busload.*

Central Gateway
Fault Codes
Trigger: The fault is triggered when the CGW
does not see any messages from the SAM Cab
for at least 20 seconds. The fault becomes
historic as soon as the CGW sees messages
from the SAM Cab.
Vehicle Behavior: The SAM Cab and SAM
Chassis outputs may be behaving according to
"Emergency Power Mode" for a SAM Cab failure.
37 524033 31 Lost communication with SAM_CAB An indication of a SAM Cab failure is that all
gauges in the instrumentation control unit (ICU)
drop to zero because power to the ICU is lost.
Possible Causes: The SAM Cab is not
connected to the Cabin CAN datalink, or does not
have power.
Action: Check wiring from the Cabin CAN to the
SAM Cab, and the CGW. Check the SAM Cab
power supply cables.
does not see any messages from the MSF for at
least 20 seconds. The fault becomes historic as
soon as the CGW sees messages from the MSF.
Vehicle Behavior: Headlights automatically turn
on for safety. All functions where input switches
37 524049 31 Lost communication with MSF
are controlled by the MSF do not function, such
as turn and hazard functions, rotary switch
(headlamp) functions, and wiper.
Action: Check Cabin CAN wiring, especially
connections to the MSF and the CGW. Check
MSF power supply.
does not see any messages from the SAM
Chassis for at least 20 seconds. The fault
becomes historic as soon as the CGW sees
messages from the SAM Chassis.
Vehicle Behavior: SAM Cab and SAM Chassis
outputs may be behaving according to
"Emergency Power Mode" for a SAM Chassis
37 524071 31 Lost communication with SAM_CHAS
failure. An indication of a SAM Chassis failure is
that the ICU turn signal indicators flash alternately.
Possible Causes: The SAM Chassis is not
connected to the Cabin CAN datalink, or does not
have power.
Action: Check wiring from the Cabin CAN to the
SAM Chassis, and the CGW. Check the SAM
Chassis power supply cables.
* High bus load on a datalink may be caused by a faulty ECU, which broadcasts erroneous data, clogging up communication on the datalink.
Table 3, Fault Codes

SAM Cab
Table of Contents
System Overview
Fuses and Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
Datalink Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
Diagnostic CAN Datalink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504
Functional Messaging and ECU Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
Components
Pinout Mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
Fuse Mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603
Relay Mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700
Required Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
Fault Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703
Grounded Pins and Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704
Fused and FET Controlled Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705
Relayed Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 706
Logic Controlled Unfused Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 707
Logic Controlled Relayed Fused Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 708
Unfused Constant Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 709
Fused Battery Pass-Through Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 710
Specifications
Maximum Current Pin List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800
Cascadia Troubleshooting Manual, March 2010

SAM Cab

CPC—Common Powertrain Controller (for M-B and DDC engines only).
FMI—Failure Mode Indicator. The part of a J1587, J1939, and CAN fault code that identifies how part of a de-
vice, or item on a device, failed.
HVAC—Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning
ICU—Instrumentation Control Unit
I/O Controls—Input/Output controls allow a technician to activate and deactivate an input or output pin for trou-
bleshooting purposes. I/O controls appear on ServiceLink templates as buttons, typically labeled "ON" and
"OFF."
ISS—Ignition Switch Status
NO—Normally Open
NC—Normally Closed
OBD—Onboard Diagnostics
PDM—Power Distribution Module
PLVD—Progressive Low Voltage Disconnect
tionality.
Cascadia Troubleshooting Manual, March 2010 G02.04/1

SAM Cab
SPN—Suspect Parameter Number. The part of a J1939 or CAN fault code that identifies how part of a device, or
item on a device, failed.

The SAM Cab is an ECU (Electronic Control Unit). It is also referred to as the "SAM Cabin."
The SAM Cab works closely with the SAM Chassis to control much of the vehicle functionality. The SAM Cab
controls most of the cab functions. The SAM Chassis controls most of the chassis functions.
This ECU uses inputs (such as switches, sensors, and datalink messages) and drives outputs (such as lights,
motors, and solenoids). See 601 — Component Details for complete pin information.
IMPORTANT: This subject describes the SAM Cab ECU in general terms. To understand a particular
function or system that the SAM Cab is part of, see the appropriate subject in this manual on that
function or system. Each subject contains details about the way a function should work, as well as
crucial information such as inputs, outputs, interlocks, any related parameters for that particular func-
tion, and any other ECUs or components that are a part of that function.
502 — Fuses and Relays

The SAM Cab houses a number of fuses and relays.
See 601 — Component Details for fuse and relay locations. See 602 — Pinout Mapping, 603 — Fuse Map-
ping, and 604 — Relay Mapping for the functions associated with each pin, fuse, and relay.
For more information on the power distribution system, see G02.01 — Electrical System and Main PDM
Overview.
503 — Datalink Connections

The SAM Cab is connected directly to the Cabin CAN datalink. Cabin CAN wires run from the SAM Cab to the
starpoint connector, where it joins the rest of the Cabin CAN datalink.
See G03.03 — Datalink, Cabin CAN for details.
504 — Diagnostic CAN Datalink

ECUs via the Diagnostics CAN datalink; there is no accessible service port to the Cabin CAN. The CGW trans-
lates between the Diagnostics CAN and Cabin CAN datalink, due to the different speed and message formats of
the two datalinks.
505 — Functional Messaging and ECU Troubleshooting

To communicate with the ECU, a different set of messages is used by the off-board tool during troubleshooting
than the set of messages used during normal operation.
The set of messages used during normal operation is referred to as functional messages, which are sent cycli-
cally on the Cabin CAN datalink. However, the set of messages (protocol) used during troubleshooting is referred
to as Control Area Network (CAN), which operates on a request-and-response basis over the Diagnostic CAN
datalink.
G02.04/2 Cascadia Troubleshooting Manual, March 2010

SAM Cab
Any fault reported on the Cabin CAN is translated to Diagnostics CAN by the CGW, and can be displayed when
requested by an off-board tool, such as ServiceLink. Similarly, an off-board tool is able to display input and out-
put pin status information, software interlocks, and allows a user to control inputs or outputs for troubleshooting.
This information is displayed in ServiceLink’s Datalink Monitor (DLM) templates.

The diagnostic protocol used for troubleshooting or configuring the SAM Cab is the Control Area Network (CAN).
For more information on CAN, see G03.04 — Datalink, Diagnostic CAN.
The SAM Cab has parameters that can be viewed or changed for vehicle configuration.
The SAM Cab software can be flashed using ServiceLink, which will flash to its same version or upgrade, if re-
quired.
The software flashing procedure should only be performed on the SAM Cab in the following cases:
• As a last resort: Troubleshooting has narrowed the problem down to being at the SAM Cab itself and no
other mechanical or electrical causes for the symptom have been identified. As a last resort, flashing the
SAM Cab software with the same version may help in the case it became corrupt during the course of nor-
mal vehicle operation.
• For a feature upgrade: Adding a new feature to a vehicle may require a newer version of ECU software.
ServiceLink will automatically make available any necessary software upgrades.
• Fixing a problem in the existing software: In case a new version of ECU software is needed to fix a
problem in the existing ECU software, ServiceLink will automatically make available any necessary soft-
ware upgrades.
• Replacing the SAM Cab: Flashing ensures that the most recent software is on the installed ECU.
For instructions on how to use ServiceLink to flash the software of a CAN ECU like the SAM Cab, refer to the
ServiceLink User Guide or ServiceLink Help user documentation, available in ServiceLink’s "Help" menu.

SAM Cab
Diagnostic CAN
Central Gateway
(500kbps) SAE J1939−13
SAE J1708
9−Pin connector
(9.6kbps)
SAM Cab
Cabin CAN SAE J1939
Module
SAM Chassis
Pneumatic ABS
Module
Modular Switch
Field (Master)
Transmission
Control Module
Sub Bus

Instrument
Cluster
HVAC Control
Head Lamp
(Steering
Switch
Column)
HVAC Control
Switches Rear
Standard
Radio
Optional
VORAD
Engine Display
Qualcomm
07/02/2007 f040753

SAM Cab
2 3
6
07/18/2007 f544916
1. SAM Cab 3. Central Gateway 5. Diagnostic Connector

2. Starpoint Connector 4. Modular Switch Field 6. SAM Chassis
NOTE: J1939 and J1708 ECUs in this diagram are not intended to represent actual vehicle configura-
tion.

SAM Cab
02/07/2007 f544945
Fig. 3, SAM Cab

SAM Cab
X18 X21
X19
X20
X13 X12 X11 X10

12/18/2009 f544999
Fig. 4, SAM Cab Connectors (top view)

SAM Cab
X18
X21
X19
R11
X20
R7
F22
F1 R1 F19 R3
X4
F29
X1
X5
X14
X2
X15
X6
X3
X16
X7
X17
X8
R14
X9 F40
R15
NOTE: The square labels indicate fuses and relays,

and the circular labels indicate connectors. F13 F18 R6 F28 R10
09/19/2007 f545092
Fig. 5, SAM Cab Fuses and Relays (bottom view)
NOTE: Not all fuse and relay locations are labeled in this image. Locations for fuses and relays in the
middle can be determined based on end labels of a row. For example, fuse F17 is one above F18,
and R8 is one below R7 and two above R10. All connectors are labeled in this image.
D
E
C
F A B
J
G
H
05/01/2006 f151036b

SAM Cab
Pin Function
A Battery (–)
B Battery (+)
E No Connection
F J1708/J1587 (+)
G J1708/J1587 (–)
602 — Pinout Mapping

NOTE: The housing of the SAM Cab contains raised lettering, labeling all connectors, fuses, and re-
lays.
The SAM Cab is available in different hardware models: Highline, Midline, and Baseline. Table 2 describes any
differences in pin functionality between these hardware models
Pinout Mapping
Function
Connector Cavity Number
Highline Baseline Midline
Transmission temperature gauge, Transmission temperature gauge,
X1 1 —
Ignition Ignition
X1 2 Hands-Free Phone, Ground Not Connected —
X1 3 Cabin HVAC Controller, Battery Cabin HVAC Controller, Battery —
X1 4 Hands-Free Phone, Ignition Not Connected —
X1 5 Heated Seats, Ground Not Connected —
X1 6 Sleeper HVAC Controller, Battery Sleeper HVAC Controller, Battery —
X1 7 Hands-Free Phone, Battery Not Connected —
Auxiliary Circulation Fan,
X1 8 Not Connected —
Sleeper, Ground
Transmission Shift Control Panel, Transmission Shift Control Panel,
X1 9 —
Battery Battery
Cabin HVAC Controller,
X1 10 Cabin HVAC Controller, Accessory —
Accessory
X1 11 Sleeper HVAC Controller, Ground Sleeper HVAC Controller, Ground —
X1 12 Heated Seats, Ignition Not Connected —
Auxiliary Circulation Fan,
Sleeper, Battery

SAM Cab
Pinout Mapping
Function
X1 14 Cabin HVAC Controller, Ground Cabin HVAC Controller, Ground —
Sleeper HVAC Controller,
X1 15 Sleeper HVAC Controller, Accessory —
Accessory
X2 1 Auxiliary Heater (ESPAR), Power Not Connected —
X2 2 MSF, Ground MSF, Ground —
X2 3 OBD J1939, Battery OBD J1939, Battery —
X2 4 VCU/CPC, Ignition VCU/CPC, Ignition —
Area Lighting (Lower Bunk Area
Area Lighting (Lower Bunk Area and
X2 5 and Sleeper Work Surface), —
Sleeper Work Surface), Ground
Ground
X2 6 Reserved for future use Reserved for future use —
Starter relay output from Engine Starter relay output from Engine
X2 7 —
Controller (Optimized Idle) Controller (Optimized Idle)
Diagnostic Connector, Ground 1
X2 8 Diagnostic Connector, Ground 1 (GND1) —
(GND1)
X2 9 Diagnostic Connector, Ignition Diagnostic Connector, Ignition —
Hardwired ISS (Ignition Switch Hardwired ISS (Ignition Switch Status),
X2 10 —
Status), Cab Cab
X2 11 Diagnostic Connector, Ground 2 Diagnostic Connector, Ground 2 —
X2 12 MSF, Battery MSF, Battery —
Collision Avoidance System,
Battery
Ignition
Area Lighting (Lower Bunk Area
Area Lighting (Lower Bunk Area and
X2 15 and Sleeper Work Surface), —
Sleeper Work Surface), Battery
Battery
Ground
Auxiliary Heater (ESPAR),
Ground
X2 18 Emergency Battery, Cab Emergency Battery, Cab —
GPS (Global Positioning
System), Battery
Antitheft Warning System,
Battery
12V Power Receptacle 4 12V Power Receptacle 4 (Sleeper,
X3 3 —
(Sleeper, Cigar), Battery Cigar), Battery
X3 4 Advertising Light, Accessory Not Connected —
X3 5 Standalone HVAC, Battery Standalone HVAC, Battery —
X3 6 SRS Airbag, Ignition Not Connected —
X3 7 Utility Light Utility Light —

SAM Cab
Pinout Mapping
Function
X3 8 Not Connected Not Connected —
X3 9 Amplifier Power, Accessory Not Connected —
GPS (Global Positioning
System), Ignition
X3 11 Radio, Battery Radio, Battery —
X3 13 Standalone HVAC, Ground Standalone HVAC, Ground —
X3 14 SRS Airbag, Ground Not Connected —
X3 15 —
CGW (Central Gateway ECU),
X3 16 CGW (Central Gateway ECU), Ground —
Ground
X3 17 Amplifier Power, Ground Not Connected —
CGW (Central Gateway ECU),
X3 18 CGW (Central Gateway ECU), Battery —
Battery
X3 19 Radio, Ground Radio, Ground —
Antitheft Warning System,
Ground
X3 21 Utility Light, Ground Utility Light, Ground —
Power Feed Spare Output I,
X4 1 Power Feed Spare Output I, Battery —
Battery
Power Feed Spare Output III,
Battery
Power Feed Spare Output I,
X4 3 Power Feed Spare Output I, Ground —
Ground
Power Feed Spare Output III,
Ground
Power Feed Spare Output II,
X5 1 Power Feed Spare Output II, Battery —
Battery
Power Feed Spare Output IV,
Battery
Power Feed Spare Output II,
X5 3 Power Feed Spare Output II, Ground —
Ground
Power Feed Spare Output IV,
Ground
X6 1 CB Radio, Ground CB Radio, Ground —
Fleet Management System,
X6 2 Fleet Management System, Battery —
Battery
X6 3 CB Radio, Battery CB Radio, Battery —
X6 4 Instrument Cluster, Ground Instrument Cluster, Ground —
Power Feed Driver Information
System, Ignition

SAM Cab
Pinout Mapping
Function
X6 6 Fleet Management System, Ignition —
Ignition
X6 7 Fleet Management System, Ground —
Ground
Power Feed Gauge Pyrometer,
Ignition
12V Power Receptacle 2 (Dash, 12V Power Receptacle 2 (Dash, Phone),
X6 9 —
Phone), Battery Battery
Power Feed Gauge Axle Power Feed Gauge Axle Temperature,
X6 10 —
Temperature, Ignition Ignition
Power Feed Gauge Engine Oil Power Feed Gauge Engine Oil
X6 11 —
Temperature, Ignition Temperature, Ignition
X6 12 Power Feed Clock Cab, Battery Power Feed Clock Cab, Battery —
System, Battery
Power Feed Clock Sleeper,
X6 14 Power Feed Clock Sleeper, Battery —
Battery
12V Power Receptacle 1 (Dash, 12V Power Receptacle 1 (Dash, Cigar),
X6 15 —
Cigar), Battery Battery
X6 16 Instrument Cluster, Ignition Instrument Cluster, Ignition —
X6 18 Instrument Cluster, Battery Instrument Cluster, Battery —
Sleeper HVAC Fan Motor,
X7 1 Sleeper HVAC Fan Motor, Ground —
Ground
X7 2 Cabin HVAC Fan Motor, Ground Cabin HVAC Fan Motor, Ground —
X7 3 Sleeper HVAC Fan Motor, Battery Sleeper HVAC Fan Motor, Battery —
X7 4 Cabin HVAC Fan Motor, Battery Cabin HVAC Fan Motor, Battery —
Door Open Driver Side Input Pull
X8 1 Door Open Driver Side Input Pull Down —
Down
X8 2 Mirror Heating Driver, Ground Mirror Heating Driver, Ground —
X8 3 Door Control Driver, Ground Door Control Driver, Ground —
X8 4 Door Control Driver, Battery Door Control Driver, Battery —
X8 5 Door Open Status ICU Input Door Open Status ICU Input —
X8 6 Door Lock, Battery Door Lock, Battery —
Power Window Driver Side,
X8 7 Power Window Driver Side, Accessory —
Accessory
X8 8 Mirror Heating Driver Mirror Heating Driver —
X8 9 Door Sill Lamp Driver Door Sill Lamp Driver —
Body Builder Connector:
Revolution

SAM Cab
Pinout Mapping
Function
Body Builder Connector: Vehicle
Speed
X9 3 Function Pin 1 Function Pin 1 —
Body Builder Connector: Park
Brake
Body Builder Connector: Ground
1 (GND1)
Body Builder Connector: Backup
Lamp
Body Builder Connector: Marker
Lights
X9 11 Body Builder Connector: Ignition Not Connected —
Body Builder Connector: Tail
Lights
Body Builder Connector: Right
Turn
Body Builder Connector: Left
Turn
Body Builder Connector: Stop
Lights
X10 1 Tire Pressure Monitoring, Ignition Not Connected —
Inside Temperature Sensor, Inside Temperature Sensor, Propeller
X10 2 —
Propeller Control, Accessory Control, Accessory
X10 3 Belt Buckle Contact Signal Not Connected —
X10 4 Panel Lamps, Ground Panel Lamps, Ground —
X10 5 Tire Pressure Monitoring, Ground Not Connected —
Vehicle Power Shut Down Signal Vehicle Power Shut Down Signal
X10 6 —
(Optimized Idle) (Optimized Idle)
Service Brake Pressure Switch,
X10 7 Service Brake Pressure Switch, Supply —
Supply
Power Feed Sleeper Thermostat Power Feed Sleeper Thermostat
X10 8 —
(Optimized Idle), Ground (Optimized Idle), Ground
Inside Temperature Sensor,
X10 9 Inside Temperature Sensor, Feedback —
Feedback
Power Feed Sleeper Thermostat Power Feed Sleeper Thermostat
X10 10 —
(Optimized Idle), Ignition (Optimized Idle), Ignition
Inside Temperature Sensor/ Inside Temperature Sensor/Propeller,
X10 11 —
Propeller, Ground Ground

SAM Cab
Pinout Mapping
Function
X10 13 Panel Lamps Panel Lamps —
Inside Temperature Sensor,
X10 14 Inside Temperature Sensor, Ground —
Ground
X10 15 Belt Buckle Contacts, Ground Not Connected —
X10 16 Tire Pressure Monitoring, Battery Not Connected —
X10 17 Instrument Cluster, HL Wake Up Instrument Cluster, HL Wake Up —
X10 18 Radio, Accessory Radio, Accessory —
Differential Lock ICU Indicator,
RA2
X11 2 Washer Level ICU Indicator Washer Level ICU Indicator —
Electrical Global Fault Indicator Electrical Global Fault Indicator (Future
X11 3 —
(Future Use) Use)
Fuel Water Separator ICU
Indicator
Differential Lock ICU Indicator,
X11 5 Differential Lock ICU Indicator, RA1 —
RA1
Low Air Pressure Switch ICU
X11 6 Low Air Pressure Switch ICU Indicator —
Indicator
X11 7 Lights On Buzzer Lights On Buzzer —
X11 8 Air Filter Restriction ICU Indicator Air Filter Restriction ICU Indicator —
X11 9 High Beam ICU Indicator High Beam ICU Indicator —
X11 10 Rain / Light Sensor, Ground Not Connected —
X11 11 Turn Signal Left ICU Indicator Turn Signal Left ICU Indicator —
Alternator No Charge ICU
X11 12 Alternator No Charge ICU Indicator —
Indicator
X11 13 Turn Signal Right ICU Indicator Turn Signal Right ICU Indicator —
X11 14 Park Brake Switch ICU Indicator Park Brake Switch ICU Indicator —
X11 15 Rain / Light Sensor, LIN Not Connected —
X11 16 Clutch Switch Return, Ground Clutch Switch Return, Ground —
Top of Clutch (Cruise Control
X11 17 Top of Clutch (Cruise Control Disable) —
Disable)
X11 18 Auxiliary Telematic Unit, Ground Not Connected —
X11 19 Auxiliary Telematic Unit, Battery Not Connected —
X11 20 Bottom of Clutch (Starter Control) Bottom of Clutch (Starter Control) —
X11 21 Rain / Light Sensor, Battery Not Connected —
Rear Baggage Compartment Rear Baggage Compartment Light
X12 1 —
Light Switch Center Switch Center
X12 2 —
Light Switch Left Switch Left
X12 3 Footwell Light Footwell Light —

SAM Cab
Pinout Mapping
Function
X12 4 Dome Lamps Sleeper, Ground Dome Lamps Sleeper, Ground —
X12 5 —
Light Switch Right Switch Right
Reading Lamp 1 (Dimmable /
X12 6 Reading Lamp 1 (Dimmable / Theater) —
Theater)
Reading Lamps 1 & 2 (Dimmable Reading Lamps 1 & 2 (Dimmable /
X12 8 —
/ Theater), Ground Theater), Ground
X12 9 General Sleeper Lamp General Sleeper Lamp —
X12 10 Footwell Light, Ground Footwell Light, Ground —
X12 11 General Sleeper Lamp, Ground General Sleeper Lamp, Ground —
Rear Baggage Compartment
X12 12 Rear Baggage Compartment Lights —
Lights
Rear Baggage Compartment Rear Baggage Compartment Lights,
X12 14 —
Lights, Ground Ground
X12 15 Turn Left Front Side Turn Left Front Side —
Reading Lamp 2 (Dimmable /
X12 16 Reading Lamp 2 (Dimmable / Theater) —
Theater)
X12 17 Dome Lamp, Rear Dome Lamp, Rear —
X12 18 Turn Right Front Side Turn Right Front Side —
X13 2 SAM Cab, Cabin CAN Low (-) SAM Cab, Cabin CAN Low (-) —
X13 3 SAM Cab, Cabin CAN High (+) SAM Cab, Cabin CAN High (+) —
X13 4 Ignition Switch - Off Not Connected —
X13 5 Ignition Switch - Accessory Ignition Switch - Accessory —
X13 6 Ignition Switch - On (Ignition) Ignition Switch - On (Ignition) —
X13 7 Ignition Switch - Battery Ignition Switch - Battery —
X13 8 Park Brake Switch Feedback Park Brake Switch Feedback —
X13 9 Park Brake Switch Supply Park Brake Switch Supply —
Low Air Pressure Switch
X13 10 Low Air Pressure Switch Feedback —
Feedback
X13 11 Low Air Pressure Switch Supply Low Air Pressure Switch Supply —
Service Brake Pressure Switch Service Brake Pressure Switch
X13 12 —
Feedback Feedback
Horn Switch uC (microcontroller)
X13 13 Horn Switch uC (microcontroller) Bypass —
Bypass
X13 14 Start Enable - Crank Interlock Not Connected —
X13 15 Ignition Switch - Crank Ignition Switch - Crank —

SAM Cab
Pinout Mapping
Function
X14 1 —
X14 2 —
(Sleeper, Refrigerator), Battery Refrigerator), Battery
12V Power Receptacles 3 & 4,
X14 3 12V Power Receptacles 3 & 4, Ground —
Ground
Ground
Power Feed Spare Output V,
Battery
Power Feed Spare Output VI,
Battery
Power Feed Spare Output V,
Ground
Ground
X16 1 CD Player, Battery Not Connected —
X16 2 Lane Guidance, Ignition Not Connected —
X16 3 Lane Guidance, Ground Not Connected —
X16 4 Clearance Lamps Front II Clearance Lamps Front II —
Auxiliary Circulation Fan -
Windshield, Accessory
X16 6 CD Player, Ground Not Connected —
X16 7 Dome Lamp Cab, Battery Dome Lamp Cab, Battery —
X16 8 Clearance Lamps Front I Clearance Lamps Front I —
X16 9 Clearance Lamps Front, Ground Clearance Lamps Front, Ground —
Dome Lamp, Driver / Forward
X16 11 Dome Lamp, Driver / Forward Overhead —
Overhead
X16 12 Reading Lamps 3 & 4, Ground Reading Lamps 3 & 4, Ground —
X16 13 Reading Lamp 4, Battery Reading Lamp 4, Battery —
X16 14 Dome Lamp, Passenger Dome Lamp, Passenger —
X16 15 Dome Lamps, Forward, Ground Dome Lamps, Forward, Ground —
X16 16 Spot Light Spot Light —
Overhead Compartment Lights,
X16 17 Overhead Compartment Lights, Battery —
Battery
Auxiliary Circulation Fan -
Windshield, Ground
Power Window Passenger Side, Power Window Passenger Side,
X17 1 —
Accessory Accessory
X17 2 Mirror Heating Passenger Mirror Heating Passenger —

SAM Cab
Pinout Mapping
Function
X17 3 Door Sill Lamp Passenger Door Sill Lamp Passenger —
X17 4 Door Control Passenger, Battery Door Control Passenger, Battery —
Door Open Passenger Side,
X17 5 Door Open Passenger Side, Input —
Input
Keyless Go / Keyless Entry,
Ground
Keyless Go / Keyless Entry,
Battery
Mirror Heating Passenger,
X17 8 Mirror Heating Passenger, Ground —
Ground
X17 9 Door Control Passenger, Ground Door Control Passenger, Ground —
Marker Lamps, Front Left,
X18 1 Marker Lamps, Front Left, Ground —
Ground
Headlamp, Turn Lamp Corner Headlamp, Turn Lamp Corner Right,
X18 2 —
Right, Ground Ground
X18 3 Horn (Electric), Ground Horn (Electric), Ground —
Marker Lamps, Corner Front Marker Lamps, Corner Front Right,
X18 4 —
Right, Ground Ground
X18 5 Low Beam, Left Low Beam, Left —
X18 6 High Beam, Left High Beam, Left —
Headlamp, Turn Lamp Corner Headlamp, Turn Lamp Corner Left,
X18 7 —
Left, Ground Ground
Marker Lamps, Corner Front
X18 8 Marker Lamps, Corner Front Right —
Right
X18 9 Turn Right Front Corner Turn Right Front Corner —
Marker Lamps, Front Right,
X18 10 Marker Lights, Front Right, Ground —
Ground
Hood Tilt Switch Signal
X18 11 Hood Tilt Switch Signal (Optimized Idle) —
(Optimized Idle)
X18 12 Marker Lamps, Front Right Marker Lamps, Front Right —
Marker Lamps, Corner Front Marker Lamps, Corner Front Left,
X18 13 —
Left, Ground Ground
X18 14 Marker Lamps, Front Left Marker Lamps, Front Left —
DRL (Daytime Running Lights),
X18 15 DRL (Daytime Running Lights), Right —
Right
X18 16 Marker Lamps, Corner Front Left Marker Lamps, Corner Front Left —
X18 17 High Beam, Right High Beam, Right —
DRL (Daytime Running Lights),
X18 18 DRL (Daytime Running Lights), Left —
Left
X18 19 Turn Left Front Corner Turn Left Front Corner —
X18 20 Low Beam, Right Low Beam, Right —

SAM Cab
Pinout Mapping
Function
X18 21 Horn (Electric), Control Horn (Electric), Control —
X19 1 Activate PTO Solenoid, Ground Not Connected —
X19 2 Starter Relay, Ground Starter Relay, Ground —
X19 3 Starter Relay Starter Relay —
X19 6 A/C Compressor Clutch A/C Compressor Clutch —
X19 9 Activate PTO Solenoid, Control Not Connected —
HVAC Pressure Transducer,
X19 10 HVAC Pressure Transducer, Feedback —
Feedback
Air Intake Warmer / Grid Heater,
Ignition
HVAC Pressure Transducer,
X19 12 HVAC Pressure Transducer, Return —
Return
Air Filter Restriction Sensor,
X19 13 Air Filter Restriction Sensor, Ignition —
Ignition
X19 14 Hood Tilt Switch Signal Supply Hood Tilt Switch Signal Supply —
Air Filter Restriction Sensor,
X19 15 Air Filter Restriction Sensor, Signal —
Signal
Hood Tilt & Neutral & Park Brake Hood Tilt & Neutral & Park Brake
X19 16 —
(Optimized Idle) (Optimized Idle)
HVAC Pressure Transducer, HVAC Pressure Transducer, Supply
X19 17 —
Supply (+5V) (+5V)
X19 18 Engine ECU, Ignition Engine ECU, Ignition —
X19 19 PTO Response (Feedback) Not Connected —
X19 20 Ether Start Power, Ignition Ether Start Power, Ignition —
X19 21 PTO Solenoid Activated Not Connected —
X20 1 Fog Lamp, Front Right, Ground Fog Lamp, Front Right, Ground —
Distance Sensor (Adaptive
Cruise Control), Ground
X20 3 Fog Lamp, Front Left, Ground Fog Lamp, Front Left, Ground —
High / Low Beam Auxiliary Right, High / Low Beam Auxiliary Right,
X20 4 —
Ground Ground
High / Low Beam Auxiliary Left,
X20 5 High / Low Beam Auxiliary Left, Ground —
Ground
X20 7 Washer Pump, Ground Washer Pump, Ground —
X20 8 Fog Lamp, Front Left Fog Lamp, Front Left —

SAM Cab
Pinout Mapping
Function
X20 10 High Beam Auxiliary, Left Not Connected —
X20 11 Low Beam Auxiliary, Left Low Beam Auxiliary, Left —
X20 12 High Beam Auxiliary, Right Not Connected —
Temperature Sensor Outside Air Temperature Sensor Outside Air Gauge,
X20 13 —
Gauge, Ignition Ignition
X20 14 Low Beam Auxiliary, Right Low Beam Auxiliary, Right —
X20 15 Turn Right Front Side Turn Right Front Side —
Temperature Sensor Outside Air, Temperature Sensor Outside Air,
X20 16 —
Feedback Feedback
X20 17 Fog Lamp, Front Right Fog Lamp, Front Right —
Temperature Sensor Outside Air,
X20 18 Temperature Sensor Outside Air, Ground —
Ground
Distance Sensor (Adaptive
Cruise Control), Battery
X20 20 Washer Pump, Control Washer Pump, Control —
X20 21 Washer Fluid Level, Feedback Washer Fluid Level, Feedback —
X21 1 Horn (Pneumatic), Ground Not Connected —
X21 3 Wiper, Ground Wiper, Ground —
X21 5 Utility Light, Ground Utility Light, Ground —
X21 6 LVD Sense, Ground LVD Sense, Ground —
X21 8 Alternator Charging, Feedback Alternator Charging, Feedback —
X21 9 Wiper Parked Wiper Parked —
X21 10 Horn (Pneumatic), Control Not Connected —
X21 11 Turn Left Front Side Turn Left Front Side —
X21 12 Wiper Low Wiper Low —
LVD Sense, Battery / Emergency
X21 13 LVD Sense, Battery / Emergency Supply —
Supply
X21 14 Utility Light Utility Light —
X21 15 Wiper High Wiper High —
Table 2, Pinout Mapping

SAM Cab
603 — Fuse Mapping

Fuse Mapping
Fuse Fuse Name Rating Connection Pin Function
X4 1 Power Feed Spare Output I, BAT
F1 PWR FD SPARE 1&3 30
X4 2 Power Feed Spare Output III, BAT
X1 3 Cabin HVAC controller, BAT
CAB/SLPR HVAC X1 6 Sleeper HVAC controller, BAT
F2 15
CTRL/SHF PNL
Transmission shift control panel,
X1 9
BAT
X5 1 Power Feed Spare Output II, BAT
X5 2 Power Feed Spare Output IV, BAT
MODULAR SWITCH
F4 15 X2 12 MSF, BAT
FIELD
X2 3 OBD J1939, BAT
F5 OBD J1939-BAT 10
X2 6 OBD DCDI, BAT
12V Power Receptacle 1 BAT
F6 DASH PWR RCPT 1 15 X6 15
(Dash, Cigar)
F7 DASH PWR RCPT 2 15 X6 9
(Dash, Phone)
X1 7 Hands-free phone, BAT
F8 PHONE/RADIO-BAT 15
X3 11 Radio, BAT
F9 AMPLIFIER PWR 20 X3 9 Amplifier Power, ACC
F10 CAB HVAC MTR 30 X7 4 Cabin HVAC fan motor, BAT
F11 SLPR HVAC MTR 30 X7 3 Sleeper HVAC fan motor, BAT
F12 DR CTRL L 20 X8 4 Door control driver, BAT
X2 13 Collision avoidance system, BAT
F13 DR LOCK/SM CRUISE 20
X8 6 Door lock, BAT
X6 2 Fleet Management System, BAT
F14 FTL MGM SYS and CB 25
X6 3 CB Radio, BAT
F15 SLPR PWR RCPT 3 20 X3 15
(Sleeper, Cigar)
F16 STAND ALONE HVAC 7.5 X3 5 Stand Alone HVAC, BAT
(Sleeper, Cigar)
X3 1 GPS, BAT
TELEMATICS/ X3 2 Antitheft warning system, BAT
F18 15
WARNING SYS X10 16 Tire Pressure Monitoring, BAT
X11 19 Auxiliary Telematic Unit, BAT
F19 HEATED SEAT 20 X1 12 Heated Seats, IGN
F20 CENTRAL GATEWAY 2 X3 18 CGW, BAT

SAM Cab
Fuse Mapping
Area Lighting BAT (Lwr Bunk and
F21 AREA LIGHT 15 X2 15
Sleeper Work Surface)
Instrument Cluster / Horn switch
F22 ICU-BAT 5 X6 18
supply, BAT
X3 10 GPS, IGN
X6 5
System, IGN
X6 6 Fleet Management System, IGN
F23 DR INFO/GAUGE 15 Power Feed Gauge Pyrometer,
X6 8
IGN
Power Feed Gauge Axle Temp,
X6 10
IGN
Power Feed Gauge Engine Oil
X6 11
Temp, IGN
X2 9 Diagnostic Connector, IGN
F24 ICU-IGN 10
X6 16 Instrument Cluster, IGN
X1 1 Trans Temp Gauge, IGN
F25 DASH SPLICE PAK 7.5 X1 4 Dash Splice, IGN
X2 14 Collision Avoidance System, IGN
F26 SRS-AIRBACK 5 X3 6 SRS Airbag, IGN
F27 MIRROR HEAT L 10 X8 8 Mirror Heat, Driver
F28 MIRROR HEAT R 10 X17 2 Mirror Heat, Passenger
F29 SAM RELAY COILS 3 N/A N/A Internal Relay Coil Supply
12V Pwr Recept 6 BAT (Sleeper,
F30 PWR RCPT 6/FRIG 20 X14 2
Refrigerator)
(Sleeper, Cigar)
X15 1 Power feed spare output V, BAT
X15 2 Power feed spare output VI, BAT
F33 SPOT LIGHT 20 X16 16 Spot Light
Overhead Compartment Light,
F34 BAG COMP LIGHT 3 X16 17
BAT
F35 DOMELAMP CAB 15 X16 7 Dome Lamp Cab, BAT
Auxiliary Circulation Fan (Sleeper)
AUX CIR FAN/RD X1 13
F36 15 BAT
LAMP
X16 13 Reading Lamp 4 BAT

SAM Cab
Fuse Mapping
X6 12 Power Feed Clock Cab, BAT
X6 13
System, BAT
CLK/DRV INFO/CD/ Power Feed Clock sleeper, BAT -
F37 15 X6 14
KEYLESS
X6/14
X16 1 CD-Player, BAT
X17 7 Keyless Go /Keyless Entry, BAT
F38 DR CTRL R 20 X17 4 Door control passenger, BAT
Power Window Passenger Side,
F39 PWR WINDOW R 15 X17 1
ACC
F40 PWR WINDOW L 15 X8 7 Power Window Driver Side, ACC
Table 3, Fuse Mapping
604 — Relay Mapping

Relay Mapping
Relay Coil Relay
(low current side) (high current side)
Relay Relay Name Conn. Pin Circuits Supplied
Control (-) Control (+) Common Suppl.
Type
(86) (85) (30) Pwr To
Power Feed Spare
PWR FD 1
F29 (batt Output I - BAT
R1 SPARE 1&3, SAM Micro Batt NC F1 X4
power) Power Feed Spare
BAT 2
Output III - BAT
Power Feed Spare
PWR FD 1
F29 (batt Output II, BAT
R2 SPARE 2&4, SAM Micro Batt NC F3 X5
power) Power Feed Spare
BAT 2
Output IV, BAT
HEAT SEAT, F29 (batt
R3 SAM Micro Batt NO F19 X1 12 Heated Seats, IGN
IGN power)
12V Power Receptacle
DASH PWR F6 15
F29 (batt 1 BAT (Dash, Cigar)
R4 RCPT 1&2, SAM Micro Batt NC X6
power) 12V Power Receptacle
BAT F7 9
2 BAT (Dash, Phone)
FLT MGM 3 CB Radio BAT
F29 (batt
R5 SYS & CB, SAM Micro Batt NC F14 X6 Fleet Management
power) 2
BAT System BAT
PWR RCPT 12V Power Receptacle
F29 (batt F15 15
R6 3 & STD SAM Micro Batt NC X3 3 BAT (Sleeper, Cigar)
power)
HVAC, BAT F16 5 Stand Alone HVAC

SAM Cab
Relay Mapping
Relay Coil Relay
Type
(86) (85) (30) Pwr To
X3 10 GPS, IGN
Power Feed Driver
5 Information System,
IGN
Fleet Management
DRV 6
F29 (batt System, IGN
R7 INFOGAUGE, SAM Micro Batt NO F23
power) X6 Power Feed Gauge
IGN 8
Pyrometer, IGN
Power Feed Gauge
10
Axle Temp, IGN
Power Feed Gauge
11
Engine Oil Temp, IGN
Diagnostics Connector,
X2 9
IGN
F24
Instrument Cluster,
X6 16
IGN
ICU/ Transmission Temp
F29 (batt X1 1
R8 VEHICLE SAM Micro Batt NO Gauge, IGN
power)
SYS, IGN
F25 X1 4 Dash Splice, IGN
Collision Avoidance
X2 14
System, IGN
F26 X3 6 SRS Airbag, IGN
AMPLIFIER F29 (batt
R9 SAM Micro Batt NO F9 X3 9 Amplifier Power, ACC
PWR, ACC power)
MIRROR F29 (batt F27 X8 8 Mirror Heat, Driver
R10 SAM Micro Batt NO
HEAT power) F28 X17 2 Mirror Heat, Passenger
PWR RCPT F29 (batt
R11 SAM Micro Batt NC F30 X14 2 6 BAT (Sleeper,
6/FRIG, BAT power)
Refrigerator)
PWR RCPT F29 (batt 12V Power Receptacle
R12 SAM Micro Batt NC F31 X14 1
5, BAT power) 5 BAT (Sleeper, Cigar)
Area Lighting BAT
F21 X2 15 (Lower Bunk Area and
CAB Sleeper Work Surface)
F29 (batt Overhead
R13 LIGHTING, SAM Micro Batt NC
power) F34 X16 17 Compartment Light,
BAT
BAT
F35 X16 7 Dome Lamp Cab, BAT

SAM Cab
Relay Mapping
Relay Coil Relay
Type
(86) (85) (30) Pwr To
F17 X3 3
PWR RCPT4/ 4 BAT (Sleeper, Cigar)
F29 (batt Auxiliary Circulation
R14 CIR FAN/ SAM Micro Batt NC X1 13
power)
LAMP, BAT F36 Fan, Sleeper, BAT
X16 13 Reading Lamp 4, BAT
Power Window
PWR F39 X17 1
F29 (batt Passenger Side, ACC
R15 WINDOW, SAM Micro Batt NO
power) Power window Driver
ACC F40 X8 7
Side, ACC
Table 4, Relay Mapping
700 — Troubleshooting Overview

IMPORTANT: If the symptom is specific to a function or system (left low beam headlight does not
function, for example), refer to the applicable subject in this manual.
In ServiceLink, use the CAN protocol to troubleshoot or configure the SAM Cabin, via the Diagnostic CAN
datalink. See 601 — Component Details for the Diagnostic CAN pins in the diagnostic connector.
For more information on the Diagnostic CAN datalink or CAN, see G03.04 — Datalink, Diagnostic CAN.

• ServiceLink

• Wiring (bad/loose connection, corrosion, miswiring, etc)
• SAM Cab relays
• SAM Cab fuses
• SAM Cab parameters
• SAM Cab ECU software
• Other ECUs on the Cabin CAN datalink
• Diagnostic CAN datalink

SAM Cab
703 — Fault Codes

CAN Fault, SAM Cab
Trigger: SAM Cab battery voltage sensed to be
Electrical potential (voltage) – voltage above normal, or shorted to high.
33 168 3
above normal or shorted to high. Action: Check power feed wiring to the SAM
Cab, and alternator charging wiring.
Trigger: SAM Cabin battery voltage sensed to be
Electrical potential (voltage) – voltage below normal, or shorted to low.
33 168 4
below normal or shorted to low. Action: Check power feed wiring to the SAM
Cab, and alternator charging wiring.
Driver side door open, pull down pin
Door open driver side, pull down – voltage Trigger:
33 520901 4 detected to be shorted to ground, or low source.
below normal, or shorted to low source.
Action: Check the wiring harness.
Trigger: A problem is detected with the inside
temperature sensor feedback pin.
Inside temperature sensor, feedback – Vehicle Behavior: Data is erratic, intermittent, or
33 521109 2 incorrect.
data erratic, intermittent, or incorrect.
Action: Check the wiring harness, especially for
loose connections. Check the inside temperature
sensor feedback pin.
Trigger: The inside temperature sensor feedback
pin is shorted to battery, or high source.
Vehicle Behavior: The displayed inside
temperature is incorrect.
Inside temperature sensor feedback – Possible Cause: The feed cable to the inside
33 521109 3 voltage above normal, or shorted to high temperature sensor feedback is shorted to
source. battery. Or, the inside temperature sensor is out
of order and shortens to battery.
Action: Check the wiring to the inside
temperature sensor feedback. Check the inside
temperature sensor.
Trigger: The inside temperature sensor feedback
pin is shorted to ground, or low source.
Vehicle Behavior: The displayed inside
temperature is incorrect.
Inside temperature sensor, feedback – Possible Cause: The feed cable to the inside
33 521109 4 voltage below normal, or shorted to low temperature sensor feedback is shorted to
source. ground. Or, the inside temperature sensor is out
of order and shortens pin to ground.
Action: Check the wiring to the inside
temperature sensor feedback. Check the sensor
inside temperature sensor.
Trigger: A problem is detected with the clutch.
Possible Cause: The switches ’Bottom of clutch
(starter control)’ and ’Top of clutch (cruise control
disable)’ are detected to be pressed at the same
Clutch – data erratic, intermittent, or time. Or, the feed cable to ’Bottom of Clutch’ and/
33 521217 2
incorrect. or feed cable to ’Top of Clutch’ has a short circuit.
Action: Check the feed cables to ’Bottom of
Clutch switch (starter control), and ’Top of Clutch
switch (cruise control disable), and check clutch
wiring.

SAM Cab
CAN Fault, SAM Cab

Trigger: The Cabin CAN Low (–) pin of SAM Cab
is shorted to battery, or high source.
Vehicle Behavior: In the case of a serious error
with the Cabin CAN datalink, SAM Cab and SAM
CAN low – voltage above normal, or Chassis outputs may be behaving according to
33 521402 3
shorted to high source. Emergency Power Mode.
Action: Check Cabin CAN harness, especially in
connection to the SAM Cab. Verify proper
connection of the Cabin CAN harness to the SAM
Cab.
Trigger: The Cabin CAN Low (–) pin of SAM Cab
is shorted to ground, or low source.
CAN low – voltage below normal, or Chassis outputs may be behaving according to
33 521402 4
shorted to low source. Emergency Power Mode.
Cab.
Trigger: The Cabin CAN High (+)pin of SAM Cab
is shorted to battery, or high source.
CAN high – voltage above normal, or Chassis outputs may be behaving according to
33 521403 3
shorted to high source. Emergency Power Mode.
Cab.
Trigger: The Cabin CAN High (+)pin of SAM Cab
is shorted to ground, or low source.
CAN high – voltage below normal, or Chassis outputs may be behaving according to
33 521403 4
shorted to low source. Emergency Power Mode.
Cab.
Door open, passenger side, pull down – Trigger: Door open, passenger side. Pull-down
pin detected to be shorted to ground, or low
33 521805 4 voltage below normal, or shorted to low
source.
source.
Trigger: DRL pins (for separate DRL lamps only)
DRL – voltage below normal, or shorted to are detected to be shorted to ground, or low
33 521918 4
low source. source. One or more of the DRL lamps are off.

SAM Cab
CAN Fault, SAM Cab

Trigger: Starter relay 3 pin detected to have
above normal current, or shorted to ground.
Starter relay 3 – current above normal or Vehicle Behavior: The vehicle can no longer be
33 522003 4
grounded circuit. started.
Possible Cause: A wiring harness problem.
Action: Check the starter relay circuit wiring.
Trigger: A problem is detected with Cabin CAN
performance.
Cabin CAN Bus Performance – condition Vehicle Behavior: In the case of a serious
33 523511 31 problem with the Cabin CAN datalink, the SAM
exists.
Cab and/or SAM Chassis may be running in
emergency power mode.
Action: Check Cabin CAN wiring.
Trigger: A problem is detected with the marker
interrupt switch, and may be detected to be
pressed for longer than 30 seconds.
Marker interrupt switch – data erratic,
33 523541 2 Vehicle Behavior: The marker interrupt function
intermittent, or incorrect.
is not working properly.
Action: Check the steering wheel switch unit, and
the MSF.
Trigger: A problem is detected with the wiper
park position switch, causing the wiper to stop.
Park position switch – mechanical system
33 523550 7 The wiring harness, a blocked
is not responding, or is out of adjustment Possible Cause:
or defective wiper, or the wiper switch is not
working.
Trigger: The SAM Cab did not receive heartbeat
messages from the CGW.
Possible Cause: A bad connection between the
Cabin CAN datalink and the CGW, or a blown
33 524037 31 Lost communication with CGW
CGW power supply fuse on the SAM Cab.
Action: Check the wiring harness, especially the
Cabin CAN connection to CGW, and the CGW
power supply.

SAM Cab
CAN Fault, SAM Cab

messages from the MSF.
are controlled by the MSF do not function, such
as Turn and Hazard functions, rotary switch
33 524049 31 Lost communication with MSF (headlamp) functions and wiper.
Possible Cause: A Cabin CAN datalink
connection problem to MSF, or the MSF power
supply fuse on SAM Cab is blown.
Action: Check the wiring harness, especially the
Cabin CAN connection to the MSF, and the MSF
power supply.
messages from the SAM Chassis.
Emergency Power Mode for a SAM Chassis
failure. An indication of a SAM Chassis failure is
33 524071 31 Lost communication with the SAM Chassis the ICU turn signal indicators flash alternately.
Possible Cause: The Cabin CAN datalink
connection to the SAM Chassis, or the power
supply to the SAM Chassis.
Action: Check the Cabin CAN wiring harness,
especially the Cabin CAN connection to the SAM
Chassis. Check the SAM Chassis power supply.
Table 5, CAN Fault, SAM Cab

Battery
GND To
07/02/2007
Megafuse
12V From
SAM Cab
Hands Free Phone GND ! X1/2

Heated Seats GND ! X1/5
Auxillary Circulation Fan −Sleeper, GND ! X1/8
X2/7 −Starter Relay Output From Engine Controller (optimized idle)
Sleeper HVAC controller, GND ! X1/11
X2/10 ! Hard Wired ISS, CAB
Cabin HVAC Controller, GND ! X1/14
X8/1 −Door Open Driver Side, Pull Down
MSF, GND ! X2/2
Area Lighting (Lwr Bnk Area, Slpr Wrk Surface), GND ! X2/5
X10/3 −Belt Buckle Contact Signal
Diagnostics Connector, GND1 ! X2/8
X10/6 −Vehicle Power Shut Down Signal (optimized idle)
Diagnostics Connector, GND2 ! X2/11
X10/9 −Inside Temperature Sensor, Feedback
Collision Avoidance System, GND ! X2/16

Auxiliary Heater [ESPAR], GND ! X2/17
X11/15 −Rain/Light Sensor, LIN
X11/17 −Top of Clutch (Cruise Control Disable)
Standalone HVAC, GND ! X3/13
X11/20 −Bottom of Clutch (starter control)
SRS Airbag, GND ! X3/14
CGW, GND ! X3/16
X12/1 −Rear Baggage Compartment Light Switch Center
Amplifier Power, GND ! X3/17
X12/2 −Rear Baggage Compartment Light Switch Left
Radio, GND ! X3/19
X12/5 −Rear Baggage Compartment Light Switch Right
Antitheft Warning System, GND ! X3/20
Utility Light, GND ! X3/21
X13/2 −SAM_Cab CAN_L −Cabin
X13/3 −SAM_Cab CAN_H −Cabin
Power Feed Spare Output I, GND ! X4/3
X13/4 −Ignition Switch −Off
Power Feed Spare Output III, GND ! X4/4
X13/5 −Ignition Switch −Accessory
X13/6 −Ignition Switch −On (ignition)
Power Feed Spare Output II, GND ! X5/3
X13/8 −Park Brake Switch
704 — Grounded Pins and Inputs
Power Feed Spare Output IV, GND ! X5/4

X13/10 −Low Air Pressure Switch, Channel 1
X13/12 −Service Brake Pressure Switch
CB Radio, GND ! X6/1
X13/13 −Horn Switch uC Bypass
INPUT PINS
Instrument Cluster, GND ! X6/4

X13/14 −Start Enable −Crank Interlock (Old Fashioned Anti−Theft)
Fleet Management System, GND ! X6/7
X13/15 −Ignition Switch −Crank
Sleeper HVAC Fan Motor, GND ! X7/1
X17/5 −Door Open Passenger Side, Pull Down
Cabin HVAC Fan Motor, GND ! X7/2
X18/11 −Hood Tilt Switch Signal (Optimized Idle)
Mirror Heating Driver, GND ! X8/2
Door Control Driver, GND ! X8/3
X19/5 −Starter Relay Output from DDCE5 (Optimized Idle)
X19/10 −HVAC Pressure Tranducer, Feedback
Body Builder Connector: GND1 ! X9/8
X19/15 −Air Filter Restriction Sensor, Signal
X19/19 ! PTO Response, Feedback
Panel Lamps, GND ! X10/4
Tire Pressure Monitoring, GND ! X10/5
X20/16 −Temperature Sensor Outside Air, Feedback
Power Feed Sleeper Thermostat GND (Optimized Idle) ! X10/8
X20/21 −Washer Fluid Level
Inside Temperature Sensor, Propeller GND ! X10/11
Fig. 7, Grounded Pins and Inputs

INTERNAL SAM PC BOARD
Inside Temperature Sensor, GND ! X10/14
X21/8 −Alternator Charging
Belt Buckle Contacts GND ! X10/15
X21/9 −Wiper Parked
X21/13 −LVD BAT Sense / Emergency Supply
Rain/Light Sensor, GND ! X11/10
GROUNDED PINS (X1− X17)

Clutch Switches Return, GND ! X11/16
Auxiliary Telematic Unit, GND ! X11/18 X18/1 −Marker Lamps, Front Left GND
X18/2 −Headlamp, Turn Lamp Corner, Right, GND
Dome Lamps, Sleeper, GND ! X12/4 X18/3 −Horn (Electric), GND
Reading Lamps 1&2 (Dimmable/Theater), GND ! X12/8 X18/4 −Marker Lamp, Corner Front Right GND
Footwell Lamp, GND ! X12/10 X18/7 −Headlamp, Turn Lamp Corner, Left, GND
General Sleeper Lamp, GND ! X12/11 X18/10 −Marker Lamps, Front Right GND
Rear Baggage Compartment Lights, GND ! X12/14 X18/13 −Marker Lamp, Corner Front Left GND
12V Power Receptacles 3&4, GND ! X14/3 X19/1 −Activate PTO Solenoid GND
12V Power Receptacles 5&6, GND ! X14/4 X19/2 −Starter Relay, GND
X19/12 −HVAC Pressure Tranducer, Return
Power Feed Spare Output V, GND ! X15/3
12V Power Receptacles 1&2, GND ! X15/4 X20/1 −Fog Lamp, Front Right GND
X20/2 −Distance Sensor (Adaptive Cruise Control), GND
Lane Guidance, GND ! X16/3 X20/3 −Fog Lamp, Front Left GND
Ref. Dia. SAM _CAB grounds.inputs small page.vsd

CD−Player, GND ! X16/6 X20/4 −High/Low Beam Auxiliary, Right, GND
Clearance Lamps Front, GND ! X16/9 X20/5 −High/Low Beam Auxiliary, Left, GND
Reading Lamps 3&4 (Switched Locally), GND ! X16/12 X20/7 −Washer Pump, GND
Dome Lamps, Forward, GND ! X16/15 X20/18 −Temperature Sensor Outside Air, GND
Auxillary Circulation Fan −Windshield, GND ! X16/18
X21/1 −Horn (Pneumatic),GND
Keyless Go / Keyless Entry, GND ! X17/6 X21/3 −Wiper GND
Mirror Heating Passenger, GND ! X17/8 X21/5 −Utility Light, GND
GROUNDED PINS (X18−X21)
Door Control Passenger, GND ! X17/9 X21/6 −LVD Sense, GND
f545099
G02.04/29
Battery
GND To
Megafuse
12V From
02/25/2010
G02.04/30
X2/1 −Auxiliary heater [ESPAR] power
*Cabin HVAC controller, BAT −X1/3 F2 (15A)
*S leeper HVAC controller, BAT −X1/6
X3/7 −Utility Light
Transmission shift control panel, BAT −X1/9
F4 (15A) X8/5 −Door Open Status
MSF, BAT −X2/12 X8/9 −Door Sill Lamp Driver
F5 (10A) X9/1 −Body Builder connector: revolution (W)
OBD J1939, BAT −X2/3 X9/2 −Body Builder connector: vehicle speed (C3)
OBD DCDI, BAT −X2/6 X9/3 −Function pin 1
F8 (15A)
Hands free phone, BAT −X1/7 X9/4 −Body Builder Connector: Park Brake
Radio, BAT −X3/11 X9/5 −Function pin 2
F10 (30A) X9/6 −Function pin 4
Cabin HVAC fan motor, BAT −X7/4 X9/7 −Function pin 3
F11 (30A) X9/9 −Body Builder connector: backup lamp
Sleeper HVAC fan motor, BAT −X7/3 X9/10 −Body Builder connector, marker lights
X9/11 −Body Builder connector: IGN
F12 (20A) X9/12 −Body Builder connector: Tail Lights
Door control driver, BAT −X8/4 X9/13 −Body Builder connector, Right Turn
F13 (20A) X9/14 −Body Builder connector: Left Turn
Collision avoidance system, BAT −X2/13 X9/15 −Body Builder connector: Stop Lights
Door lock, BAT −X8/6
X10/13 −Panel Lamps
GPS, BAT −X3/1 F18 (15A) X10/17 −Instrument Cluster Wake−Up
Antitheft warning system, BAT −X3/2
Tire Pressure Monitoring, BAT −X10/16
X11/1 −Diff Lock ICU indicator, RA2
Auxiliary Telematic Unit, BAT −X11/19
X11/2 −Washer Level, ICU indicator
F20 (2A) X11/3 −Electrical Global Fault Indicator
CGW, BAT −X3/18 X11/4 −Fuel Water separator ICU indicator
F22 (5A) X11/5 −Diff Lock ICU indicator, RA1
X11/6 −Low Air Pressure switch ICU indicator
Instrument Cluster / Horn switch supply, BAT −X6/18
X11/7 −Lights ON Buzzer
X11/8 −Air Filter Restriction ICU Indicator
F32 (25A) X11/9 −High Beam ICU Indicator
Power feed spare output V, BAT −X15/1 X11/11 −Turn Signal Left ICU Indicator
Power feed spare output VI, BAT −X15/2
X11/12 −Alternator No Charge ICU Indicator
F33 (20A) X11/13 −Turn Signal Right ICU Indicator
Spot light −X16/16 X11/14 −Park Brake Switch ICU Indicator
FUSED BATTERY PASSTHROUGHS

Power Feed Clock Cab, BAT −X6/12 X12/3 −Footwell Lamp
Power Feed Driver Information System, BAT −X6/13 F37 (15A) X12/6 −Reading Lamp 1 (Dimmable/Theater)
Power Feed Clock sleeper, BAT −X6/14 X12/9 −General Sleeper Lamp
CD−Player, BAT −X16/1 X12/12 −Rear Baggage Compartment Lights
Keyless Go /Keyless Entry, BAT −X17/7 X12/15 −Turn Left Front Side
F38 (20A) X12/16 −Reading Lamp 2 (Dimmable/Theater)
Door control passenger, BAT −X17/4 X12/17 −Dome Lamp, Rear
X12/18 −Turn Right Front Side
705 — Fused and FET Controlled Outputs
Cabin HVAC controller, ACC −X1/10 X16/4 −Clearance Lamps Front II

X16/8 −Clearance Lamps Front I
Sleeper HVAC controller, ACC −X1/15
X16/11 −Dome Lamp Driver / Forward Overhead
VCU/CPC, IGN −X2/4 X16/14 −Dome Lamp Passenger
*Advertising Light, ACC −X3/4 X17/3 −Door Sill Lamp Passenger

Tire Pressure Monitoring, IGN −X10/1 X18/5 −Low Beam, Left
Inside Temp Sensor, Propeller Control, Mirror Adjust ACC −X10/2 X18/6 −High Beam, Left
Service Brake Pressure Switch BAT −X10/7 X18/8 −Marker Lamp, Corner Front Right
* When specified with Optimized Idle, these pins will not supply power when the key is in the ACC position,
Pwr feed Sleeper thermostat (opt idle) IGN −X10/10 X18/9 −Turn Right Front Corner
nor during an Optimized Idle vehicle shutdown event. Optimized Idle is specified by a SAM Cab parameter.
Radio, ACC −X10/18 X18/12 −Marker Lamp, Front Right
Fig. 8, Fused and FET Controlled Outputs

Rain/Light Sensor, BAT −X11/21 X18/14 −Marker Lamp, Front Left
X18/15 −DRL (Daytime Running Light), Right
LOGIC CONTROLLED UNFUSED OUTPUTS
Ignition Switch, BAT −X13/7 X18/16 −Marker Lamp, Corner Front Left
Park Brake Switch, BAT−X13/9 X18/17 −High Beam, Right
Low Air Pressure Switch IGN −X13/11 X18/18 −DRL (Daytime Running Light), Left
X18/19 −Turn Left Front Corner
Lane Guidance, IGN −X16/2 X18/20 −Low Beam, Right
*Auxiliary Circulation Fan −Windshield, ACC −X16/5 X18/21 −Horn (Electric), Control
Air Intake Warmer/Grid Heater, IGN −X19/11 X19/3 −Starter Relay
Air Filter Restriction Sensor, IGN −X19/13 X19/6 −A/C Compressor Clutch
Engine ECU, IGN −X19/18 X19/9 −Activate PTO Solenoid (Control)
Ether Start Power, IGN −X19/20 X19/14 −Hood Tilt Switch Signal Supply
Temperature Sensor Outside/Air Gauge, IGN −X20/13 X19/16 −Hood Tilt & Neutral & Park Brake (opt idle)
X19/17 −HVAC Pressure Tranducer, Supply (+5v)
Distance Sensor (Adaptive Cruise Control), BAT −X20/19
UNFUSED CONSTANT OUTPUTS

X19/21 −PTO Solenoid Activated
X20/8 −Fog Lamp, Front Left

X20/10 −High Beam Auxiliary, Left
X20/11 −Low Beam Auxiliary, Left
X20/12 −High Beam Auxiliary, Right
Ref. Dia. SAM _CAB outputs small.vsd

X20/14 −Low Beam Auxiliary, Right
X20/15 −Turn Right Front Side
X20/17 −Fog Lamp, Front Right
X20/20 −Washer Pump, Control
X21/10 −Horn (Pneumatic), Control

X21/11 −Turn Left Front Side
X21/12 −Wiper Low
X21/14 −Utility Light −
X21/15 −Wiper High −
f545100

SAM Cab
02/25/2010
Battery
12V From
Megafuse
GND to
F29 (3A)
SAM Cab
F1 (30A)
87a
85
86
X4/1 −Power Feed Spare Output I, BAT
30
F9 (20A) X4/2 −Power Feed Spare Output III, BAT
87
R9
Amplifier Power, ACC −X3/9
87
87a
R1
30
85
86
F27 (10A) F3 (30)

87a
85
*Mirror Heat, Driver −X8/8
86
30
X5/1 −Power Feed Spare Output II, BAT
F28 (10A) X5/2 −Power Feed Spare Output IV, BAT
87
706 — Relayed Outputs
*Mirror Heat, Passenger −X17/2
87
R10
87a
R2
30
85
86
85
86
30
87a
F19 (20A)
87
X1/12 −Heated Seats, IGN*
87
R11
R3
86
F30 (20A)
30
85
12V Pwr Recept 6 BAT (Sleeper, Refrigerator) −X14/2
87a
F6 (15A)
85
86
87a
30
X6/15 −12V Pwr Receptacle 1 BAT (Dash, Cigar)
87
87
R12
R4
F7 (15A)
F31 (20A) X6/9 −12V Pwr Receptacle 2 BAT (Dash, Phone)
30
85
86
12V Power Receptacle 5 BAT (Sleeper, Cigar) −X14/1
87a
F21 (15A) F14 (25A)
87a
85
86
30
X6/2 −Fleet Management System, BAT
Fig. 9, Relayed Outputs

Area Lighting BAT (Lwr Bunk and Slpr Work Surface) −X2/15
X6/3 −CB Radio, BAT
F34 (3A) 87
Overhead Compartment Light, BAT −X16/17
87
BOARD
R13
R5
F35 (15A)
30
85
86
Dome Lamp Cab, BAT −X16/7
87a
INTERNAL SAM PC
F15 (20A)
85
86
87a
30
X3/15 −12V Pwr Receptacle 3 BAT (Slpr, Cigar)

F17 (20A)
12V Pwr Receptacle 4 BAT (Slpr, Cigar) −X3/3
87
87
R14
R6
F36 (15A) F16 (7.5A)

X3/5 −Stand Alone HVAC, BAT
30
Auxiliary Circulation Fan (Sleeper) BAT −X1/13
85
86
87a
Reading Lamp 4 BAT −X16/13
F39 (15A)
85
86
Power Window Passenger Side, ACC −X17/1 X3/10 −GPS, IGN
30
87a
F40 (15A) F23 (15A) X6/5 −Power Feed Driver Information System, IGN
87
Power Window Driver Side, ACC −X8/7 X6/6 −Fleet Management System, IGN
87
R15
X6/8 −Power Feed Gauge Pyrometer, IGN
86
R7
87a
30
X6/10 −Power Feed Gauge Axle Temp, IGN
85
Ref. Dia. SAM_CAB_relays Small.vsd

F24 (10A) X2/9 −Diagnostic Connector, IGN
X6/16 −Instrument Cluster, IGN
30
87a
F25 (7.5A) X1/1 −Trans Temp Gauge, IGN

X1/4 −Dash Splice, IGN
87
SAM
R8
X2/14 −Collision Avoidance System, IGN

86
WIRING
85
INTERNAL
F26 (5A)
X3/6 −SRS Airbag, IGN
f545102
G02.04/31
SAM Cab
707 — Logic Controlled Unfused Outputs
INPUTS SAM Cab OUTPUT
09/18/2007 f545127
Fig. 10, SAM Unfused Inputs and Outputs
1. Determine if the template has I/O controls available for the affected function.
Open the Datalink Monitor template for the function or output that is not functioning.
Are I/O control buttons available for the affected function?
YES Go to test 2.
NO Go to test 5.
2. Use the I/O control feature in Datalink Monitor to test the output circuit.
Does the function or output work when activated with Datalink Monitor?
YES Go to test 3.
NO Go to test 4.
3. Use Datalink Monitor to determine if input conditions are met for the function or output to operate.
Are all of the input conditions met?
YES Check SAM Cab programming and parameters. For additional programming/parameter information
specific to this function, refer to the applicable subject in this manual. If programming/parameters are OK,
replace the SAM Cab.
NO For additional input troubleshooting specific to this function, refer to the applicable subject in this
manual.
4. Rule out the output by manually applying fused power and ground.
Does the function or output work when power and ground are applied manually?
YES Replace the SAM Cab.
NO The problem is in the output power or ground circuits, or the load itself. For additional output trou-
bleshooting, refer to the applicable subject in this manual.
5. Determine if input conditions are met for the function or output to operate using Datalink Monitor.
NOTE: To determine which Datalink Monitor template to use, refer to the applicable subject in this
manual.

SAM Cab
5.1 Refer to the function or output in this manual to identify what input conditions have to be met in or-
der for the function or output to operate.
5.2 Open the Datalink Monitor template for the applicable function.
5.3 While monitoring the template inputs, attempt to activate the function or output using the normal
method. Turn on the headlights, for example, if the rotary switch inputs are being tested.
YES Go to test 6.
manual.
6. Check available voltage at the consumer.
NOTE: Available voltage tests cannot be performed on every SAM Cab function. For example,
checking voltage at a turn signal connector will not work. Refer to the applicable subject in this
manual for more details about troubleshooting specific outputs. If test 6 cannot be performed, pro-
ceed to test 7.
6.1 Disconnect the connector at the consumer.
6.2 Activate the function by normal means. Turn on the headlights, for example, if the rotary switch in-
puts are being tested.
6.3 Measure voltage between the positive and ground pins on the connector for the function being tested.
Is there battery voltage across the positive and ground terminals?
YES Replace the consumer.
NO Go to test 7.
7.1 Disconnect the SAM connector(s) containing the circuits for the output (power) and ground for the
function being tested.
7.2 Apply fused power to the output circuit using jumper wires, and apply ground to the ground circuit.
YES Check SAM Cab programming and parameters. For additional programming and parameter infor-
mation, refer to the applicable subject in this manual. If the programming and parameters are OK, replace
the SAM Cab.

SAM Cab
708 — Logic Controlled Relayed Fused Outputs
SAM Cab
Internal Sam
INPUTS Circuit Board
Relay Fuse OUTPUT
09/18/2007 f545126
Fig. 11, SAM Fused Inputs and Outputs
YES Go to test 2.
NO Go to test 3.
2. Use Datalink Monitor to determine if the output circuit can be eliminated as the problem.
manual.
2.2 Using the template, attempt to activate the function or output.
Does the function or output work when activated manually in Datalink Monitor?
NOTE: For normally closed relays, activating the SAM output will turn off the relay controls. For normally
open relays, activating the SAM output will turn on the relay controls.
YES Go to test 3.
NO Go to test 4.
manual.

SAM Cab
3.1 Refer to the applicable function or output, and identify what input conditions have to be met for nor-
mal operation.
3.2 Open the applicable Datalink Monitor template.
3.3 While monitoring the template inputs, attempt to active the function or output using the normal
method. For example, turn on the headlights if the rotary switch inputs are being tested.
YES Go to test 4.
manual.
4. Check the available voltage at the consumer.
NOTE: Available voltage tests cannot be performed on every SAM function. For example, checking
voltage at a turn signal connector will not work. Refer to the applicable subject for more informa-
tion about troubleshooting the specific outputs. If test 4 cannot be performed, proceed to test 5.
4.2 Activate the function by normal means. For example, turn on the headlights if the rotary switch in-
4.3 Measure voltage between the positive and ground pins.
NO Go to test 5.
5. Check for power at the relay coil (low current side).
5.1 Remove the relay from the SAM for the function that is not working.
5.2 Check for voltage in the SAM relay cavity that corresponds to terminal 85 of the relay.
Is there voltage at relay cavity 85?
YES Go to test 6.
NO Check fuse F29 on the SAM Cab.
6. Check for power at the relay common (high current side).
Check for voltage in the SAM relay cavity that corresponds to terminal 30 of the relay.
YES Go to test 7.
NO Check main power to SAM from the MEGA fuse.
7. Check the SAM fuse for the function.
Check the fuse for the function or output.
Is the fuse good?
YES Go to test 8.

SAM Cab
NO Check for a short to ground in the output circuit. Check the component that the output supplies
power to for excessive current draw. Make repairs as necessary, and replace the fuse.
8. Determine if the function works when power is manually applied.
Using a fused jumper, apply power to the SAM relay cavity that corresponds to 87 for normally open relay
connections, or 87a for normally closed relays.
Does the function work when power is manually applied at the relay?
YES Go to test 9.
9. Determine if the output works with a test relay that is operating properly.
Remove the relay from the SAM and install the known good relay.
Does the function or output work with a known good relay?
YES Replace the relay.
NO Check SAM programming and parameters. For additional programming/parameter information, refer
to the applicable subject in this manual. If programming and parameters are OK, replace the SAM.
709 — Unfused Constant Outputs
SAM Cab OUTPUT
09/19/2007 f545125a
Fig. 12, SAM Unfused Constant Outputs

1.2 Measure the voltage between the positive and ground pins on the connector.
NO Go to test 2.
2. Check the voltage at output pin.
2.1 Turn the ignition switch on.

SAM Cab
2.2 Check for voltage at the unfused constant output pin.

Is there 12V at the unfused constant output pin?
YES The problem is in the output power or ground circuits or the load itself. For additional output trou-
bleshooting refer to the applicable subject in this manual.
NO For IGN and ACC outputs, check for ignition switch function. For all types, check the main power
and ground feeds to the SAM. If OK, replace the SAM.
710 — Fused Battery Pass-Through Outputs
BATT
SAM Cab
Fuse OUTPUT
09/19/2007 f545128a
Fig. 13, Fused Battery Pass-Through Outputs
1. Check the fuse in the SAM for the output.

Is the fuse OK?
YES Go to test 2.
NO Check for short to ground in the output circuit, repair as necessary, and then replace the fuse. For
additional output troubleshooting, refer to the applicable subject in this manual.
2. Check power and ground supply to the SAM.
Is power and ground supply to the SAM OK?
YES The problem is in the output power or ground circuits, or the load itself. For additional output trou-
NO Check the MEGA fuse, and the power and ground circuits to the SAM. Repair as necessary.
800 — Maximum Current Pin List

Legend:
NOTE: A dash indicates that information is not available at the time of publication.
• Type:
– "o" Pin: A high-side-driven output (the function activates at higher or near-battery voltage).
– "i" Pin: Input pin.
– "comm" Pin: Used for communication.

SAM Cab
• Nominal Current (amps): The expected current under normal operating conditions.
• Maximum Continuous Current (amps): The maximum current without shutting the pin off at 77 F (25 C).
• Maximum Current (amps): When exceeded the pin will shut off at 185 F (85 C).
Maximum Current Pin List

Maximum
Nominal Maximum
Continuous
Connector Pin Function Type Current Current
Current
(Amps) (Amps)
(Amps)
X1 1 Transmission oil temperature gauge, Ignition o 0.5 0.675 7.5
X1 3 Cabin HVAC Controller, Battery o 5 6.75 15
X1 4 Hands-Free Phone, Ignition o 3 4.05 7.5
X1 6 Sleeper HVAC Controller, Battery o 3 4.05 15
X1 7 Hands-Free Phone, Battery o 3 4.05 15
X1 9 Transmission Shift Control Panel, Battery o 1 1.35 15
X1 10 Cabin HVAC Controller, Accessory o 0.7 0.945 1.9
X1 12 Heated Seats, Ignition o 16 21.6 20
X1 13 Auxiliary Circulation Fan, Sleeper, Battery o 5 6.75 25
X1 15 Sleeper HVAC Controller, Accessory o 0.7 0.945 1.9
X2 3 OBD J1939, Battery o 5 6.75 10
X2 6 Reserved for future use. o 5 6.75 10
Starter Relay Output from Engine-ECU
X2 7 i 0.02 0.027 —
(Optimized Idle)
X2 9 Diagnostic Connector, Ignition o 5 6.75 10
X2 10 Hardwired ISS (Ignition Switch Status), Cab o 0.02 0.027 —
X2 12 MSF (Modular Switch Field master ECU), Battery o 10 13.5 15
X2 13 Collision Avoidance System, Battery o 5 6.75 20
X2 14 Collision Avoidance System, Ignition o 1.07 1.4445 7.5
Area Lighting (lower bunk area and sleeper work
X2 15 o 9.7 13.095 15
surface), Battery
X2 18 Emergency Battery, Cab o 20 27 —
X3 1 GPS (Global Positioning System), Battery o 3.21 4.3335 15
X3 2 Antitheft Alarming System, Battery o 2 2.7 15
X3 3 12V Power Receptacle 4 (sleeper, cigar), Battery o 20 27 20
X3 4 Advertising Light, Accessory o 4.8 6.48 9.35
X3 5 Stand Alone HVAC, Battery o 5 6.75 7.5
X3 6 SRS (Safety Restraint System) Airbag, Ignition o 3 4.05 5
X3 7 Utility Light o 12.6 17.01 25
X3 9 Amplifier Power, Accessory o 20 27 20
X3 10 GPS (Global Positioning System), Ignition o 1.07 1.4445 15

SAM Cab

Maximum
Nominal Maximum
Continuous
Current
(Amps) (Amps)
(Amps)
X3 11 Radio, Battery o 10 13.5 15
X3 18 CGW (Central Gateway ECU), Battery o 0.38 0.513 2
X4 1 Power Feed Spare Output I, Battery o 15 20.25 30
X4 2 Power Feed Spare Output III, Battery o 15 20.25 30
X5 1 Power feed Spare Output II, Battery o 15 20.25 30
X5 2 Power Feed Spare Output IV, Battery o 15 20.25 30
X6 2 Fleet Management System, Battery o 5 6.75 25
X6 3 CB Radio, Battery o 20 27 25
X6 5 Power Feed, Driver Information System, Ignition o 1.07 1.4445 15
X6 6 Fleet Management System, Ignition o 5 6.75 15
X6 8 Power Feed, Gauge Pyrometer, Ignition o 0.5 0.675 15
X6 9 12V Power Receptacle 2 (Dash, Phone), Battery o 15 20.25 15
X6 10 Power Feed, Gauge Axle Temperature, Ignition o 0.5 0.675 15
X6 11 Power Feed, Gauge Engine Oil Temp, Ignition o 0.5 0.675 15
X6 12 Power Feed, Clock Cab, Battery o 0.1 0.135 15
X6 13 Power Feed, Driver Information System, Battery o 3 4.05 15
X6 14 Power Feed, Clock Sleeper, Battery o 0.1 0.135 15
X6 15 12V Power Receptacle 1 (dash, cigar), Battery o 15 20.25 15
X6 16 Instrument Cluster, Ignition o 4.6 6.21 10
X6 18 Instrument Cluster, Battery o 3.78 5.103 5
X7 3 Sleeper HVAC Fan Motor, Battery o 26 35.1 30
X7 4 Cabin HVAC Fan Motor, Battery o 26 35.1 30
X8 1 Door Open, Driver side, Pull Down i 0.04 0.054 —
X8 4 Door Control Driver, Battery o 20 27 20
X8 5 Door Open Status o 0.04 0.054 0.5
X8 6 Door Lock, Battery o 12.4 16.74 20
X8 7 Power Window Driver Side, Accessory o 10 13.5 15
X8 8 Mirror Heating Driver o 10 13.5 10
X8 9 Door Sill Lamp Driver o 0.7 0.945 1.9
X9 1 Body Builder Connector: Revolution o 0.01 0.0135 1
X9 2 Body Builder Connector, Vehicle Speed o 0.01 0.0135 1
X9 3 Function pin 1 o 0.2 0.27 2
X9 4 Body Builder Connector, Park Brake o 0.04 0.054 2
X9 5 Function Pin 2 o 0.2 0.27 2

SAM Cab

Maximum
Nominal Maximum
Continuous
Current
(Amps) (Amps)
(Amps)
X9 9 Body Builder Connector, Backup Lamp o 0.2 0.27 2
X9 10 Body Builder Connector, Marker Lights o 0.2 0.27 2
X9 11 Body Builder Connector: Ignition o 0.2 0.27 2
X9 12 Body Builder Connector: Tail Lights o 0.2 0.27 2
X9 13 Body Builder Connector: Right Turn o 0.2 0.27 2
X9 14 Body Builder Connector: Left Turn o 0.2 0.27 2
X9 15 Body Builder Connector: Stop Lights o 0.2 0.27 2
X10 1 Tire Pressure Monitoring, Ignition o 0.1 0.135 2
Inside Temperature Sensor, Propeller Control,
X10 2 o 0.1 0.135 2
Accessory
X10 3 Belt Buckle Contact Signal i 0.04 0.054 —
X10 6 Vehicle Power Shut Down Signal (Optimized Idle) i 0.02 0.027 —
X10 7 Service Brake Pressure Switch Supply (chopped) o 0.05 0.0675 2
X10 9 Inside Temperature Sensor, Feedback i 0.04 0.054 —
Power Feed, Sleeper Thermostat (Optimized
X10 10 o 0.04 0.054 1.7
Idle), Ignition
X10 12 Not Connected i 0.04 0.054 —
X10 13 Panel Lamps o 4.2 5.67 9.35
X10 16 Tire Pressure Monitoring, Battery o 2 2.7 15
X10 17 Wake-up, ICU (instrumentation control unit) o 0.04 0.054 2
X10 18 Radio, Accessory o 0.7 0.945 2
X11 1 Differential Lock ICU Indicator, RA2 o 0.13 0.1755 2
X11 2 Washer Level ICU Indicator o 0.13 0.1755 2
X11 3 Electrical Global Fault Indicator (future use) o 0.13 0.1755 2
X11 5 Differential Lock ICU Indicator, RA1 o 0.13 0.1755 2
X11 6 Low Air Pressure switch ICU Indicator o 0.13 0.1755 2
X11 7 Lights ON Buzzer o 0.03 0.0405 2
X11 8 Air Filter Restriction ICU Indicator o 0.13 0.1755 2
X11 9 High Beam ICU Indicator o 0.13 0.1755 2
X11 11 Turn Signal Left ICU Indicator o 0.13 0.1755 2
X11 12 Alternator No Charge ICU Indicator o 0.13 0.1755 2
X11 13 Turn Signal Right ICU Indicator o 0.13 0.1755 2
X11 14 Park Brake Switch ICU Indicator o 0.13 0.1755 2

SAM Cab

Maximum
Nominal Maximum
Continuous
Current
(Amps) (Amps)
(Amps)
X11 15 Rain/Light Sensor, LIN comm 0.2 0.27 —
X11 17 Top of Clutch (cruise control disable) i 0.02 0.027 —
X11 19 Auxiliary Telematic Unit, Battery o 3.21 4.3335 20
X11 20 Bottom of Clutch (starter control) i 0.02 0.027 —
X11 21 Rain/Light Sensor, Battery o 1 1.35 3.2
X12 1 Rear Baggage Compartment Light Switch Center i 0.02 0.027 —
X12 2 Rear Baggage Compartment Light Switch Left i 0.02 0.027 —
X12 3 Footwell Light o 1.1 1.485 2.8
X12 5 Rear Baggage Compartment Light Switch Right i 0.02 0.027 —
X12 6 Reading Lamp 1 (dimmable/theater) o 1.9 2.565 4.3
X12 9 General Sleeper Lamp o 2.8 3.78 9.3
X12 12 Rear Baggage Compartment Lights o 1.5 2.025 3.5
X12 15 Turn Left, Front Side o 2.1 2.835 4.66
X12 16 Reading Lamp 2 (dimmable/theater) o 1.5 2.025 3.5
X12 17 Dome Lamp, Rear o 1.9 2.565 4.66
X12 18 Turn Right Front Side o 2.1 2.835 3.5
X13 2 SAM Cab, Cabin CAN Low (–) comm 0.2 0.27 0.2
X13 3 SAM Cab, Cabin CAN High (+) comm 0.2 0.27 0.2
X13 4 Ignition Switch — Off i 0.02 0.027 —
X13 5 Ignition Switch — Accessory i 0.02 0.027 —
X13 6 Ignition Switch — On (ignition) i 0.02 0.027 —
X13 7 Ignition Switch, Battery o 0.1 0.135 0.2
X13 8 Park Brake Switch Feedback i 0.05 0.0675 —
X13 9 Park Brake Switch Supply o 0.05 0.0675 2
X13 10 Low Air Pressure Switch Feedback i 0.05 0.0675 —
X13 11 Low Air Pressure Switch Supply (chopped) o 0.05 0.0675 2
X13 12 Service Brake Pressure Switch Feedback i 0.05 0.0675 —
X13 13 Horn Switch (microcontroller bypass) i 0.02 0.027 —
X13 14 Start Enable — Crank Interlock i 0.04 0.054 —
12V Power Receptacle 6 (sleeper, refrigerator),
X14 2 o 20 27 20
Battery
X15 1 Power Feed Spare Output V, Battery o 10 13.5 25
X15 2 Power Feed Spare Output VI, Battery o 10 13.5 25
X16 1 CD Player, Battery o 2 2.7 15

SAM Cab

Maximum
Nominal Maximum
Continuous
Current
(Amps) (Amps)
(Amps)
X16 2 Lane Guidance, Ignition o 5 6.75 9.35
Auxiliary Circulation Fan — Windshield,
X16 5 o 5 6.75 9.35
Accessory
X16 7 Dome Lamp Cab, Battery o 10 13.5 15
X16 8 Clearance Lamps front I o 0.5 0.675 1.9
X16 11 Dome Lamp, Driver (forward overhead) o 1.9 2.565 9.35
X16 13 Reading Lamp 4, Battery o 3.5 4.725 15
X16 14 Dome Lamp, Passenger o 1.9 2.565 9.35
X16 16 Spot Light o 17 22.95 20
X16 17 Overhead Compartment Lights, Battery o 1.94 2.619 3
X17 1 Power Window Passenger Side, Accessory o 10 13.5 15
X17 2 Mirror heating Passenger o 10 13.5 10
X17 3 Door Sill Lamp Passenger o 0.7 0.945 1.9
X17 4 Door Control Passenger, Battery o 20 27 20
X17 5 Door Open Passenger Side, Input i 0.04 0.054 —
X17 7 Keyless Go/Keyless Entry, Battery o 5 6.75 15
X18 5 Low Beam, Left o 4.8 6.48 9.3
X18 6 High Beam, Left o 4.8 6.48 10.3
X18 8 Marker Lamps, Corner Front Right o 0.7 0.945 1.7
X18 9 Turn Right Front Corner o 2.5 3.375 4.66
X18 11 Hood Tilt Switch Signal (Optimized Idle) i 0.04 0.054 —
X18 12 Marker Lamps, Front Right o 0.7 0.945 1.7
X18 14 Marker Lamps, Front Left o 0.7 0.945 1.7
X18 15 DRL (daytime running light), Right o 2.5 3.375 4.2
X18 16 Marker Lamps, Corner Front Left o 0.7 0.945 1.7
X18 17 High Beam, Right o 4.8 6.48 10.3
X18 18 DRL (daytime running light), Left o 2.5 3.375 4.2
X18 19 Turn Left Front Corner o 2.5 3.375 4.2
X18 20 Low Beam, Right o 4.8 6.48 9.3
X18 21 Horn (electric), Ground o 12.2 16.47 24.2
X19 3 Starter Relay o 3 4.05 9.35
X19 6 A/C Compressor Clutch o 5 6.75 9.35
X19 9 Activate PTO Solenoid, Control o 2 2.7 4.66
X19 10 HVAC Pressure Transducer, Feedback i 0.05 0.0675 —
X19 11 Air Intake Warmer/Grid Heater, Ignition o 2.2 2.97 9.35

SAM Cab

Maximum
Nominal Maximum
Continuous
Current
(Amps) (Amps)
(Amps)
X19 13 Air Filter Restriction Sensor, Ignition o 0.02 0.027 2
Hood Tilt Switch Signal Supply (Optimized Idle,
X19 14 o 0.05 0.0675 2
Chopped)
X19 15 Air Filter Restriction Sensor, Signal i 0.02 0.027 —
Hood Tilt and Neutral and Park Brake (Optimized
X19 16 o 0.04 0.054 2
Idle)
X19 17 HVAC Pressure Transducer, Supply (+5V) o 0.05 0.0675 0.1
X19 18 Engine ECU, Ignition o 0.8 1.08 1.9
X19 19 PTO Response (Feedback) i 0.02 0.027 —
X19 20 Ether Start Power, Ignition o 1.5 2.025 4.66
X19 21 PTO Solenoid Activated o 2 2.7 4.66
X20 8 Fog Lamp, Front Left o 4.8 6.48 10.5
X20 10 High Beam Auxiliary, Left o 4.8 6.48 10.5
X20 11 Low Beam Auxiliary, Left o 4.8 6.48 10.5
X20 12 High Beam Auxiliary, Right o 4.8 6.48 10.5
X20 13 Temperature Sensor Outside Air Gauge, Ignition o 0.5 0.675 1.7
X20 14 Low Beam Auxiliary, Right o 4.8 6.48 10.2
X20 15 Turn Right, Front Side o 2.1 2.835 3.5
X20 16 Temperature Sensor Outside Air, Feedback i 0.04 0.054 —
X20 17 Fog Lamp, Front Right o 4.8 6.48 10.5
Distance Sensor (Adaptive Cruise Control),
X20 19 o 1 1.35 20
Battery
X20 20 Washer Pump, Control o 4.6 6.21 10.5
X20 21 Washer Fluid Level, Feedback i 0.04 0.054 —
X21 8 Alternator Charging i 0.04 0.054 —
X21 9 Wiper Parked i 0.02 0.027 —
X21 10 Horn (pneumatic), Control o 0.75 1.0125 1.5
X21 11 Turn Left Front Side o 2.1 2.835 4.66
X21 12 Wiper Low o 9 12.15 18.5
X21 13 LVD Sense, Battery/Emergency Supply i 20 27 —
X21 14 Utility Light o 12.6 17.01 25
X21 15 Wiper High o 13 17.55 26.7
Table 6, SAM Cab Maximum Current Pin List

SAM Chassis
Table of Contents
System Overview
Fuses and Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
Datalink Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
Diagnostic CAN Datalink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504
Functional Messaging and ECU Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
Components
Pinout Mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
Fuse Mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603
Relay Mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700
Required Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
Fault Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703
Fused and Relayed Outputs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704
Unfused Outputs, Grounded Pins, and Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705
Logic Controlled Unfused Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 706
Logic Controlled Relayed Fused Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 707
Unfused Constant Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 708
Fused Battery Pass-Through Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 709

SAM Chassis

Baud rate—The rate at which data is transmitted in bits per second.
EAPU—Electric Air Processing Unit
I/O Controls—Input/Output controls allow a technician to activate and deactivate an input or output pin for trou-
bleshooting purposes. I/O controls appear on ServiceLink templates as buttons, typically labeled "ON" and
"OFF."
NO—Normally Open
NC—Normally Closed
ality.
WIF—Water In Fuel

SAM Chassis

The SAM Chassis is an ECU (Electronic Control Unit). "SAM" stands for "Signal Detect and Actuation Module."
The SAM Chassis works closely with the SAM Cab to control much of the vehicle functionality. The SAM Chas-
sis controls most of the chassis functions, and the SAM Cab controls most of the cab functions.
This ECU uses inputs (such as switches, sensors, and datalink messages), and drives many outputs (such as
lights, motors, and solenoids). See 601 — Component Details for complete pin information.
To understand a particular function or system that the SAM Chassis controls, see the applicable subject in this
manual. These subjects contain details about the way the function should work, as well as crucial information
such as inputs, outputs, interlocks, any related parameters for that particular function, and any other ECUs or
components that are a part of that function.
502 — Fuses and Relays

See 601 — Component Details for fuse and relay information.
For more information on the power distribution system, see G02.01 — Electrical System and Main PDM
Overview.
503 — Datalink Connections

The SAM Chassis is connected directly to the Cabin CAN datalink. Cabin CAN wires run from the SAM Chassis
to the starpoint connector, where it joins the rest of the Cabin CAN datalink.
See G03.03 — Datalink, Cabin CAN for details.
504 — Diagnostic CAN Datalink

ECUs via the Diagnostics CAN datalink; there is no accessible service port to the Cabin CAN. The CGW trans-
lates between the Diagnostics CAN and Cabin CAN datalink, due to the different speed and message formats of
the two datalinks.
505 — Functional Messaging and ECU Troubleshooting

To communicate with the ECU, a different set of messages is used by the off-board tool during troubleshooting
than the set of messages used during normal operation.
The set of messages used during normal operation is referred to as functional messages, which are sent cycli-
cally on the Cabin CAN datalink. However, the set of messages (protocol) used during troubleshooting is referred
to as Control Area Network (CAN), which operates on a request-and-response basis over the Diagnostic CAN
datalink.
Any fault reported on the Cabin CAN is translated to Diagnostics CAN by the CGW, and can be displayed when
requested by an off-board tool, such as ServiceLink. Similarly, an off-board tool is able to display input and out-
put pin status information, software interlocks, and allows a user to control inputs or outputs for troubleshooting.
This information is displayed in ServiceLink’s Datalink Monitor (DLM) templates.

The diagnostic protocol used for troubleshooting or configuring the SAM Chassis is the Control Area Network
(CAN). For more information on CAN, see G03.04 — Datalink, Diagnostic CAN.

SAM Chassis
The SAM Chassis has parameters that can be viewed or changed for vehicle configuration.
The SAM Chassis software can be flashed using ServiceLink, which will flash to its same version or upgrade, if
required.
The software flashing procedure should only be performed on the SAM Chassis in the following cases:
• As a last resort: Troubleshooting has narrowed the problem down to being at the SAM Chassis itself and
no other mechanical or electrical causes for the symptom have been identified. As a last resort, flashing
the SAM Chassis software with the same version may help in the case it became corrupt during the
course of normal vehicle operation.
ware upgrades.
• Replacing the SAM Chassis: Flashing ensures that the most recent software is on the installed ECU.
For instructions on how to use ServiceLink to flash the software of a CAN ECU like the SAM Chassis, refer to
the ServiceLink User Guide or ServiceLink Help user documentation, available in ServiceLink’s "Help" menu.

SAM Chassis
Diagnostic CAN
Central Gateway
(500kbps) SAE J1939−13
SAE J1708
9−Pin connector
(9.6kbps)
SAM Cab
Cabin CAN SAE J1939
Module
SAM Chassis
Pneumatic ABS
Module
Modular Switch
Field (Master)
Transmission
Control Module
Sub Bus

Instrument
Cluster
HVAC Control
Head Lamp
(Steering
Switch
Column)
HVAC Control
Switches Rear
Standard
Radio
Optional
VORAD
Engine Display
Qualcomm
07/02/2007 f040753

SAM Chassis
2 3
6
07/18/2007 f544916
1. SAM Cab 3. Central Gateway 5. Diagnostic Connector

2. Starpoint Connector 4. Modular Switch Field 6. SAM Chassis

SAM Chassis
01/25/2007 f544954
Fig. 3, View of the SAM Chassis on the Frontwall
D
E
C
F A B
J
G
H
05/01/2006 f151036b
Pin Function
A Battery (–)
B Battery (+)
E CAN Shield (ground)
F J1708/J1587 (+)
G J1708/J1587 (–)

SAM Chassis
602 — Pinout Mapping

NOTE: The housing of the SAM Cab contains raised lettering, labeling all connectors, fuses, and re-
lays.
The SAM Chassis is available in different hardware models: Highline, Midline, and Baseline. Table 2 describes
any differences in pin functionality between these hardware models
Pinout Mapping
Function
SAM Chassis, Cabin CAN SAM Chassis, Cabin CAN SAM Chassis, Cabin CAN
X51 1
Low (-) Low (-) Low (-)
SAM Chassis, Cabin CAN SAM Chassis, Cabin CAN SAM Chassis, Cabin CAN
X51 2
High (+) High (+) High (+)
Hardwired ISS (Ignition Hardwired ISS (Ignition Hardwired ISS (Ignition
X51 3 Switch Status), SAM Switch Status), SAM Switch Status), SAM
Chassis Chassis Chassis
X51 4 Not connected Not connected Not connected
Emergency Battery, SAM Emergency Battery, SAM Emergency Battery, SAM
X51 5
Chassis Chassis Chassis
X52 1 Marker Lamp, Side Right Marker Lamp, Side Right Marker Lamp, Side Right
Marker Lamp, Side Right, Marker Lamp, Side Right, Marker Lamp, Side Right,
X52 2
Ground Ground Ground
Marker Lamp, Corner Rear Marker Lamp, Corner Rear Marker Lamp, Corner Rear
X52 3
Right Right Right
Power Feed 2, ABS/BS, Power Feed 2, ABS/BS, Power Feed 2, ABS/BS,
X52 4
Battery Battery Battery
X52 5
Right, Ground Right, Ground Right, Ground
Power Feed, ABS/BS, Power Feed, ABS/BS, Power Feed, ABS/BS,
X52 6
Ignition Ignition Ignition
X52 7
Battery Battery Battery
X52 8
X52 9
X53 1 Marker Lamp, Side Left Marker Lamp, Side Left Marker Lamp, Side Left
X53 2
Left Left Left
X53 3 Rear View Camera, Ignition Not connected Rear View Camera, Ignition
X53 4
Left, Ground Left, Ground Left, Ground
Trailer ABS Connector (7), Trailer ABS Connector (7), Trailer ABS Connector (7),
X53 5
ABS Detection ABS Detection ABS Detection
X53 6 Rear View Camera, Ground Not connected Rear View Camera, Ground

SAM Chassis
Pinout Mapping
Function
X53 7 Trailer Turn Lamp Right Trailer Turn Lamp Right Trailer Turn Lamp Right
Marker Lamp, Side Left, Marker Lamp, Side Left, Marker Lamp, Side Left,
X53 8
X53 9 Trailer Turn Lamp Left Trailer Turn Lamp Left Trailer Turn Lamp Left
X54 1
X54 3
Ground 1 (GND1) Ground 1 (GND1) Ground 1 (GND1)
Trailer Power, Battery or Trailer Power, Battery or Trailer Power, Battery or
X55 1
X55 2 Trailer Marker Lamps Trailer Marker Lamps Trailer Marker Lamps
X55 3 Trailer Tail Lamps Trailer Tail Lamps Trailer Tail Lamps
X55 4 Trailer Stop Lamps Trailer Stop Lamps Trailer Stop Lamps
X56 1 Trailer, Ground 2 (GND2) Not connected Not connected
End of Frame Primary
X56 2 Not connected Not connected
Trailer Power
Differential Lock Solenoid
Return, FA1 and FA2
Differential Lock Feedback
Switch Return, FA1
Switch Return, FA2
Trailer Turn Lamps Right
X56 8 Switch Supply (Chopped), Not connected Not connected
FA2
Trailer Turn Lamps Left
X56 11 Switch Supply (Chopped), Not connected Not connected
FA1
Differential Lock Solenoid
Driver, FA1 and FA2
Trailer Tail Lamps
Trailer Stop Lamps

SAM Chassis
Pinout Mapping
Function
Trailer Marker Lamps
Power Feed EAPU / WIF Power Feed EAPU / WIF
X57 1 Not connected
Module, Ignition Module, Ignition
Power Feed EAPU (Air Power Feed EAPU (Air
X57 2 Not connected
Processing Unit), Ground Processing Unit), Ground
Air Dryer (Pneumatic, Air Dryer (Pneumatic, Air Dryer (Pneumatic,
X57 3 Electrically Heated), Electrically Heated), Electrically Heated),
Air Dryer (Pneumatic, Air Dryer (Pneumatic, Air Dryer (Pneumatic,
X57 4 Electrically Heated), Electrically Heated), Electrically Heated),
Accessory Accessory Accessory
Fuel Water Separator Fuel Water Separator Fuel Water Separator
X57 5
Heater Element, Ground Heater Element, Ground Heater Element, Ground
Power Feed EAPU (Air Power Feed EAPU (Air
X57 13 Not connected
Processing Unit), Battery Processing Unit), Battery
Fuel Water Separator Fuel Water Separator Fuel Water Separator
X57 15
Heater Element, Ignition Heater Element, Ignition Heater Element, Ignition
X58 1 Turn Right Rear Lower Turn Right Rear Lower Turn Right Rear Lower
X58 3 Tail Lamp Right Tail Lamp Right Tail Lamp Right
Marker Lamp, Side Left, Marker Lamp, Side Left, Marker Lamp, Side Left,
X58 4
X58 5 Tail Lamps Right, Ground Tail Lamps Right, Ground Tail Lamps Right, Ground
Fuel Level Sensor, Fuel Level Sensor, Fuel Level Sensor,
X58 7
Feedback Feedback Feedback
X58 8 Tail Lamps Left, Ground Tail Lamps Left, Ground Tail Lamps Left, Ground
X58 10 Turn Left Rear Lower Turn Left Rear Lower Turn Left Rear Lower
X58 12 License Plate Lamp (First) License Plate Lamp (First) License Plate Lamp (First)

SAM Chassis
Pinout Mapping
Function
X58 13 Marker Lamp Side Right Marker Lamp Side Right Marker Lamp Side Right
Marker Lamp Side Right, Marker Lamp Side Right, Marker Lamp Side Right,
X58 14
X58 15 Fuel Level Sensor, Ground Fuel Level Sensor, Ground Fuel Level Sensor, Ground
X58 16 Marker Lamp, Side Left Marker Lamp, Side Left Marker Lamp, Side Left
X58 18 Tail Lamp Left Tail Lamp Left Tail Lamp Left
X58 19 Backup Lamp 1 Backup Lamp 1 Backup Lamp 1
Stop Lamp, Rear Right Stop Lamp, Rear Right Stop Lamp, Rear Right
X58 20
Lower Lower Lower
X58 21 Stop Lamp, Rear Left Lower Stop Lamp, Rear Left Lower Stop Lamp, Rear Left Lower
X59 1 Backup Switch, Supply Backup Switch, Supply Backup Switch, Supply
Transmission Neutral Transmission Neutral Transmission Neutral
X59 2
Switch, Supply Switch, Supply Switch, Supply
X59 3 Backup Switch, Return Backup Switch, Return Backup Switch, Return
Fuel Water Separator Fuel Water Separator
X59 9 Not connected
Sensor, Feedback Sensor, Feedback
Temperature Sensor Rear Temperature Sensor Rear Temperature Sensor Rear
X59 10
Axle 1, Feedback Axle 1, Feedback Axle 1, Feedback
Differential Lock Solenoid Differential Lock Solenoid Differential Lock Solenoid
X59 11
Driver, RA1 and RA2 Driver, RA1 and RA2 Driver, RA1 and RA2
X59 13
Axle 2, Feedback Axle 2, Feedback Axle 2, Feedback
X59 14
Axle 2, Ground Axle 2, Ground Axle 2, Ground
Differential Lock Feedback Differential Lock Feedback Differential Lock Feedback
X59 15
Switch Return, RA1 Switch Return, RA1 Switch Return, RA1
Differential Lock Solenoid Differential Lock Solenoid Differential Lock Solenoid
X59 16
Return, RA1 and RA2 Return, RA1 and RA2 Return, RA1 and RA2
X59 17
Axle 1, Ground Axle 1, Ground Axle 1, Ground
Transmission Neutral Transmission Neutral Transmission Neutral
X59 18
Switch, Return Switch, Return Switch, Return

SAM Chassis
Pinout Mapping
Function
X59 19 Switch Supply (Chopped), Switch Supply (Chopped), Switch Supply (Chopped),
RA1 RA1 RA1
X59 20 Switch Supply (Chopped), Switch Supply (Chopped), Switch Supply (Chopped),
RA2 RA2 RA2
X59 21
Switch Return, RA2 Switch Return, RA2 Switch Return, RA2
Table 2, Pinout Mapping
603 — Fuse Mapping

Fuse Mapping
F1 EAPU 20 X57 13 Power Feed Air Processing Unit, BAT
F2 H2O SEP HEAT 20 X57 15 Fuel Water Heater, IGN
F3 ABS-BAT1 20 X52 7 Power Feed 1 ABS, BAT
F4 ABS-BAT2 10 X52 4 Power Feed 2 ABS, BAT
F5 TRLR TRN L 20 X53 9 Trailer Turn Lamp Left
F6 ABS-IGN 15 X52 6 Power Feed ABS, IGN
X53 3 Rear View Camera
F7 WIF/CAMERA 10
X57 1 Power Feed EAPU, IGN
F8 TRLR TRN R 20 X53 7 Trailer Turn Lamp Right
F9 TRLR MKR 30 X55 2 Trailer Marker Lamps
F10 SAM RELAY COILS 5 N/A N/A Battery Feed for Relay Coils
F11 TRLR ABS-IGN 30 X54 1 Trailer ABS, IGN
F12 TRLR STOP 30 X55 4 Trailer Stop Lamps
F13 TRLR TAIL 20 X55 3 Trailer Tail Lamps
F14 TRLR PWR 30 X55 1 Trailer Power, BAT or IGN
Table 3, Fuse Mapping

SAM Chassis
604 — Relay Mapping

Relay Mapping
Relay Coil Relay
Type
(86) (85) (30) Pwr To
H2O SEP HEAT, F10 (batt
R1 SAM Micro Batt NO F2 X57 15 Fuel Water Heater, IGN
IGN power)
F10 (batt
R2 TRLR TRN L SAM Micro Batt NO F5 X53 9 Trailer Turn Lamp Left
power)
F6 X52 6 Power Feed ABS, IGN
ABS/WIF/ F10 (batt
R3 SAM Micro Batt NO X53 3 Rear View Camera
CAMERA, IGN power) F7
X57 1 Power Feed EAPU, IGN
F10 (batt
R4 TRLR TRN R SAM Micro Batt NO F8 C53 7 Trailer Turn Lamp Right
power)
F10 (batt
R5 TRLR MARKER SAM Micro Batt NO F9 X55 2 Trailer Marker Lamps
power)
F10 (batt
R6 TRLR ABS-IGN SAM Micro Batt NO F11 X54 1 Trailer ABS, IGN
power)
TRLR STOP F10 (batt
R7 SAM Micro Batt NO F12 X55 4 Trailer Stop Lamps
LAMPS power)
F10 (batt
R8 TRLR POWER SAM Micro Batt NO* F14 X55 3 Trailer Power, BAT or IGN
power)
TRLR TAIL F10 (batt
R9 SAM Micro Batt NO F13 X55 1 Trailer Tail Lamps
LAMPS power)
* R8 is a single throw relay, it will only have 4 prongs. Either pin 87 or pin 87a will be missing, depending on the intended functionality of the circuit. If prong 87a
is missing the circuit will be normally open, the trailer power circuit is enabled only if the key is in IGN position or enabled through a switch (depending on SAM
parameterization). If prong 87 is missing, the circuit is normally closed (BAT). If a 5 prong relay is used, the trailer power will be always on.
Table 4, Relay Mapping
700 — Troubleshooting Overview

If the symptom is function- or system-specific (stop lights do not function, for example), refer to the applicable
subject in this manual.
In ServiceLink, use the CAN protocol to troubleshoot or configure the SAM Chassis, via the Diagnostic CAN
datalink. See 601 — Component Details for the Diagnostic CAN pins in the diagnostic connector.
For more information on the Diagnostic CAN datalink, see G03.04 — Datalink, Diagnostic CAN.

• ServiceLink

• Wiring (bad/loose connection, corrosion, miswiring, etc.)
• SAM Chassis relays

SAM Chassis
• SAM Chassis fuses

• SAM Chassis parameters
• SAM Chassis ECU software
• Diagnostic CAN datalink
703 — Fault Codes

CAN Fault, SAM Chassis
Trigger: SAM Chassis battery voltage sensed to
be above normal, or shorted to high. Reflects
battery voltage datalink value from the SAM Cab
Electrical Potential (Voltage) – voltage
71 168 3 ECU.
above normal, or shorted to high
Action: Check power feed wiring to the SAM Cab
and the SAM Chassis. Check alternator charging
wiring.
Trigger: SAM Chassis battery voltage sensed to
be below normal, or shorted to low. Reflects
battery voltage datalink value from the SAM Cab
Electrical Potential (Voltage) – voltage
71 168 4 ECU.
below normal, or shorted to low
Action: Check power feed wiring to the SAM Cab
and the SAM Chassis. Check alternator charging
wiring.
Trigger: The Cabin CAN Low (–) pin is shorted to
battery, or high source.
CAN low – voltage above normal, or Chassis outputs may be behaving according to
71 520201 3
shorted to high source Emergency Power Mode.
Action: Check the Cabin CAN harness,
especially in connection to the SAM Chassis.
Verify proper connection of the Cabin CAN
harness to the SAM Chassis.
Trigger: The Cabin CAN Low (–) pin shorted to
ground, or low source.
Vehicle Behavior: In case of a serious error with
the Cabin CAN datalink, SAM Cab, and SAM
CAN low – voltage below normal, or Chassis outputs may be behaving according to
71 520201 4
shorted to low source Emergency Power Mode.

SAM Chassis
CAN Fault, SAM Chassis

Trigger: The Cabin CAN High (+) pin shorted to
battery, or high source.
In the case of a serious error with the Cabin CAN
datalink, SAM Cab and SAM Chassis outputs
CAN high – voltage above normal, or may be behaving according to Emergency Power
71 520202 3
shorted to high source Mode.
Trigger: The Cabin CAN High (+) pin shorted to
ground, or low source.
In the case of a serious error with the Cabin CAN
datalink, SAM Cab and SAM Chassis outputs
CAN high – voltage below normal, or may be behaving according to Emergency Power
71 520202 4
shorted to low source Mode.
connection to the SAM Chassis. Verify proper
Chassis.
Trigger: A problem is detected with Cabin CAN
performance. In the case of a serious problem
Cabin CAN bus performance condition with the Cabin CAN datalink, the SAM Cab and/or
71 523511 31
exists SAM Chassis may be running in Emergency
Power Mode.
Action: Check Cabin CAN wiring.
Trigger: The SAM Chassis did not receive
heartbeat messages from the SAM Cab.
Emergency Power Mode for a SAM Cab failure.
71 524033 31 Lost communication with the SAM Cab An indication of a SAM Cab failure is that all
gauges in the instrumentation control unit (ICU)
drop to zero because power to the ICU is lost.
connections to the SAM Cab and SAM Chassis.
Check SAM Cab power supply cables.
heartbeat messages from the CGW.
71 524037 31 Lost communication with the CGW Action: Check Cabin CAN wiring, especially
connections to the CGW and the SAM Chassis.
Check CGW power supply fuse and wiring.
heartbeat messages from the MSF.
71 524049 31 Lost communication with the MSF are controlled by the MSF do not function, such
as turn and hazard functions, rotary switch
(headlamp) functions, and wiper.
connections to the MSF and the SAM Chassis.
Table 5, CAN Fault, SAM Chassis

SAM Chassis
704 — Fused and Relayed Outputs
LOGIC CONTROLLED RELAYED, FUSED OUTPUTS
X55/1 Trailer Power, BAT or IGN

X57/15 Fuel Water Heater, IGN*
X57/1 Power Feed EAPU, IGN
X53/7 Trailer Turn Lamp Right

X52/6 Power Feed ABS, IGN
X53/9 Trailer Turn Lamp Left
X55/2 Trailer Marker Lamps

X53/3 Rear View Camera
X55/4 Trailer Stop Lamps
X55/3 Trailer Tail Lamps

X54/1 Trailer ABS, IGN
F11 (30A)
F12 (30A)
F14 (30A)
F13 (20A)
F2 (20A)
F5 (20A)
F6 (15A)
F7 (10A)
F8 (20A)
F9 (30A)
F10 (5A)
85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85
87a 87a 87a 87a 87 87 87 87a 87
87 87 87 87 87a 87a 87a
See
Note: R8
30 86 30 86 30 86 30 86 30 86
30 30 86 30 86
86
R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 R7 R8 R 9
Note: R8
12V From
Megafuse
GND To
Battery
F1 (20A)
F3 (20A)
F4 (10A)
Normally Closed Normally Open

To F 13 (BAT power) To F 13 (IGN or
NOTE R8: Switch power) NOTE R9:
Power Feed Air Processing Unit, BAT −X57/13
Power Feed 1 ABS, BAT − X52/7
Power Feed 2 ABS, BAT −X52/4
R8 is a single throw relay, it will 85 85 The SAM switches relay 9 on

only have 4 prongs. Either pin 87a 87 supplying power to fuse 13
87 or pin 87a will be missing, when the headlight switch is
depending on the intended on! thus turning on the trailer
functionality of the circuit. tail lamps.
If prong 87a is missing the 30 86 30 86
circuit will be normally open, the When in emergency power
BAT
BAT
trailer power circuit is enabled mode, the SAM switches relay 9

only if the key is in IGN position on and off, which switches the
or enabled through a switch power to fuse 13 on and off!
(depending on SAM thus flashing the trailer tail
parameterization) 87 87 lamps.
If prong 87 is missing, the circuit
is normally closed (BAT). 87a 87a
If a 5 prong relay is used, the 86 85 86 85
trailer power will be always on. 30 30
NC Relay −Pin 87 NO Relay −Pin 87a

missing missing
FUSED BATTERY
PASSTHROUGHS
02/25/2010 Ref. Dia. SAM CHAS_Relay_Fuse_small.vsd f545101
Fig. 5, Fused and Relayed Outputs

02/25/2010
G02.05/16
Battery
GND To
Megafuse
12V From
X52/2 −Marker Lamps, Side Right GND
Emergency BAT, Chas ! X51/5 X52/5 −Marker Lamps, Corner Rear Right GND
X52/8 −Power Feed 1 ABS/BS, GND
*Air dryer (pneumatic, electrically heated), ACC ! X57/4 X52/9 −Power Feed 2 ABS/BS, GND
Spare IGN ! X58/2 X53/4 −Marker Lamps, Corner Rear Left GND
X53/6 −Rear View Camera GND
X53/8 −Marker Lamps, side left GND
OUTPUTS
UNFUSED
CONSTANT
X54/3 −Trailer ABS Connector (7), GND1
X56/1 −Trailer GND2

Marker Lamp, side right ! X52/1
Marker lamp, Corner Rear Right ! X52/3 X57/2 −Power feed EAPU (Air Processing Unit), GND
X57/3 −Air Dryer (Pneumatic, Electrically Heated), GND
Marker Lamp, Side Left ! X53/1 X57/5 −Fuel Water Separator Heater Element GND
Marker Lamp, Corner Rear Left ! X53/2
X58/4 −Marker Lamps, Side Left GND
End of Frame Primary Trailer Power ! X56/2 X58/5 −Tail Lamps, Right GND
GROUNDED PINS
End of Frame Primary Trailer Turn Lamps Right ! X56/7 X58/8 −Tail Lamps, Left, GND
Diff Lock Feedback Switch Supply (Chopped), FA2 ! X56/8 X58/14 −Marker Lamps, Side Right GND
End of Frame Primary Trailer Turn Lamps Left ! X56/10 X58/15 −Fuel Level Sensor, GND
Diff Lock Feedback Switch Supply (chopped), FA1 ! X56/11
Diff Lock Solenoid Driver, FA1 and FA2 ! X56/12 X59/14 −Temperature Sensor Rear Axle 2, GND
End of Frame Primary Trailer Tail Lamps ! X56/13 X59/17 −Temperature sensor rear axle 1, GND
End of Frame Primary Trailer Stop Lamps ! X56/14
BOARD
End of Frame Primary Trailer Marker Lamps ! X56/15
Turn Right Rear, Lower ! X58/1 X51/1 −SAM_Chas CAN_L −Cabin

Tail Lamp, Right ! X58/3 X51/2 −SAM_Chas CAN_H −Cabin
INTERNAL SAM PC
Turn Left Rear, Lower ! X58/10 X51/3 −Hard wired ISS, Chas
License Plate Lamp (First) ! X58/12
Marker Lamp, Side Right ! X58/13 X53/5 −Trailer ABS Connector (7), ABS Detection
Marker Lamp, Side Left ! X58/16
Tail Lamp, Left ! X58/18 X56/4 −Diff Lock Solenoid Return, FA1 and FA2
UNFUSED OUTPUTS
Backup Lamp 1 ! X58/19
LOGIC CONTROLLED
X56/5 −Diff Lock Feedback Switch Return, FA1
Stop Lamp, Rear Right Lower ! X58/20 X56/6 −Diff Lock Feedback Switch Return, FA2
Stop Lamp, Rear Left Lower ! X58/21
705 — Unfused Outputs, Grounded Pins, and Inputs
X58/7 −Fuel Level Sensor, Feedback

Backup Switch, IGN (chopped) ! X59/1
Fig. 6, Unfused Outputs, Grounded Pins, and Inputs

Transmission Neutral switch, IGN (chopped) ! X59/2 X59/3 −Backup Switch, Return
Diff Lock Solenoid Driver, RA1 and RA2 ! X59/11 X59/9 −Fuel Water Separator Sensor, Feedback
Diff Lock Feedback Switch Supply (chopped), RA1 ! X59/19 X59/10 −Temperature Sensor Rear Axle 1, Feedback
Diff Lock Feedback Switch Supply (chopped), RA2 ! X59/20 X59/13 −Temperature Sensor Rear Axle 2, Feedback
X59/15 −Diff Lock Feedback Switch Return, RA1
SAM CHAS INPUTS
X59/16 −Diff Lock Solenoid Return, RA1 and RA2

X59/18 −Transmission Neutral Switch, Return
X59/21 −Diff Lock Feedback Switch Return, RA2
Ref. Dia. SAM_CHAS_unfused small.vsd

f545103

SAM Chassis
SAM Chassis
706 — Logic Controlled Unfused Outputs
INPUTS SAM Chassis OUTPUT
09/19/2007 f545127a
Fig. 7, SAM Unfused Inputs and Outputs
YES Go to test 2.
NO Go to test 5.
2. Use the I/O control feature in Datalink Monitor to test the output circuit.
Does the function or output work when activated with Datalink Monitor?
YES Go to test 3.
NO Go to test 4.
YES Check SAM Chassis programming and parameters. For additional programming/parameter informa-
tion specific to this function, refer to the applicable subject in this manual. If programming/parameters are
OK, replace the SAM Chassis.
manual.
YES Replace the SAM Chassis.
bleshooting specific to this function, refer to the applicable subject in this manual.
5. Determine if input conditions are met for the function or output to operate using Datalink Monitor.
manual.

SAM Chassis
5.1 Refer to the function or output in this manual to identify what input conditions have to be met in or-
der for the function or output to operate.
5.3 While monitoring the template inputs, attempt to activate the function or output using the normal
method. For example, turn on the headlights if the rotary switch inputs are being tested.
YES Go to test 6.
manual.
NOTE: Available voltage tests cannot be performed on every SAM Chassis function. For example,
checking voltage at a turn signal connector will not work. Refer to the applicable subject in this
manual for more details about troubleshooting specific outputs. If test 6 cannot be performed, pro-
ceed to test 7.
6.3 Measure voltage between the positive and ground pins on the connector.
NO Go to test 7.
7.1 Disconnect the SAM connector(s) containing the circuits for the output (power) and ground for the
function being tested.
7.2 Apply fused power to the output circuit using jumper wires, and apply ground to the ground circuit.
YES Check SAM programming and parameters. For additional programming and parameter information,
refer to the applicable subject in this manual. If the programming and parameters are OK, replace the SAM
Chassis.

SAM Chassis
707 — Logic Controlled Relayed Fused Outputs
SAM Chassis
Internal Sam
INPUTS Circuit Board
Relay Fuse OUTPUT
09/19/2007 f545126a
Fig. 8, SAM Fused Inputs and Outputs
YES Go to test 2.
NO Go to test 3.
2. On SAM Chassis with I/O control, use Datalink Monitor to determine if the output circuit can be elim-
inated as the problem.
manual.
2.2 Using the template, attempt to activate the function or output.
Does the function or output work when activated manually in Datalink Monitor?
NOTE: For normally closed relays, activating the SAM output will turn off the function the relay controls. For
normally open relays, activating the SAM output will turn on the function the relay controls.
YES Go to test 3.
NO Go to test 4.
3. Use Datalink Monitor to determine if input conditions are met for function or output to operate.
manual.

SAM Chassis
3.1 Refer to the applicable function or output, and identify what input conditions have to be met for nor-
mal operation.
3.2 Open the applicable Datalink Monitor template.
3.3 While monitoring the template inputs, attempt to active the function or output using the normal
method. Turn on the headlights, for example, if the rotary switch inputs are being tested.
YES Go to test 4.
manual.
4. Check the available voltage at the consumer.
NOTE: Available voltage tests cannot be performed on every SAM function. For example, checking
voltage at a turn signal connector will not work. Refer to the applicable subject for more informa-
tion about troubleshooting the specific outputs. If test 4 cannot be performed, proceed to test 5.
4.3 Measure voltage between the positive and ground pins.
NO Go to test 5.
5. Check for power at the relay coil (low current side).
5.1 Remove the relay from the SAM for the function that is not working.
5.2 Check for voltage in the SAM relay cavity that corresponds to terminal 85 of the relay.
YES Go to test 6.
NO Check fuse F29 on the SAM Chassis.
6. Check for power at the relay common (high current side).
Check for voltage in the SAM relay cavity that corresponds to terminal 30 of the relay.
YES Go to test 7.
NO Check main power to SAM from the MEGA fuse.
7. Check the SAM fuse for the function.
Check the fuse for the function or output.
Is the fuse good?
YES Go to test 8.

SAM Chassis
NO Check for a short to ground in the output circuit. Check the component that the output supplies power
to for excessive current draw. Make repairs as necessary, and replace the fuse.
8. Determine if the function works when power is manually applied.
Using a fused jumper, apply power to the SAM relay cavity that corresponds to 87 for normally open relay
connections, or 87a for normally closed relays.
Does the function work when power is manually applied at the relay?
YES Go to test 9.
9. Determine if the output works with a test relay that is operating properly.
Remove the relay from the SAM and install the known good relay.
Does the function or output work with a known good relay?
YES Replace the relay.
NO Check SAM programming and parameters. For additional programming/parameter information, refer
to the applicable subject in this manual. If programming and parameters are OK, replace the SAM.
708 — Unfused Constant Outputs
SAM Chassis OUTPUT
09/11/2007 f545125
Fig. 9, SAM Unfused Constant Outputs

1.2 Measure the voltage between the positive and ground pins on the connector.
NO Go to test 2.
2. Check the voltage at output pin.
2.1 Turn the ignition switch on.

SAM Chassis
2.2 Check for voltage at the unfused constant output pin.

Is there 12V at the unfused constant output pin?
YES The problem is in the output power or ground circuits or the load itself. For additional output trou-
bleshooting refer to the applicable subject in this manual.
NO For IGN and ACC outputs, check for ignition switch function. For all types, check the main power and
ground feeds to the SAM. If OK, replace the SAM.
709 — Fused Battery Pass-Through Outputs
BATT
SAM Chassis
Fuse OUTPUT
09/11/2007 f545128
Fig. 10, Fused Battery Pass-Through Outputs
1. Check the fuse in the SAM for the output.

Is the fuse OK?
YES Go to test 2.
NO Check for short to ground in the output circuit, repair as necessary, and then replace the fuse. For ad-
ditional output troubleshooting, refer to the applicable subject in this manual.
2. Check power and ground supply to the SAM.
Is power and ground supply to the SAM OK?
YES The problem is in the output power or ground circuits, or the load itself. For additional output trou-
NO Check the MEGA fuse, and the power and ground circuits to the SAM. Repair as necessary.

Table of Contents
System Overview
MSF Master ECU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
MSF Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
Sub Bus Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504
Other MSF Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
MSF Slaves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
Datalink, Diagnostic CAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
Controller Area Network (CAN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509
Control Messaging and ECU Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
Components
MSF Master Connector Pinouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
Signal-Only Sub Bus Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
Hardwired Sub Bus Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603
Rotary Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604
Stalk Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605
Steering Wheel Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606
Clock Spring Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607
Diagnostic Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608
Starpoint Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700
Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
CAN Fault Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703
Diagnostic Tests for Verifying Sub Bus Switch Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704
Specifications
Sub Bus Switch Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800
Stalk Switch Binary Coded Pin Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 801
Rotary Switch Binary Coded Pin Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 802


CAN ID—The identifier of an ECU communicating on CAN.
PWM—Pulse-Width Modulation
SA—Source Address; represents the node address of any device that communicates on CAN.

The Modular Switch Field (MSF) includes an MSF Master ECU, MSF slave panels, and various connected
switches.
NOTE: This subject describes general operation and troubleshooting for switches in the modular
switch field. To troubleshoot a specific switch’s function, refer to the applicable troubleshooting subject.

4
2 5
05/14/2007 f545032
1. Steering Wheel Switches 3. Stalk Switch 5. MSF Slaves

2. Rotary Switch 4. MSF Master ECU 6. Starpoint Connector
Fig. 1, Modular Switch Field
NOTE: The Starpoint Connector is not a part of the switch field, but is part of the Cabin CAN Datalink.
It is included in this illustration because the MSF Master connects to the starpoint connector.
502 — MSF Master ECU

The MSF Master is also referred to as the "Master Control Module" or "Master Control Panel (MCP)."
It is the only component in the modular switch field that is connected to the Cabin CAN datalink. All other com-
ponents of the switch field are connected to the MSF Master.
The MSF Master houses the hazard switch. It also has housing for two "sub bus switches."
The MSF Master receives battery power and ground from the SAM Cab; power comes through a 15A fuse (F4)
on the SAM Cab.
503 — MSF Switches

There are two types of switches in the Modular Switch Field:
• Sub Bus Switches:
– signal only (multiplexed)
– hardwired (load-interrupting)

• Other MSF Switches:

– hazard switch
– rotary switch (headlamps)
– stalk switch
– steering wheel switches
ECU parameters on the MSF Master determine which sub bus switches belong on the vehicle. For more infor-
mation on ECU parameters for Cabin CAN ECUs, refer to G03.04 — Datalink, Diagnostic CAN.
NOTE: The diagnostics, troubleshooting, and configuration in this subject apply only to switches that
are a part of the modular switch field. Some switches in the vehicle are not part of the MSF, such as
door switches, switches for mirror direction, ABS check, and possibly other aftermarket switches.
504 — Sub Bus Switches

MSF Slaves physically connect switches to the MSF Master via a three-wire proprietary "sub bus." This sub bus
consists of one wire that provides power to all connected switches, one wire that provides ground to all con-
nected switches, and one wire that carries a data signal. Off-board tools, such as ServiceLink, do not directly
access this sub bus, but can troubleshoot the sub bus pins on the MSF Master and its connected sub bus
switches via the MSF Master.
All sub bus switches have a unique ID number that the MSF Master monitors on the sub bus.
Backlighting for all sub bus switches is powered by the sub bus wiring and is controlled by the MSF Master.
There are two types of sub bus switches:
• Signal-Only (multiplexed): The MSF Master ECU monitors the sub bus for the presence of a signal
switch, as well as its switch position. The switch position is then provided to other ECUs on the Cabin CAN
datalink, that use the switch as an input.
• Hardwired (load-interrupting): The MSF Master monitors the sub bus for the presence of a hardwired
switch only; it does not monitor the switch position of a hardwired switch. Hardwired switches are hard-
wired to the load for which they are an input. They are also called "load-interrupting," because they often
physically interrupt the load for which they are an input. This differs from signal switches, which do not
connect to anything except for the sub bus.
The MSF Master provides faults for missing or extra sub bus switches. Missing and extra sub bus switch informa-
tion can be viewed in the following ServiceLink screens:
• ECU List icon: "Faults" screen (CAN protocol)
• MSF icon: "Faults" screen (CAN protocol)
• MSF icon: "Switches" screen (CAN protocol)
A list of sub bus switches currently connected to the vehicle, as well as the position of any signal switch, is view-
able on the "Switches" screen, under the MSF icon on ServiceLink.
Hardwired switches do not have their position status (up, down, middle) available on the sub bus. They must be
physically viewed to know their current position. This is because the MSF Master monitors the sub bus for a
hardwired switch presence only; it does not monitor the switch position of a hardwired switch due to the way the
hardwired switches are designed.
Differences between signal and hardwired switches are:

• Connection to external circuits: hardwired switches are physically connected to the loads for which they
are an input, as well as to the sub bus. Signal switches are physically connected to the sub bus only (not
to any external circuits).
• Position information: signal switches have their position status (up, down, not pressed) viewable in Ser-
viceLink on the MSF icon "Switches" screen. Hardwired switches do not, and must be looked at to know
their position status.
Refer to 704 — Diagnostic Tests for Verifying Sub Bus Switch Type for faults related to missing or extra sub
bus switches, as well as diagnostic tests to determine if a sub bus switch is hardwired or signal.
505 — Other MSF Switches

Switches in the MSF include:
• hazard switch
• rotary switch (headlamps)
• stalk switch
• steering wheel switches
All of these switches are physically connected to the MSF Master via wiring, not via the sub bus. An exception is
the hazard switch, which is built directly into the MSF Master housing. For troubleshooting information about a
switch’s specific function, refer to that function’s subject in this manual.
Rotary Switch: The rotary switch is also referred to as the "headlamp switch." The rotary switch is the input for
marker, clearance, tail, and license plate lamps, and low- and high-beam headlamps. Depending on vehicle op-
tions, it may also be the input for fog lamps.
Stalk Switch: The stalk switch is used for left and right turn signals, high-beam activation, performing a flash-to-
pass, and activating the wipers and windshield washer. It is wired to the MSF. The stalk switch has three
horizontal positions:
• Pushed: high-beam headlights are activated if the low-beam headlights are on (position 2).
• Neutral: no action.
• Pulled: the flash-to-pass function is performed, regardless of the position of the headlight switch.
Steering Wheel Switches: The steering wheel switches are the switch pads on the left and right sides of the
steering wheel. They control the following, depending on vehicle options:
• cruise control (on/off, set/resume, accelerate/decelerate, cancel)
• engine brake
• marker interrupt
• menu scroll buttons (+/–) for the driver information center in the instrument cluster
Steering wheel switch inputs to the MSF master are two signal wires, S1 and S2. These are resistive ladder
logic inputs for the above functions, however they cannot be measured externally by a voltmeter due to diodes in
the steering wheel switch circuitry. To monitor the status of these switches, use the template "MSF Switches:
Hazard, Rotary, Stalk, Steering wheel" in ServiceLink.
MSF Master: The MSF Master reports various faults for these switches, such as short-circuits to power or ground.

506 — MSF Slaves

The MSF slaves are simple housings for up to four switches. These connect to the wiring of the proprietary sub
bus. The sub bus connects each switch to the MSF Master. MSF Slaves are sometimes also referred to as
"Slave Control Panels" (SCP) or as "slaves."
There can be up to 9 slaves installed on a vehicle.
These slave housings can be connected to the MSF Master using the sub bus wiring by either of the following
connection methods:
• Daisy chain.
• Direct connection to the MSF Master. The MSF Master has connections for up to six connection’s slaves.
Both connection methods may be used at the same time. The maximum length of the sub bus is 40 meters.
See Fig. 2 for examples of both connection methods.
1 2 2
3
3
3 1 2 2
05/14/2007 f545033
A. Daisy-Chain Connection
B. Direct Connection to MSF Master
1. MSF Master 2. MSF Slave 3. 3-Wire Sub Bus
Fig. 2, MSF Slave Connection Methods


The MSF Master is the only component of the switch field that is physically connected to the Cabin CAN
datalink. All other components of the switch field are not connected to any of the four datalinks. See G02.02 —
Datalink Communication Structure for details.
Diagnostic CAN
Central Gateway
(500kbps) SAE J1939−13
SAE J1708
9−Pin connector
(9.6kbps)
SAM Cab
Cabin CAN SAE J1939
Module
SAM Chassis
Pneumatic ABS
Module
Modular Switch
Field (Master)
Transmission
Control Module
Sub Bus

Instrument
Cluster
HVAC Control
Head Lamp
(Steering
Switch
Column)
HVAC Control
Switches Rear
Standard
Radio
Optional
VORAD
Engine Display
Qualcomm
07/02/2007 f040753

The Cabin CAN datalink wires run from the MSF Master to the Starpoint Connector, where it joins the rest of the
Cabin CAN datalink.
508 — Datalink, Diagnostic CAN

Since there is no direct connection from the off-board tool to the Cabin CAN datalink, the Diagnostic CAN
datalink runs from the diagnostic connector to the Central Gateway ECU (CGW). Its sole purpose is to connect
the off-board tool (ServiceLink) to the CGW. In this way, the off-board tool can communicate with all of the Cabin
CAN ECUs, such as the MSF Master.
509 — Controller Area Network (CAN)

Off-board tools such as ServiceLink use a communication protocol called CAN to communicate with the Cabin
CAN ECUs. This is similar to how J1587 is used to communicate with ECUs connected to the J1708 datalink.
This applies to the SAM Cab, SAM Chassis, Modular Switch Field, and Central Gateway. Sometimes these
ECUs are also called "CAN ECUs."
510 — Control Messaging and ECU Troubleshooting

ECU "control messaging" refers to the messages it sends to other ECUs to control the vehicle. This takes place
over its connected datalink. However, an ECU’s "troubleshooting datalink" refers to the datalink that an off-board
tool, such as ServiceLink, uses to communicate and diagnose that ECU. See Table 1.
ECU Control Messaging and Troubleshooting Datalinks

Control Direct Connection Direct Connection Diagnostic
ECU is on this Troubleshooting
Messaging to Diagnostic to Diagnostic Communication
Datalink Datalink
Datalink Connector? Connector? Protocol
Cabin CAN Cabin CAN No Diagnostic CAN Yes CAN
Table 1, ECU Control Messaging and Troubleshooting Datalinks
Faults from all ECUs can be viewed on ServiceLink.

The diagnostic protocol used for troubleshooting or configuring the MSF is the Control Area Network (CAN). For
more information on CAN, see G03.04 — Datalink, Diagnostic CAN.
The MSF Master has parameters that can be viewed or changed for vehicle configuration. The MSF can be
flashed using ServiceLink, which will flash to its same version or upgrade, if required.
The software flashing procedure should only be performed on the MSF in the following cases:
• As a last resort: Troubleshooting has narrowed the problem down to being at the MSF itself and no other
mechanical or electrical causes for the symptom have been identified. As a last resort, flashing the MSF
software with the same version may help in the case it became corrupt during the course of normal vehicle
operation.

ware upgrades.
• Replacing the MSF: Flashing ensures that the most recent software is on the installed ECU.
For instructions on how to use ServiceLink to flash the software of a CAN ECU like the MSF, refer to the Ser-
viceLink User Guide or ServiceLink Help user documentation, available in ServiceLink’s "Help" menu.

• G02.01 — Electrical System and Main PDM Overview
• G02.02 — Datalink Communication Structure
• G02.03 — Central Gateway
• G02.04 — SAM Cab
• G04.03 — CAN Fault Codes

D
E
C
F A B
J
G
H
3
05/14/2007 f545034
1. MSF Master ECU 2. Starpoint Connector 3. Diagnostic Connector

3 4 5
POWEET
OUTL
12V−10
R
A
PO
OU W
12V TL
ER
−10 ET
A
06/18/2007 f610939
1. Rotary Switch 4. MSF Master ECU

2. Stalk Switch 5. MSF Slaves
3. Steering Wheel Switches
Fig. 5, Component Locations (cab)
601 — MSF Master Connector Pinouts
12 3 4 A
12 3 12 3
B B
12 6 1 4 1 4 7 10 13
2 5 2 5 8 11 14
3 6 3 6 9 12 15
7 1
D C
B B B B
E 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1
04/30/2008 f544920
A. Steering Wheel Switch and Pinout

B. MSF Slave Sub Bus Pinouts
C. Stalk Switch Pinout
D. Battery and Cabin CAN Pinout
E. Rotary Switch Pinout
Fig. 6, MSF Master Connection Locations

Connector A Pinout
Pin Function
1 Steering wheel, left switch signal (S2)
2 Backlighting PWM
3 Steering wheel, right switch signal (S1)
4 Ground
Table 2, Connector A Pinout
Connector B Pinout: MSF Slave Sub Bus Connector

Pin Function
1 Battery Power Supply from MSF Master
2 Sub bus signal from MSF Master
3 Ground from MSF Master
Table 3, Connector B Pinout: MSF Slave Sub Bus
Connector
Connector C Pinout: Stalk Switch

Pin Function
1 Turn signal switch supply voltage
2 Left turn signal
3 Right turn signal
4 High beam flash signal
5 High beam signal
6 Low beam signal
7 Ignition Power
8 Binary Code Input A
9 Binary Code Input B
10 Not connected
11 Not connected
12 Washer signal
13 Not connected
14 Binary Code Input C
15 +12V ignition
Table 4, Connector C Pinout: Stalk Switch

Connector D Pinout
Pin Function
1 Digital Input #1
2 Battery Power
3 Cabin CAN Low
4 Digital Input #2
5 Cabin CAN High
6 Ground
Table 5, Connector D Pinout
Connector E Pinout: Rotary Switch

Pin Function
1 Battery Power
2 Binary Code Input 1 (BC1)
3 Binary Code Input 2 (BC2)
4 Binary Code Input Version
5 Binary Code Common
6 Fog lamp signal
7 Backlighting PWM
8 Backlighting PWM
9 Not connected
10 Ground
11 Ground
12 Ground
Table 6, Connector E Pinout: Rotary Switch
MSF Slaves
Pin Function
1 Battery Power
2 Sub bus signal
3 Ground
Table 7, MSF Slaves

602 — Signal-Only Sub Bus Switches

The signal-only sub bus switches are also called "multiplexed" or "MUX" switches.
Signal-Only Sub Bus Switches
05/15/2007 f545035
Pin Function
A Battery Power
B Sub bus signal
C Ground
Table 8, Signal-Only Sub Bus Switches

603 — Hardwired Sub Bus Switches

For MSF hardwired sub bus switch pin functionality, refer to the MSF hardwired sub bus switch drawing A06–
53783. Pin function will vary, based on the individual switch.
Hardwired Sub Bus Switches
c
3 2 1
a
6 5 4
05/15/2007 f545036
Pin Function
A Battery Power
B Sub bus signal
C Ground
1
2
For MSF hardwired switch pin functionality,
3 refer to the MSF hardwired sub bus switch
4 drawing A06–53783. Pin function will vary,
based on the individual switch.
5
6
Table 9, Hardwired Sub Bus Switches

604 — Rotary Switch

Rotary Switch
05/15/2007 f545037
Pin Function
1 Binary Code 1
2 Binary Code Common
3 Version
4 Fog Lamps/Road Lamps
5 Binary Code 2
6 Backlighting
7 Ground
8 Battery Power
Table 10, Rotary Switch

605 — Stalk Switch

Stalk Switch
05/15/2007 f545038
Pin Function
1 Wiper switch, ignition power supply
2 Binary Code A
3 Binary Code B
4 Binary Code C
5 Washer signal
6 Not connected
7 Not connected
8 Not connected
9 Headlamp high beam flash signal
10 Headlamp high beam signal
11 Headlamp low beam signal
12 Left turn signal
13 Turn signal switch, power supply
14 Right turn signal
Table 11, Stalk Switch

1 1 1
8 8 8
2 T 2 T 2 T
3 I 3 I 3 4 I
4 5 4 5 5
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
12/19/2007 f545171
1. Left Turn Signal 8. Binary Code A

2. Turn Signal Switch, Power Supply 9. Binary Code B
3. Right Turn Signal 10. Wiper Switch, Ignition Power Supply
4. Headlight Low Beam Signal 11. Binary Code C
5. Headlight High Beam Signal 12. Washer Signal
6. Headlight High/Low Beam Maintain, Ignition Power 13. Windshield Wiper Push Button
Supply
7. Headlight High Beam Flash Signal
Fig. 7, Stalk Switch Internal Schematic
606 — Steering Wheel Switches

Steering Wheel Switches
1
2
3
4
05/15/2007 f545039
Pin Function
2 Backlighting PWM
4 Ground
Table 12, Steering Wheel Switches

607 — Clock Spring Connector

Clock Spring Connector
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
05/15/2007 f545040
Pin Function
1 Air bag (+), if used
2 Air bag (–), if used
3 Not used
4 Backlighting Ground
6 Backlighting PWM
8 Not used
9 Horn signal
10 Horn
Table 13, Clock Spring Connector

608 — Diagnostic Connector

D
E
C
F A B
J
G
H
05/01/2006 f151036b
Pin Function
A Ground
B Battery +12V
C J1939+
D J1939–
E J1939 (only if heavy cable is used)
F J1587+
G J1587–
H Diagnostic CAN+
J Diagnostic CAN–

609 — Starpoint Connector

Starpoint Connector, MSF Connections Only
1 4 7 10 13 16
2 5 8 11 14 17
3 6 9 12 15 18
12/04/2006 f544912
Pin Function
10 Cabin CAN High
12 Cabin CAN Low
17 Ground
Table 15, Starpoint Connector, MSF Connections
Only
700 — Troubleshooting Details

The diagnostic communication protocol used for troubleshooting or configuring the MSF Master and connected
switches is CAN, via the Diagnostic CAN datalink. See 608 — Diagnostic Connector for the Diagnostic CAN
pins in the diagnostic connector.
For more information on the Diagnostic CAN datalink or CAN, see G03.04 — Datalink, Diagnostic CAN.

• ServiceLink

• Fuse F4 (MSF power) on the SAM Cab
• Wiring
• Switches
• MSF Master Parameters

703 — CAN Fault Codes

NOTE: Unless otherwise specified, all voltage measurements reference system ground.
IMPORTANT: The batteries must be disconnected prior to any resistance tests being performed. Fail-
ure to do so may result in inconclusive resistance measurements.
CAN Fault Codes

SA SPN FMI Conn/Pin Fuse Relay Description Details
Voltage detected at MSF conn D pin
2 (BAT) is greater than expected
(16V). While fault is active, MSF may
not be responsive (headlamps stay
Electrical Potential (Voltage)
conn D on). There may also be active faults
49 168 3 — — — Voltage above normal, or
pin 2 from other CAN ECUs for "Lost
shorted to high source.
communication with MSF."
The fault is historic when voltage is
detected to be below 15.5V for at
least 15 seconds.
Action: With the key on, measure the voltage at MSF master conn D pin 2. If the voltage is greater than proper BAT voltage
(10.5 to 15.5V), troubleshoot circuit 14F (mod 860) from the MSF master conn D pin 2 to SAM Cab conn 2 pin 12 for a
short to BAT. Check SAM Cab fuse F4 (15A) for MSF power. Repair as required.
Voltage detected at MSF conn D pin
2 (BAT) is less than expected (9V).
While the fault is active, the MSF
may not be responsive (headlamps
Electrical Potential (Voltage)
conn D stay on). There may also be active
49 168 4 — — — Voltage below normal, or
pin 2 faults from other CAN ECUs for "Lost
shorted to low source.
communication with MSF."
The fault is historic when voltage is
detected to be above 10.5V for at
least 15 seconds.
Action: With the key on, measure the voltage at MSF master conn D pin 2. If the voltage is lower than 9V, troubleshoot
circuit 14F (mod 860) from MSF master conn D pin 2 to SAM Cab conn 2 pin 12 for a short to GND. Check SAM Cab fuse
F4 (15A) for MSF power. Repair as required.
The signal to the steering wheel
switches return a "Chopped supply"
(squarewave signal) where the
amplitude of the signal attenuated is
Steering wheel switch right —
conn A differentiated by which switch is
49 520201 4 — — Voltage below normal or
pin 3 pushed. An unexpectedly small
amplitude signal is being detected, or
the battery source connector 1 pin 9
may be shorted to ground or fuse F2
might be blown.
Action: Check Fuse F4 for voltage. Use the "SteeringStalkRotaryHazard" template to verify the functionality of the switches.
If the switches are not functioning properly, use a multimeter to check the amplitude of the chopped signal from the steering
wheel. The signal should be greater than 10.5V amplitude. Push each button on the left side of the steering wheel. If no
signal is present, search for short to ground in the applicable harness wires.

CAN Fault Codes

A DC signal causes this fault. The
signal to the steering wheel switches
Steering wheel switch left — return a "Chopped supply"
conn A
49 520203 3 — — Voltage above normal or (squarewave signal) where the
pin 1
shorted to high source. amplitude of the signal attenuated is
differentiated by which switch is
pushed.
Action: Use the "SteeringStalkRotaryHazard" template to verify the functionality of the switches. If the switches are not
functioning properly, use a multimeter to check for DC offset from ground on connector A pin 1. If DC voltage is present,
disconnect the steering wheel switches and retest for DC voltage to determine if the DC source is coming from the steering
wheel switches. With DC voltage still present, disconnect the clockspring and retest. With DC voltage still present, trace the
short to DC voltage to the short in the wire from connector A pin 1 to the steering wheel clockspring.
The signal to the steering wheel
switches return a "Chopped supply"
(squarewave signal) where the
amplitude of the signal attenuated is
Steering wheel switch left —
conn A differentiated by which switch is
pin 1 pushed. An unexpectedly small
amplitude signal is being detected, or
the battery source connector 1 pin 9
may be shorted to ground or fuse F2
might be blown.
Action: Check Fuse F4 for voltage. Use the "SteeringStalkRotaryHazard" template to verify the functionality of the switches.
If the switches are not functioning properly, use a multimeter to check the amplitude of the chopped signal from the steering
wheel. The signal should be greater than 10.5V amplitude. Push each button on the left side of the steering wheel. If no
signal is present, search for short to ground in the applicable harness wires.
The fault becomes active when
voltage at one of the MSF master’s
sub bus connectors (conn B) pin 2
(sub bus signal) is detected to be
greater than than 2V for at least 3
seconds. When fault is active, none
Sub bus signal — Voltage of the functions work for multiplexed
conn B
49 520302 3 — — above normal or shorted to sub bus switches (A06-53782)
pin 2
high source. connected to the faulty sub bus
circuit. Functions for hardwired sub
bus switches (A06-53783) may still
work. Use ServiceLink’s MSF
"Switches" screen to see which sub
bus switches on the vehicle are
hardwired.
Action: The MSF master has multiple sub bus connectors (conn B). With the key ON, measure for voltage > 2V at pin 2 for
each sub bus connectors on the MSF master to find the problem connector. At the problem connector, perform a continuity
test on circuit 507A from the MSF master conn B pin 2 to the connected MSF slave(s). Repair as required.
NOTE: The sub bus can connect the MSF master to multiple MSF slaves via daisy chain. It may help to trace and map
where all involved MSF slaves are on the vehicle, to find where a possible sub bus signal short may be. For example, the
sub bus could connect to an MSF slave in the sleeper compartment where the short may be located.

CAN Fault Codes

voltage at one of the MSF master’s
sub bus connectors (conn B) pin 2
(sub bus signal) is detected to be
less than 4V for at least 3 seconds.
When fault is active, none of the
Subbus signal — Voltage
conn B functions work for multiplexed sub
49 520302 4 — — below normal or shorted to
pin 2 bus switches (A06-53782) connected
low source.
to the faulty sub bus circuit.
Functions for hardwired sub bus
switches (A06-53783) may still work.
Use ServiceLink’s MSF "Switches"
screen to see which switches on the
vehicle are hardwired.
Action: The MSF master has multiple 3-pin sub bus connectors (conn B). With the key ON, measure for voltage < 4V at pin
2 for each sub bus connectors on the MSF master to find the problem connector. At the problem connector, perform a
continuity test on circuit 507A from the MSF master conn B pin 2 to the connected MSF slave(s). Repair as required.
NOTE: The sub bus can connect the MSF master to multiple MSF slaves (daisy chained). It may help to trace and map
where all involved MSF slaves are on the vehicle, to find where a possible sub bus signal short to GND may be. For exam-
ple, the sub bus could connect to an MSF slave in the sleeper compartment where the short may be located.
Stalk switch flash — Voltage The fault is active when the voltage
conn C
49 520404 3 — — above normal or shorted to detected at connector C pin 5 at the
pin 4
high source. MSF is high.
Action: Measure the voltage at MSF conn C pin 5. If the voltage detected is higher than BAT voltage, troubleshoot circuit
465A between MSF conn C pin 5, and stalk switch pin 10 for a short to BAT.
conn C Stalk switch interrupt —
An interruption is detected between
49 520404 5 pin 4 — — Current below normal, or
the MSF master and the stalk switch.
pin 8, 9, 14 open circuit.
Action: Troubleshoot circuit 473C between the MSF Master connector C and the stalk switch connector. Troubleshoot the
following connector pairs for continuity:
• MSF connector C pin 8 – stalk switch pin 2

Repair as required.
Stalk switch high beam —
conn C Stalk switch low/high beam is not
49 520405 3 — — Voltage above normal or
pin 5 functioning.
shorted to high source.
Action: Measure the voltage at the MSF conn C pin 5 and pin 6. If the voltage detected is greater than BAT voltage,
troubleshoot circuit 465A between the MSF conn C pin 5 and the stalk switch pin 10, or the MSF conn C pin 6 and the stalk
switch pin 11 for a short to BAT. Repair as required.
Stalk switch wiper common —
conn C Wipers will not function due to invalid
pin 15 stalk switch information.
Action: Troubleshoot for a short in circuit 433A between the MSF and the stalk switch. Test for short to ground on pin 1 in
the stalk switch. Disconnect connector C from MSF and test for battery voltage on pin 1, as pin 1 supplies power to the
stalk switch. See related information in Wipers Inoperative in All Modes.

CAN Fault Codes

voltage at conn E pin 1 (headlamp/
rotary switch power) is detected to be
Headlamp switch +12V less than 9V. When fault is active,
conn E Battery — Voltage below headlamp switch functions will not
49 520601 4 — —
pin 1 normal or shorted to low work (headlamps, marker lamps,
source. backlighting or fog lamps if
equipped). Fault is historic when
voltage is detected to be above
10.5V for at least 5 seconds.
Action: With the key ON, measure the voltage at MSF master conn E pin 1 for BAT voltage. Perform a continuity test on
circuit 20 (mod 311) from MSF master conn E pin 1 to the headlamp switch pin 8. Repair as required.
Backlighting — Voltage below Backlighting on the steering wheel
conn A, pin 2
49 520607 4 — — normal or shorted to low switches and the headlamp switch
conn E, pin 7
source. are not functioning.
Action: Troubleshoot circuit 29A between MSF connector E pin 7 and headlight switch pin 6 or circuit 474BA2 between MSF
Steering wheel switches connector pin 2 and steering wheel switches connector pin 6 for a short to GND. Repair as required.
This fault becomes active when the
MSF Master does not sense one or
49 523530 31 — — — Sub bus switch missing. more switches on the sub bus that it
expects due to MSF parameter
settings.
Action: With the key ON, connect to the vehicle with ServiceLink. Go to the MSF "Switches" screen, and note which switches
are marked as missing. For each missing switch, determine whether or not the vehicle should have that switch installed. If it
should be installed, install the switch. If it should not be installed, set the appropriate MSF parameter (based on switch ID)
to make that switch "not available". If the switch is already installed, the fault indicates the MSF Master is not sensing the
switch on the sub bus. Check the connections between the switch, MSF slave and sub bus connections to the MSF master.
This fault becomes active when one
or more sub bus switches are
49 523531 31 — — — Extra Sub bus switch. plugged in that do not have a
corresponding MSF parameter set for
availability.
Action: With the key ON, connect to the vehicle with ServiceLink. Go to the MSF "Switches" screen and note which
switches are marked as extra. For each extra switch, determine whether or not the vehicle should have that switch installed.
If it should be installed, set the appropriate MSF parameter (based on switch ID) to make that switch "available". If it should
not be installed, find the switch on the vehicle and remove it.
The fault becomes active when the
MSF master detects invalid signals
conn E, pin 2 from the headlamp switch on conn E,
Headlamp switch inputs —
conn E, pin 3 pins 2, 3 and 5. The fault is caused
49 523543 2 — — Data erratic, intermittent, or
conn E, pin 4 by a short to GND, short to BAT, or
incorrect.
conn E, pin 5 an open circuit. The fault is historic
upon detecting a valid signal from the
headlamp/rotary switch.
Action: With the key ON, check the headlamp/rotary switch connection. Check the connections of the wiring harness (mod
311) from the MSF conn E to the headlamp/rotary switch. Perform continuity tests on the involved pins (circuits 474B01,
474B02 and 474B05). Repair as required.
Refer to G03.03 — Datalink, Cabin
Lost communication with the
49 524033 31 — — — CAN for troubleshooting details on
SAM Cab.
this fault.

CAN Fault Codes

Lost communication with
CGW.
this fault.
Lost communication with
SAM Chassis.
this fault.
Table 16, CAN Fault Codes
704 — Diagnostic Tests for Verifying Sub Bus Switch Type

There are two methods for verifying if a sub bus switch is "hardwired" or "signal":
• Look at the "MSF Switches" screen in ServiceLink.
• Look at the back of the switch.
Determining the Type of Sub Bus Switch (Method 1)

1. Look for the switch on the "MSF Switches" screen in ServiceLink.
1.1 Connect ServiceLink to the vehicle.
1.2 Navigate to the MSF icon’s "Switches" screen.
1.3 Look at the "Switch" column and identify the switch in question.
1.4 Look at the "Switch ID" column value for that switch.
Is the switch ID between 1 and 150?
YES It is a signal switch.
NO It is a hardwired switch. Additionally, the word "Hardwired" will be displayed in this screen’s "Posi-
tion" column for all hardwired switches.
2. If the switch does not appear at all, or if it is marked as "missing" within this screen, the switch may not be
connected securely, or may be broken. Repair the problem, then repeat the test.

Determining the Type of Sub Bus Switch (Method 2)

1. Verify whether or not the switch has external circuits attached to it.
1.1 Remove the switch from its MSF Slave or Master housing.
1.2 Look at the back of the switch.
Does the switch have external circuits (harness) connected to it?
YES The switch is a Hardwired Switch.
NO Go to test 2.
2. Check if the switch has terminals for connecting external circuits.
Does it have any terminals that are NOT connected to anything?
YES It is a Hardwired Switch, but is unused. This is an unlikely but possible scenario, which could mean
someone installed a hardwired switch instead of a signal switch, or the harness for that switch is not con-
nected. Check against the vehicle specifications, and make repair if necessary.
NO It is a signal switch.
800 — Sub Bus Switch Specifications

Sub Bus Switch Specifications
Item Value
Maximum number switches on the sub bus 38
Maximum sub bus length (in meters) 40
Maximum number of MSF Slaves on a vehicle 9
Maximum current capacity for Hardwired switch (external circuits) 18A
Table 17, Sub Bus Switch Specifications
801 — Stalk Switch Binary Coded Pin Values

The following table shows the expected voltage values for the stalk switch binary coded inputs A, B and C to the
MSF master. For binary coded input pin locations at the MSF master, refer to the pinout tables in 601 — MSF
Master Connector Pinouts for connector C, "Stalk Switch." For binary coded pin locations at the stalk switch,
refer to Table 11 in 605 — Stalk Switch.
Stalk Switch, Binary Coded Pin values

Stalk Switch Binary Coded Pin values (in Volts)
Function C B A
OFF 0 0 0
Intermittent 1 0 0 12

Stalk Switch, Binary Coded Pin values

Stalk Switch Binary Coded Pin values (in Volts)
Function C B A
LOW 12 12 0
HIGH 12 12 12
Table 18, Stalk Switch, Binary Coded Pin values
802 — Rotary Switch Binary Coded Pin Values

The following table shows the expected voltage values for the rotary switch binary coded pins 1, 2 and Common,
which are inputs to the MSF master. For binary coded input pin locations at the MSF master, refer to the pinout
tables in 601 — MSF Master Connector Pinouts for connector E, "Rotary Switch." For binary coded pin loca-
tions at the rotary switch, refer to Table 10 in 604 — Rotary Switch.
Rotary Switch, Binary Coded Input Pin Values

"Binary Coded Input" Pin Values
Resultant
Rotary Switch Position BC
BC1 BC2 Functionality
Common
Position 0 0 0 12 OFF
Position 1 12 0 12 Marker Lamps
Position 2 12 12 12 Marker and Head Lamps
Table 19, Rotary Switch, Binary Coded Input Pin Values
NOTE: The pin "Binary Coded Input Version" is used to indicate if the Rotary Switch has a position for
Fog Lamps.

Table of Contents
System Overview
Components
Troubleshooting
Possible Causes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
Diagnostic Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
Specifications
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800
Cascadia Troubleshooting Manual, September 2008


CPC—Common Powertrain Controller
DDDL—Detroit Diesel Diagnostic Link
MCM—Motor Control Module
tionality.

The Common Powertrain Controller (CPC) is an ECU used with Detroit Diesel and Mercedes-Benz engines. The
CPC is the interface between the Motor Control Module (MCM) and the vehicle electronics system, acting as a
gateway.
All J1939 and J1587/J1708 datalink communication from the engine to the vehicle electronics occurs with the
CPC. The CPC then communicates with the MCM via a proprietary communication protocol (not related to the
Cabin CAN).
The CPC has three 18-pin connectors and one 21-pin connector, and is located behind the dash, to the right of
the auxiliary panel.
Cascadia Troubleshooting Manual, September 2008 G02.07/1

08/08/2008 f611014
Fig. 1, Common Powertrain Controller
G02.07/2 Cascadia Troubleshooting Manual, September 2008

1 2 3 4
1
2
3
06/18/2008 4 f545325
1. 18-Pin Connector (connector 1)

Fig. 2, CPC Connectors

• Detroit Diesel Diagnostic Link (DDDL)

• Failed programming attempt
• Incorrect parameters
• Faulty wiring
• Low voltage
• Datalink problems
• Powertrain PDM fuses F9 (CPC) or F8 (MCM)
702 — Diagnostic Tests

Refer to Detroit Diesel Power Service Literature for troubleshooting and fault code information. Wiring information
for the CPC can be found in PartsPro, under module 283.

800 — Specifications
Connector 1, 18-Pin
Pin Signal Type Function Connector
1/1 Digital Input_FLEX_01 Dual-Speed Axle
1/2 Digital Input_FLEX_02 Park Brake Interlock
Idle Validation Switch 2 (throttle
1/3 Digital Input_SFP_05
active)
1/4 Digital Output_LP_LS_02 Throttle Position Sensor Ground
1/5 Digital Output_LP_LS_01 DPF Regeneration Lamp
Idle Validation Switch 1 (idle
1/6 Digital Input _SFP_06 1 2 3
active)
1/7 SFP_08 Throttle Position Sensor 4 5 6
1/8 SFP_07 Throttle Position Sensor Supply 7 8 9
1/9 PWM_FPO_02 Tachometer 10 11 12

1/10 Digital Input_FLEX_20 Stop Engine/Aux Shutdown #1
13 14 15
1/11 Digital Input_FLEX_08 Limiter 0
16 17 18
1/12 Digital Input_FLEX_03 Set/Coast Enable
1/13 Digital Output_LP_FLEX_01 MIL Lamp
08/15/2008 f545337
1/14 Digital Input_FLEX_14 Cruise Control Enable
1/15 Digital Input_FLEX_15 Stop Engine Override
1/16 Digital Input_FLEX_16 Resume/Accel Enable
1/17 Digital Input_FLEX_17 Not Used
1/18 SFP_01 Run Start
Table 1, Connector 1, 18-Pin

Connector 2, 18-Pin
2/1 Battery (+) PSU (KL_30) Main Battery +12V
2/2 Battery (–) PSU (KL_31) Main Battery Ground
2/3 Battery (+) Switched PSU Ignition
2/4 K_DIAG_C K-line
2/5 J1708_A_C J1587 (+)
2/6 J1708_B_C J1587 (–) 1 2 3
2/7 Digital Input_FLEX_15 Service Brake Released Switch
4 5 6
2/8 Digital Input_FLEX_16 Remote Throttle Select Switch
7 8 9
2/9 Digital Input_FLEX_09 Remote PTO Switch
2/10 Digital Output_LP_FLEX_03 Amber Warning Lamp 10 11 12
2/11 Digital Input_FLEX_10 Limiter 1 13 14 15
2/12 Digital Input_FLEX_11 A/C Status 16 17 18

2/13 Digital Input_FLEX_12 Fan Override
2/14 Digital Input_FLEX_13 Engine Brake Low 08/15/2008 f545338
2/15 Digital Input_FLEX_14 Engine Brake Medium
2/16 VCAN_L_C J1939 (–)
2/17 VCAN_GND_C J1939 Shield
2/18 VCAN_H_C J1939 (+)

Connector 3, 21-Pin
3/1 Analog_In_01 OI Thermostat
3/2 Analog_GND Sensor Return
3/3 Analog_SUP_5V Sensor Supply
3/4 Analog_In_02 PTO
3/5 Analog_Out_01 Not Used
3/6 Analog_Out_02 Not Used
Top2 Lockout Solenoid/AGS2
3/7 Digital Output_HP_HS_01
PTO Valve
1 2 3
Top2 Shift Solenoid/AGS2 PTO
3/8 Digital Output_HP_HS_02
Lamp 4 5 6
AGS2 Backup Lamp/WIF Lamp
3/9 Digital Output_HP_LS_01 7 8 9
(DD15)
3/10 Digital Output_LP_FLEX_02 AGS2 Trans. Temp. Lamp 10 11 12
3/11 SFP_14 Low Coolant Level Sensor 13 14 15
3/12 Digital Output_LP_FLEX_04 AGS2 Check Trans. Lamp
16 17 18
3/13 SFP_09 Vehicle Speed (+)
19 20 21
3/14 SF_VGND Vehicle Speed (–)
3/15 Analog_In_SFP_13 Ambient Air Temp. Sensor
08/15/2008 f545339
3/16 Digital Output_LP_FLEX_05 Red Stop Lamp
3/17 Digital Output_HP_FLEX_02 OI Alarm
ABS Active (AGS2
3/18 Digital Input_SFP_02
Transmission)
3/19 Not Used Not Populated

Connector 4, 18-Pin
4/1 C_ECAN_L Engine CAN (–)
4/2 C_ECAN_GND Engine CAN Shield
4/3 C_ECAN_H Engine CAN (+)
4/4 Digital Input_SFP_11 Not Populated
4/6 Digital Output_LP_FLEX_06 Wait to Start Lamp (Grid Heater)
4/7 Digital Output_HP_LS_02 High Exhaust Sys. Temp. Lamp 1 2 3
Clutch Released/PTO Request
4/8 Digital Input_FLEX_E1 4 5 6
for AGS2
OI Active Lamp/WIF Lamp 7 8 9
4/9 Digital Output_HP_Flex_01
(MBE 900)
10 11 12
4/10 Digital Output_HP_HS_04 Vehicle Power Shutdown
13 14 15
4/11 Frequency_SFP_10 Not Used
4/12 PWM_FPO_01 Vehicle Speed Output 16 17 18
4/13 Digital Input_FLEX_16 DPF Inhibit Switch

4/14 Digital Input_SFP_03 Not Populated 08/15/2008 f545340

4/16 Digital Input_FLEX_17 Trans. Neutral Switch
4/17 Digital Input_FLEX_21 DPF Regeneration Switch
Hood Tilt Switch/AGS2 PTO
4/18 Digital Input_FLEX_18
Feedback

Cascadia SE PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Cascadia SE PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Contents

Tlfs ( Whatsapp ): (+58) 424 858 47 28

Daimler Trucks North America

Daimler Trucks North America LLC

ME-CEESG Rev. 01-2009

Section 2 Multiplexing System

Section 3 Wires, Connectors, and Wiring Harnesses

Section 4 Power Distribution

Section 5 Exterior Lighting Parameters

Section 6 Interior Lighting Parameters

Section 7 Cab Features With Parameters

iv Daimler Trucks North America LLC, Mechatronics Engineering, January 2009

Section 8 Chassis Features with Parameter

Section 9 Powernet Management

Section 10 Emergency Power Supply

Section 11 Features Without Parameters

Daimler Trucks North America LLC, Mechatronics Engineering, January 2009 v

Section 12 Non-Cabin CAN ECUs

Section 14 Adding Aftermarket Components

vi Daimler Trucks North America LLC, Mechatronics Engineering, January 2009

Table Caption Page

Figure Caption Page

Daimler Trucks North America LLC, Mechatronics Engineering, January 2009 ix

x Daimler Trucks North America LLC, Mechatronics Engineering, January 2009

Daimler Trucks North America LLC, Mechatronics Engineering, January 2009 xi

The multiplexing system serves three main functions:

MSF SAM Cab

Eaton VORAD VS-400

Figure 2-1: Multiplexing Architecture Schematic

Standard ECU inside of cab

Standard ECU outside of cab

Optional ECU inside of cab

Optional ECU outside of cab

Star point junction block

Motor CAN (proprietary)

CAN 125 kBits/s

CAN 250 kBits/s, SAE J1939

CAN 500 kBits/s, UDS (ISO15765)

AMETEK® (proprietary) for ICU4/ICU4M or Siemens VDO (propri-

Optional datalink connections

ABS Antilock brake system

Table 2-1: Legend for the Cascadia Multiplexing Architecture Schematic

Freightliner Primary Modules Associated with Parameter Part

Table 2-2: Freightliner Primary Modules Associated with Parameter Part

See Section 12 for information on the following non-cabin CAN ECUs:

See Table 13-2 for central gateway diagnostics.

Pneumatic ABS Module

Figure 2-2: Central Gateway Location

See Table 13-3 for SAM Cab diagnostics.

Figure 2-3: SAM Cab Location

See Table 13-4 for SAM Chassis diagnostics.

Figure 2-4: SAM Chassis Location

Modular Switch Field

Master Control Module

Figure 2-5: Master Control Module

FOOT MIRR ENG

Figure 2-6: Slave Module

A multiplexed switch’s position—such as up, down, or not pressed—is read by the

1. Open Internet Explorer and login to the Daimler Employee Portal.

Subbus Switch Diagnostics

See Table 13-1 for modular switch field diagnostics.

Star Point Junction Block

1. Enhanced ECU identification includes: